Home

as PDF - Perpetuum Software

Contents

1. 0 oO 4 2 3 4 5 The StackedAreaSeriesView is a chart containing areas corresponding to different series Series are located one over another H BE i www perpetuumsoft com The Stacked100AreaSeriesView is a chart that contains areas corresponding to different series Series are located one over another but they demonstrate relative value from total sum of series values at the given point 1004 80 60 40 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 The SplineAreaSeriesView represents data as an area bounded by spline passing through all series points ss PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com P Series 0 1 2 3 Point Chart The PointSeriesView displays data as circles with different diameters A circle with Radius and Center at the point assigned by coordinates which are set by Argument and Value is created for every series value The MinRadius and MaxRadius properties set minimal and maximal radius of the displayed circles d Series1 12 i C oO Series3 O Series2 Pie Chart The PieSeriesView represents data as Pie Every value is displayed as a separate segment which angle depends on a ratio of the given value to the total amount of the whole series You can assign fill for every segment its shift from center and internal and external radiuses y Seriest 64 Series sete rf A EUR oe ehhh ene ey eee eee j Ls a oln Gy Series1 amp
2. PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Report template should look as follows As a result you get the following document Title First name Last name Date Price Pride And Prejudice Jane Austen 1997 24 95 The Handmaid s Tale Margaret Atwood 1992 29 95 Emma Jane Austen 1991 19 99 In some cases it is necessary to set XML document as data source directly in the template designer There is such a possibility review section Direct access to data base Relational DBMS TBD Direct Access to Data Base Report Sharp Shooter report generator realizes the following concept data for the report Should be provided by the application It allows the use of any data sources and makes rules of providing data report template independent form the certain data source But sometimes there is a requirement to strongly bind report template to certain data source or to provide end user the ability not only to create edit templates but add custom data sources That is why report template features a collection of built in data sources data sourcesset directly for this template Document DataSources property Report designer allows adding and editing such data sources Built in Document Data Source Editor PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Document Data Source Editor sgl DataSource Dala Source Name Products Gare a SelectQuery Select From Products r Si Information used to connect to a data sou
3. private decimal price public decimal Price gert return price BET price value This class contains two properties that will be available during report creation PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Now add the class to the BookCollection to store instances of the Book class implementing IEnumerable interface We will store data in the ArrayList class instance We will also implement two methods Add to add element to the collection and GetEnumerator and implement IEnumerable interface in this way Code of this class shown below public class BookCollection IEnumerable private ArrayList list new ArrayList public BookCollection public void Add Book b list Add b f public IEnumerator GetEnumerator return list GetEnumerator Further you need to create class to store information on a single author As author can have multiple books the property storing the books should be a collection So we realize master detail relation in custom data sources public class Author public Author private string name string Empty public string Name gert return name set name value private Pook Collection books new BookCollecrion public BookCollection Books get return books You need to create a collection to store authors For example this class can be a descendant from System Collections Collec
4. Entries Amount on the Page Total property of the DataBand can be used in order to count the entries located on the page One can define count function in the Collection Editor in the following way ne z E Sum Expression 1 Name Count eel gt EX H Detemines the aggregate expression PageFooter including Textbox element is used in order to output entries amount Text property is set in PageFooter GenerateScript if Engine IsDoublePass textBoxFooter Text Records dataBand5 GetPageTotal Count of dataBand5 GetTotal Count One should set DoublePass property of the document to True in order to calculate entries 130 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com amr D d y aN FE SIViate O Hatabands Databand DataSource detail6 Detail lt dataBanch EmployeeNam end of dataBands amp ee ee M re a Eomter Pa Ler a ee Ps i Nancy Davolio Andrew Fuller Anne Dodsworth Steven Buchana Records 4of6 Laura Callahan Anne Yorke Records 2 of 6 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Grouping Data grouping according to the conditions can be used for a logic division of the lines with data and better information visualization GroupBand is used for this Grouping criterion is set by the GroupExpression property that is set in the Script Editor in turn Group Headers Put Header into GroupBand to display group header Use Group expression to displa
5. Keep original image resolution and quality Custom resolution 96 M Document open password J Generate change permissions password automatically E image quality TE Change permissions password 7 Allow printing F Allow commenting 0 25 50 75 100 F Allow changing the F Allow copying content V Compress V image reusing MD5 hash comparing used eee ee eed a m k _ MavOo_ lt lt _ _ PDF export filters are located in the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Export Pdf and PerpetuumSoft Writers Pdf assemblies It is possible to add PDF Export Filter to the project in Visual Studio using Toolbox a daa acl PdfExportFilter Version 5 0 6 2 from Perpetuum Software MET Component PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Excel Export Text information from the TextBox and AdvancedText elements as well as Shapes are exported to Excel All types of Fill and TextFill are exported as SolidFill In the Export Mode settings you can select way of forming pages to place all report pages on a single page or place report page on separate document pages The Without page breaks option allows the exporting all data rows without empty lines Excel Options Dialog Excel options dialog Enter page number and or pages ranges separated by commas gence 1 3 51 Excel export filters are located in the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Export Excel and PerpetuumSoft Writers Excel assem
6. PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Using Product Features Scripts Designation and Abilities Scripts are abstract declarator of Net type connected to the document template This type is called DocumentScripts Some particular methods of the DocumentScript type are called during report generation Most events in the generation process result in call of certain methods logic of these methods is defined in scripts To make it simpler to understand we can consider scripts as a set of event handlers initialized during generation of a report or separate object data processing scripts are used also for declaring secondary logic for example for handling mouse click on the Windows Forms Main designation of scripts is provision of data necessary for report generation making decisions based on this data managing rendering process Methods of the DocumentScripts class have access to e Data from document template data source e Object model of the document template document pages objects e Document rendering engine special object representing rendering process with properties stating current rendering status and methods influencing the further rendering process e All public data and methods of the application and assemblies the application refers to Scripts allow flexible management of report building It is a NET code that can use all NET features standard and third party libraries You can use C Visual B
7. slider1 widget1 Instrument GetObject Slideri as Slider Slider2 widget1 Instrument GetObject Slider2 as Slider Slider1 ValueChanged new PerpetuumSoft Framework Model PropertyEventHandler slider1_ ValueChanged Slider2 ValueChanged new PerpetuumSoft Framework Model PropertyEventHandler slider2_ValueChanged private void slider1 ValueChanged object sender PerpetuumSoft Framework Model PropertyEventArgs args label1 Text Slider1 Value slider1 Value ToString 0 00 private void slider2 ValueChanged object sender PerpetuumSoft Framework Model PropertyEventArgs args label2 Text Slider2 Value slider2 Value ToString 20 Program work result ae WidgetWintorms i gt see T A Op TT ok og 9 To get the instrument element which is placed in the assigned point you can use the GetElementAt method You can realize the MouseMove event handler in the following way private void widget1_ MouseMove object sender MouseEventArgs e PerpetuumSoft Instrumentation Model Element element widget1 GetElementAt e X e Y label3 Text Mouse is over element Name Program work result PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 60 wu piri i fy or y os The Widget component has the following specific properties ZoomScale assigns the instrument scale coefficient HideFocusRectangle indicates whether the rec
8. where document is a final report filename is name of a file in which exported document will be saved showDialog sets visibility of the export settings window If the first method is used dialog window of export filter settings will be shown Export to formats which filters are located in the assembly PerpetuumSoft Reporting is always available from Report Viewer In order to use other export filters it is necessary to connect to the corresponding assembly and create at least one instance of the class of this filter The simplest way to do it is to add necessary filter to the form Besides to manipulate available export filters developer has access to static method PerpetuumSoft Reporting Export RegisterExportFilter ExportFilterFactory factory and static collection PerpetuumSoft Reporting Export ExportFilters All formats have standard settings Page range sets range of exported report pages Encoding sets text coding Resolution sets images resolution CSV Export Only text information is exported to CSV Content of the TextBox and AdvancedText elements is exported to CSV Every line of a file corresponds to a line of a table Values of separate columns are separated by separation symbol that can be set in the Separator field Text options dialog separated by commas For example 1 3 5 1 CSV export filter is located in the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Export Text assembly It is possible to add CSV Export Filter to the pr
9. The Text group contains buttons which allow adding text output elements TextBox AdvancedText and RichText 3 The Illustration group contains buttons which allow adding various visual elements Picture Shape ZipCode BarCode ChartControl Widget and WinFormsControl 4 The Container group contains buttons which allow adding various bands DataBand GroupBand BandContainer SideBySide CrossBand Header Detail Footer SubReport Content and PivotTable bands 5 The Obsolete group contains buttons which allow adding GroupHeader and GroupFooter bands which are obsolete and needed for backward versions compatibility But it is not recommended to use these components to create new reports GroupBand together with Header and Footers should be used Read more about Template Objects PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Layout Tab This tab contains controls that affect the page layout spacing and positioning objects Home Layout View ee i Eo Se 5 i Orientation L Size to Move anan assist Back Align Size 7 A Grid 2 Page Layout 1 The Page Layout group contains buttons which allow setting page properties Arragment The Orientation button sets Page Orientation property It opens the list of property s values The Size button sets Page PaperKind property It opens the list of property s values The Custom menu item opens Paper Size Editor
10. CN An ellipse is assigned with the help of the center the Center property and size the Size property The Arc element is assigned by the starting angle the StartAngle property and the summarized angle the SweepAngle property The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The Pie element is a visual element representing the figure in the form of an ellipse sector PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com An ellipse is assigned with the help of the center the Center property and size the Size property A sector is assigned by the starting angle the StartAng e property and the summarized angle SweepAngle property The Ang e property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The RingSector element is a visual element representing the figure in the form of an ellipse ring sector An ellipse is assigned with the help of the center the Center property and size the Size property A sector is assigned by the starting angles the StartAng e property and the summarized angle the SweepAngle property The ratio of the internal radius to the outer one is assigned in the Interna lRadius property The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The Line element is a visual element representing the figure in the form of a line A line is assigned with the help of the StartPoint property and the EndPoint property The Needle elemen
11. GCM at are not calculated 4 Building dimensions for 30000 record O Cancel a ia In order to on off simultaneous calculation of the pivot table use the DataCubeGrid CalculationMode property DataCubeGrid interactivity can be temporarily turned off So when you specify any setting that requires table recalculation calculation is not executed As a result while working with large body of data a user can adjust pivot table layout set the required filters group the values and only after that call forced recalculation To make this operation available the Recalculate a and Auto recalculate aa buttons are added on the DataCubeGrid Toolbar The last button is responsible for turning off on interactivity Custom Cell Styles When using the DataCubeGrid component there is the possibility to selectively change the sell style set in the style sheet for the displayed DataCube In order to change the cell style one should use the DrawCell event of the DataCubeGrid object The DrawCell event is called each time a DataCubeGrid element is drawn At that the event handler receives the DrawCellEventArgs object as an argument Use the following DrawCellEventArgs object properties CellStyle the PerpetuumSoft Olap CellStyle type object which contains the information on the current style of a table element drawn Change this property to specify a custom cell display style CellInfo the information on a table cell You can learn m
12. calculates the argument arctangent The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type sqr argument calculates the argument to square The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type sqrt argument calculates the argument s square root The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type log argument calculates the argument s natural logarithm The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type exp argument raise E number to the argument degree The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type sign argument returns 1 if the argument is negative 0 if the argument is O 1 if the argument is positive The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the int type abs argument returns the argument s absolute value The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type round argumentl argument2 rounds the 1st argument value to the symbols amount after the comma assigned by the 2nd argument The ist argument is of the double type the 2nd argument is of the int type the calculation result is of the double type The expression can be the argument of any function and method If the expression calculation result is not appropriate to the argument type the expression will not be calculated Str
13. includes preview of the template s styles Click on style s preview applies this style to the selected object sets StyleName property T The Save Selection as a New Style menu Item AaBbt Aa AA opens Create New Style from Formatting DemoApp WithBorder Bradley H Antique dialog for setting name of new style and saves the style of selected object aBbCc The Select Controls with Similar Style menu Pink amp Blue item selects all objects on the current page which StyleName property is set to the style of save Selection as a New Style selected object Select Controls with Similar Style The Edit Style button opens Style Sheet Editor Select Group The Select button switches the Select Mode on e Select Select PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Insert Tab This tab allows adding objects to a template Buttons are divided into groups Home Insert Layout view 3 F PageHeader T TextBox Taz Shape ChartCentrol Databand Sidesyside Header E SubRepert GroupHeader E z vq E PaaeOverlay TT AdvancedTet E Zintode g Widget E GroupBand F CrossBand Detail Content a Groupfooter Page PageFo RichText Nl Barcode WinForms E BandCentainer Footer g PivotT i hel Page Text Duet bre tier Ce ntginey Obsolete 1 The Page group contains buttons which allow adding new pages PageHeader Page Overlay and PageFooter bands 2
14. label1 Text Current Value indicatorWidget1 Value ToString 0 00 PERPETUUM ww O perpetuumsoft com a Formi j 50 aR AA eT pe Current Value 21 18 a The access to the current slider value is simplified compare with the similar example of the Widget component use So if you need the access to the current slider value of the instrument slider it is preferable to use the IndicatorWidget Now change the scale range within which the slider is moving with the help of the Minimum and Maximum properties Set the Maximum value to 50 Forni ad Form 25 20 va en Deveble click te ruz designer 9 For the convenience of changing slider value from the key board set the Increment property value to 10 Now if you press the Left or Down buttons the slider value will be decreased by 10 if you press the Right or Up buttons the slider value will be increased by 10 As the IndicatorWidget is inherited from the Widget you can use such properties as ZoomScale HideFocusRectangle InvalidateInterval PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Work in Web Forms Applications Components Used in Web Applications To display and control an instrument in Web applications two components are used WidgetProducer and WidgetHolder WidgetProducer contains the displayed instrument This component is placed on a separate page When this page is applied to the
15. ool ott Caption Enrgskoyessh ances Ga width 100 GS Aggregate None _ O_o 0 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com All fekt E up Visible fields Groupe G2 amp Empopes F BithD ot wa corel t Honear hone Hote ex G i The data tree displays a report common settings part and added data sections It allows the switching of the settings modes 2 Add Data This button adds a data section 3 Remove Data This button deletes a data section 4 19 Save Wizard These buttons invoke the Save Wizard File dialog window for selection of the folder and file name to save Wizard settings 5 20 Preview Template These buttons create the template with set parameters open it in Report Designer 6 21 Preview Document These button launches generation of a report with set parameters open final document in Report Viewer 7 Show Title Check for switching on off report title in the report 8 Report Title This field sets report name sets the Document Title property 9 Measure Unit A list of measure units which allows the selection of measure unit for the template sets the Document MetricUnit 10 Style Sheet A list of styles which allows the selection of style for the report sets the Document StyleSheet property 11 Script Language A list of supported programming languages which allows the selection of language for scripts writing
16. s ssssssssssrsssnnsrnnrsrrnnsrenrrnrnrrnrerenrenee 410 amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com About the NET ModelKit Suite The NET ModelKit Suite contains high quality data analysis processing and visualization components designed for NET Framework The package includes the OLAP ModelKit and Report Sharp Shooter the use proven BI components intended for intelligent data handling and presentation the Instrumentation ModelKit that is a perfect tool for creating digital dashboards and KPI and the Chart ModelkKit designed for creating effective charts and graphs The components included into the suite minimize the coding required and provide full design time customization Technical Support Perpetuum Software official policy is to employ a very strong support team This guarantees that all your questions and inquiries will be answered in a quick and professional manner We would be very thankful for any suggestions and recommendations you might have regarding our products We do take in account the opinion of every single person who has shown interest in our products Of course Perpetuum Software support team is for all to help you with products troubleshooting if any They can be reached via e mail support perpetuumsoft com or submitting a ticket You can get additional information or exchange your opinion on technical issues with Perpetuum Software representatives and other users at our technical support for
17. 4 0 5 0 4 0 5 0 4 0 5 0 4 0 5 0 4 0 5 0 4 0 5 0 stillet 4 0 5 0 4 0 5 0 4 0 5 0 05 0 4 0 5 0 4 0 5 0 4 0 5 0 Runtime We 0 5072 We 0 5072 We 0 5072 We 0 5072 We 0 5072 We 0 5072 We 0 5072 We 05072 v2 0 5072 v2 0 5072 gt Open MainPage xaml in the designer and add rss xml namespace for the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silverlight Client assembly PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Page xam ReportService swe cs Design ReportService sve cs Solution Explorer lt UserControl x Class SampleApplication MainPage xmlns http schemas microsoft com winfx 2006 xaml presentation xmlns x http schemas microsoft com winfx 2606 xam1 xmlnsid http schemas microsoft com expression blend 2003 xmlns mc http schemas openxmlformats org markup compatibility 20e6 xmlnsirss mc Ignorabl aP http schemas microsoft com client 2007 age satis aP http schemas microsoft com expression blend 2008 cs Grid x Namai http schemas microsoft comywinfx 2006 xaml web af http schemas microsoft cony winfx 2006 xaml presentation lt Grid gt aP http schemas openxmiformats org markup compatibilty 2006 _ lt UserControl gt aP SampleApplication SampleApplication aP PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silverlight cChent PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silverlight Client af PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silverlight Client Fonts PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silverlight Client af PerpetuumSoft Reporting Siverli
18. False CanShrink Fale Mode _ EvenPages Visible True PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Page Numeration PageNumber property is used for getting the page number PageCount property contains the total amount of the pages in a report During the first pass total page amount is unknown and PageCount property will be equal to PageNumber property Set DoublePass property of the Document object to True for PageCount property to keep the total amount of the pages Example displaying page number in the header dataBand1 InstanceCount 3 textBoxHeader Value Page PageNumber ToString of PageCount ToString textBoxDetail Value Line Number dataBand1 LineNumber ToString ageHeadert Pagel i Page Pag Line Number 1 ataBand Databa Line umber 2 stail Detail as Line Number Page 2 of Line Number 3 Page Overlay PageOverlay is used when there is a necessity to display data on the background Element location will be calculated according to the band location regardless of PageOverlay location on the page The band does not affect location of the other bands other bands contents will be displayed over the PageOverlay elements HageOverlay PageOverlay D POO ae pagQeOverlay Pageoverlay Se Mode property sets the overlay generation mode for every page even odd pages PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Objects Controls Object Addition
19. ForeColor Gradient GradientBackColor C White MiddleCenter Anal 9 75pt style Bold B Black None B Black ProgressBarColor P DodgerBlue Progress6 arColor Determines the cell text progress color Add the DataCubeGrid object onto the form PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com JE Getting started AIE EE W E T Ea Source property was not set A Getting started ad ADB AS aAloo Dales SS o Companya 4 w CategoryM Product a Total Total Data are not calculated Add the code for filling the Sales table from the DataSet into the form uploading event handler PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Run your application and in its form you will see the pivot table created by you Getting started E B B GH AHAB ASA A sIJa sales Companya Category ProguctNa Bigfoot Greweri Cooperativa de Exotic Liquids Forkts d rable Grandma Kelly Total Sasquatch Ale 635040 J o So ooo S e Eeh Beverages Steeleye Stout _ a S Total 2914406 Oo O E aaa aes aT A at Condiments s M Sirop d rable ne Total Tarte au sucre Total aE a eee Queso Cabrale 129077 Sc A Dairy Produ Queso Manche Tess ____ Total SS ke N Ss eS Uncle Bob s Or SP a E 22044 30 Produce Total Total L 16 Ja ar95 56 Confections Close In this table you will be able to change the layout by dragging field headers You will also be able to assign sorting and
20. The Appearance group contains buttons for setting Appearance properties Fill Line and Shadow The Line button allows setting the line of shape Line Color Width and Style The Line Color menu item contains color palette the Line Style Az submenu contains line types Shadow r Z line Color Line Width Line Style The Shadow button sets the shadow of shape 2 1 The area for setting shadow location 2 2 The Fill menu item opens color palette for setting shadow fill JA Fill O a Custom Shadow 2 3 The Custom Shadow menu item opens Shadow Editor for setting shadow properties Shadow Editor o fl amp DX 0 423 al cm DY 0 423 al cm AA Shadow Fill OK Cancel PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 3 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property ZipCode Tab Set The ZipCode tab set includes Format tab sce BA 7 Fip Oan Report Sharp Shooter Designer File Home Insert Layout View Format C GrowToBottom penen EN Visible a i A a i aaspcco Aanbceo MENE Aapbcct AsBbCer Pa Visible arm z r Angle Border Color Fill Margins Normal Hightight HeaderFo HeaderFo HeaderFo E9 S 7 7 Styles Render O Appearance Styles a The Format tab for ZipCode includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties
21. Write r 38px 120 20 expression for the Center Labeli center will be set depending on the slider value and will be shifted on some distance Write format value 0 00 for the Text The Labeli element will display the slider current value formatted according to the mask Set Visible to hot The Labell element will be viewed only when mouse is on the Needle1l PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The sample with this instrument can be viewed in the HorisontalSlider imk file contained in the instrument designer Creation of Instruments Using Complex Expressions Let s create an instrument in which the slider will move within a plane Firstly let us define requirements to the instrument 1 The instrument should comprise two datum lines 2 The slider should move within a plane 3 It is necessary to display the slider center projection on each of the datum lines 4 The text representation of the slider position on the plane should be displayed beside the Slider 1 The instrument should comprise two datum lines Let s place the Guide trajectory into the instrument The trajectory is intended for assigning the scale form HIH Let s place the Scale element into the instrument The Scale assigned the values range In order to make the Scale lie along the trajectory it is necessary to place it into the trajectory simply drag and drop it in the object tree Let s add the Slider elem
22. button Tag lt I gt the following text will be of an italic type Closing tag lt I gt cancels this setting Italic button Tag lt U gt the following text will be underlined Closing tag lt U gt cancels this setting Underline button Tag lt BR gt lines folding in a paragraph Insert line break button Symbol Insert amp nbsp space Insert space button amp amp amp symbol Slt lt symbol amp ddd symbol with ddd code Note If the text is not marked as a paragraph alignment settings according to the TextAlign property are applied If there are no evident font settings the settings according to Font property are applied If text color is not specified TextFill property is applied The following is ignored during the text handling line breaks several spaces in succession and unknown tags and attributes Case in tag names doesn t matter Using Expressions One can use statements the result of those will be inserted in the text directly in the marked text It is possible to use expressions which calculation result will be set into the text can be used directly inside marked up text The expression specifies as lt Statement gt lt Statement gt expression on the set script language All the available types and objects can be used in the expression Formatting according to the mask specified in the Format property is applied
23. dataCubePrintDocument PrinterSettings printDialog PrinterSettings dataCubePrintDocument Print Add the System Windows Forms Button component printerSettingsButton object onto the form and write the following code in the button press event handler printDialog ShowDialog Run the application DataCubePrintDocument use example Sle Ignore colors Dimensions on ever page Field captions on every page Title on every page Printer settings Now let us specify all necessary pivot table print settings Press the Printer settings button to specify the required printer settings After that click the Print button The pivot table will be printed This example can be found in the DataCubePrintDocumentUseExample folder The Interaction of the OLAP ModelKit with Third Party Components The OLAP ModelKit is intended for creating and utilizing cross reports based on multiple Statistical data of large volumes The OLAP ModelKit provides an opportunity to represent the final report data not only as a table it also allows organizing the information so to make it available for use by third party chart components Presently there are lots of such amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com components available These are various components for charts diagrams reports and grids creation The DataCubeView component which is included in the OLAP ModelKit package can be used for implementing an interface simila
24. hi _ j l Fain a a ee F a i af 4 Fa wF mh fo ad Values are displayed within the range assigned in the scale and step defined in the Step property The number of the ticks is assigned in the Divisions property The Origin property specifies the bench mark If the UseRoundValues property is set to true scale ticks will be distributed in the way that the corresponding values contain minimal amount of the fractional numbers the number of divisions will be less or equal to the Divisions property value The length of the tick is assigned in the Length property The intermediate ticks which divide this range according to the SubDivisions property are output between the ticks in the range The length of the intermediate ticks is assigned in the SubLength property The positional relationship of the ticks and the intermediate ticks can be assigned with the 200 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com help of the SubTicksPosition property When drawing the element the ticks will be evenly spread in the line of the whole scale The indent from the scale is assigned with the help of the Distance property The Dock property determines the Ticks element position subject to shifts set in the Padding property If there is a necessity to output the ticks only in the assigned range use MaxLimit and MinLimit properties that assign the range borders The UseLimits property indicates that the limitation on element outlet will be used This eleme
25. to set custom page size hal 42 cm x 594 cm A3 29 7 cm x 42 cm A4 21 cm x 29 7 cm Folio 21 59 cm X 33 02 cm 2 The Arrangement group allows management of object size and position The Size to Grid button changes size of selected object to snap it to grid The Align button opens the Align Editor for objects alignment setting PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com L The Move Forward menu item brings the selected object forward so that it is hidden by fewer objects that are in front of it in the Move Back Al Current container a E Move Forward Ta Bring to Front The Bring to Front menu item brings the selected objects in front of all other objects so that no part of it is hidden behind another object in the current container The Move Back menu item sends the selected objects backward so that it is hidden by the objects that are in front of it in the current container The Send to Back menu item sends the selected objects behind all other objects in the current container The Size button changes sizes of the selected objects Menu items set the parameter as main selected object ae Same Width as advancedText Same Height as advancedText2 oh Same Size as advancedText PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com View Tab This tab contains controls that affect the template view including view mode show hide option
26. 2 StackedBarSeriesView is a bar chart where bars corresponding to different series and a single argument are located one over another A ea www perpetuumsoft com Wseriest Series W eries3 14 12 Stacked100BarSeriesView is a bar chart where bars corresponding to different series and a single argument are located one over another but they demonstrate relative value from the total amount of the given series type values at the given point Wseriest Series W eries3 1004 30 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 TankSeriesView npegctaBnset co6on cron6byatyl AvarpamMmy B KOTOpo CTONOLIbI COOTBETCTBYHOLLUNE 3HAYECHNAM n3 pa3Hbix Cepuu pacnonaraioTca pAZOM Apyr c Apyrom n pucytoTca B mopme KonObi Tank TankSeriesView is a bar chart which bars corresponding to different series values are located side by side and are drawn as Tank O PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 0 1 2 LevelSeriesView is a bar chart which bars corresponding to defferent series values are located side by side and are drawn as Levels Upper and Lower layers are set with the help of the ActiveLayer and InactiveLayer properties 0 1 2 ThermometerSeriesView is a bar chart which bars corresponding to different series values are located side by side and are drawn as Thermometers Upper and Lower layers are set in the ActiveLayer and InactiveLayer properties PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 0 1 2
27. 555 4444 T It is possible to create multicolumn reports using Standard Wizard To do this you should use Custom layout settings Columns count defines the columns number Columns gap defines the gap between columns it is set with the DataBand ColumnsCount and DataBand ColumnsGap properties Columns layout Columnes count 2 E Report Employees Nancy Davoalio Laura Callahan Andrew Fuller Anne Yorke Anne Dodsworth Steven Buchana Report Data for Simple List The data for the report creation should be provided by the application from which Report Designer is invoked To add data you should press the Add data button After this a new record in the template structure tree will appear and the section for data source setting and data display will open PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Standard wizard Customers Data source Customers n Common l Field layout List ba Customers i All fields Visible fields E Customers 5 Customers Field name Caption Width Aggregate 100 None H Customers Order H Orders Caption Company ane Width 100 Aggregate None Data source is set in the Data Source field DataS ection Data source Field layout Card All fields Pere rier er errrrrr rrr rey E Numbers I Sales a Company N ame 2 Categor ame z Producth ame e Quantity The fields of the data source which is selected in the Data Source field are displayed in All Fi
28. Bar charts allow assigning relative bar width the AreaWidth property and type of displayed elements Bar Cylinder Bar3D and Pyramide Wear We rap m ylinder da Pyramide Line Chart Line chart is represented by the LineSeriesView StepLineSeriesView SplineSeriesView types The LineSeriesView creates broken line passing through all series points PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Series Series2 Series3 0 i 2 3 The StepLineSeriesView visualizes data as a step line consisting of vertical and horizontal intervals and passing through all series points Series Series 9 jy ese Series3 8 7 meta Io o 3 E ca aa i i t ee 44 e a Ioi i i 3 ae 4 ee er a 2 i 0 0 5 1 1 5 2 25 3 3 5 The SplineSeriesView represents data as a spline passing through all series points amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Series n Sernes Series3 a N J 7 a I a a F A ks r i we k i hS i r 6 i r M Fi pa aa 1 1 i a me 7 Y Fj Is H 5 i t 1 i x E ey I a 1 4f 7 r f Y 34 Naar f X ks 2 w r 1 w A 1 ana o i i i mT z 0 1 2 3 4 5 Area Chart The AreaSeriesView represents data as area bounded by a broken line passing through all series points g Series1
29. Ca PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Editions Report Sharp Shooter is available in the following editions Express Edition provides basic functionality of the product report design preview and print There are limitations connected to export options and the usage of several elements in the report such as graphics charts diagrams and pivot tables ReportViewer Windows Forms viewer component is included Lite Edition basic functionality is provided One can display reports in WinForms but there is no end user ReportDesigner ReportViewer is included Windows Forms Edition functionality allows building and displaying reports in Windows Forms Contains ReportViewer and ReportDesigner end user report designer that allows editing report templates and final documents Web Forms Edition functionality allows building and displaying reports as Web pages SharpShooterWebViewer element that allows displaying reports as Web pages Win Web Edition allows building and displaying reports as Windows Forms and Web pages The package includes all the necessary components ReportViewer SharpShooterWebViewer and ReportDesigner Professional Edition edition allows building and displaying reports as Windows Forms Web pages and in Silverlight apps and contains complete source code Report Sharp Shooter for Silverlight offers developer functionality for building and displaying reports in Silverlight applications The edi
30. DataSourceName dataSource Add method accepts two parameters data source name by which it will be available in the report and the data source itself In the same way you can set name and data source when using Item property Report data sources can be loaded directly in the template by using report Using ADO NET Objects Let s consider a sample of using ADO NET as a data source We have a database with two tables Authors and Books storing authors names and books they wrote Authors table has two fields primary key and author name and Books table includes primary key author key book title and price This sample is located in the ADODataSource folder Using Business Objects As it was mentioned above in order to make custom data source represent data it should implement System Collections I Enumerable or System ComponentModel interface IListSource IEnumerable interface is implemented by many standard classes for example 189 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com System Array System Collections ArrayList System Collections CollectionBase and many others IListSource interface defines two members bool ContainsListCollection get property it doesn t influence work of Report Sharp Shooter and GetList method getting reference to System Collections IList interface that in its turn implements IEnumerable interface In any case work with custom data is executed via the IEnumerable inte
31. Document Tree window Data Source Open Data Source window Error List Open Error List window Show Grid Switch on off the display of a grid PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Snap to Grid Switch on off the option of binding to a grid how Ruler Switch on off the display of a rule how Objects Bounds Switch on off the display of objects bounds ayout Bands Switch on off the option of automatic layout of the bands Template Properties Open template properties PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Context Menu Context menu contains most frequently used items List of menu items depends on currently selected report objects Common Actions 1 Cut Objects This menu item cuts the selected Cut Objects Ctri X objects and put it on the Clipboard ie lie i en 2 Copy Objects This menu item copies the Copy Objects Ctrl C selected objects and put it on the Clipboard Paste Objects Ctrl V 3 Paste This menu item pastes the contents of Delete Objects Ctrl D the Clipboard into the selected area 4 Delete Objects This menu item deletes the selected objects Editing and Positioning Edit F Clean Arrange 1 Edit This menu item opens an editor e Text Editor for TextBox element to set TextBox Text property e Formatted Text Editor for AdvancedText element to set AdvancedText Text property e RichText Editor for RichText element to set RichText RTFtext property e Open file
32. E E Region string f E E E Fax string _ amp PERPE TUUM www perpetuumsoft com Work in Windows Forms Applications Components Used in Windows Forms Applications The four components used for displaying and managing pivot table in Windows Forms applications are the DataCube DataCubeGrid DataCubeView and DataCubePrintDocument The DataCube E component serves for organizing the data from an outer source into a pivot table DataCube stores pivot table layouts its presentation style and allows pivot table print and export The DataCubeGrid Hel component is intended for displaying the data presented in the DataCube The DataCubeGrid enables a user to interactively shift pivot table layout and presentation style as well as to manage its print and export The DataCubePrintDocument component is responsible for splitting a pivot table into pages and leading it to a printing device The DataCubeView E component allows creating presentations of data stored within the DataCube object It is necessary to provide an interface for access to data stored in the DataCube by other components that use the same information like chart and diagram components The DataCubeView component expands the pivot table dimension cube providing the data as a linear table which columns are facts of the initial cube and a field of one of dimensions DataCubeView allows reorganizing a cube into a linear table by any dimension The Use
33. Expression GetData Sales Q Caption Determines the field caption The list of fields from data source is displayed on the left of the Source fields area The DataCube fields section is intended for data assignment in the pivot table The fields of the table horizontal headline are set in X dimension fields list The fields of the table vertical headline are set in Y dimension fields list The Facts fields list includes fields for the cells with data Property Grid is located to the left It is used to set cells properties E Appearance Laption ProductName Format ShowPercent False Sort rder Ascending TotalLabel width 100 E Data Aggregate Sum DisplayE spressi Expression GetDatal S ales Pri PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Table Titles The TableCaption property sets the table caption Property Report StyleName New Style OO Styles r Tabia aphan ToolTip chat 45263 82 Ipoh Coffee a 909 00 909 00 Beverages Style ame New Style Styles O omw o TableCaption Sales ToolTip Chai 4526235 45265 sa a aw The captions of the table rows and columns can be set in the Layout property editor of the PivotTable The Caption property is used for this purpose The TotalLabel sets the title for the column and row with total values If this property is not set the total values are identified as Total E Appearance Caption CompanyH ame CompanyName Format Futterkiste Karkki Oy Total
34. GrowToBottom and Visible 2 The Appearance group contains buttons for setting Appearance properties Angle Border Fill Margins and Color which sets ZipCode Color property 3 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property BarCode Tab Set The BarCode tab set includes Format tab me cm fF ie F ESRB docurencl Report Sharp Shooter Designer H me Fest byeu Weu Foma C yatei Label Sack Color cy or ma E mit Arial i E a w a ITI asshecd Abn AalbCel AghbCel M PA H Visible eja ja Ece E iarCelore aiae Border Fal Margins Edi r F A A off Text Caler 4 g Hehi Bede Po Hadat Heo Seles verjar Fons Ta Barto tetting Appie Ta The Format tab for BarCode includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties GrowToBottom and Visible 2 The Font group allows setting Font property 3 The BarCode Settings group contains is for setting special BarCode s properties The Label list contains LabelPosition property values and None value for setting ShowLabel property to False Label BottomLeft BottomCenter BottomRight TopLeft TopCenter TopRight The Back Color Bar Color and Text Color buttons set BackColor BarColor and TextColor properties PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Back Color A Theme Colors E M M M JE
35. ImageAlign properties submenu under it contains align options 2 8 Margins This menu item opens Margins Editor for setting Margins property 2 9 Angle This menu item is for setting Angle property contains the list of allowed property values Render Submenu This submenu provides ability to set elements properties that affect their rendering CanGrow CanShrink CanBreak GrowToBottom Visible O Mode 1 CanGrow This menu item sets CanGrow property to True or False 2 CanShrink This menu item sets CanShrink property to True or False PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 3 CanBreak This menu item sets CanBreak property to True or False 4 GrowToBottom This menu item sets GrowToBottom property to True or False 5 Visible This menu item sets Visible property to True or False 6 Mode This menu item sets Mode property submenu under it contains the list of allowed property values Misc Items a Show Properties Show Properties The menu item shows Property Grid with the selected objects properties Group Selection When multiple objects are selected context menu contains items which are common for all selected objects Commands are applied to each selected object AdvancedText element is selected objects main at the following picture PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Docking The new Report Designer with ribbon interface supports dockable
36. LIA BHA ERX OGID S AA FP B ioe Chart E Chart real Active True Aro Mone Axishident Auto BreakEventsBu False Colorizer Cross alue Auto Direction Y Fill None lsDiscrete False Margins 0 0 0 0 ps Max alue Auto Mint alue Auto Hame Axis Perpendiculana Axis RecalculateAll False Reverse False Smooth True 2 amp 7 PPP oOo o Direction Determines asis direction PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Add the Series element to the ChartArea For a start assign data directly in the series without using a data source To do it open the DataSource property editor and select the DataPoints tab Chart ModelKit designer 100 File Edit View Tool Insert Help LARA AHL Fa KO G El Chart Chart real aay Active True a Argument sz Asis Data Source properties AutoArgument True a BreakE ventsBul False DataSource SenesFoints Caption Series Elements Properties DataSource DisplayinglnLeg Series Fill Mone LegendE xpress Mame Seres Falette None t 4 h Scale ype Qualitative Add Se Feo Smooth True Stroke None Style AB Valuieduls AHY View PerpetuumSoft Ch Visible True i ihal Sm amp SN gt T DataS ounce Determines data source name e Add several values to the collection It is not necessary to fill the UserData field This field can be used to output information not bound to value in the ValueLabels element PERPETUUM www
37. PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Bottom The DockingStyle property defines position element will be located at inside or outside the ChartArea If the DockingStyle property is set to Outside element will be located outside the ChartArea and the area dedicated for building the chart will be decreased If the DockingStyle property is set to Inside element will be located inside the ChartArea and it will partly overlay the area dedicated for building the chart The ValueLabels element is designed for displaying value or other information on every series point PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com ValueLabels The Distance and Shift properties assign ValueLabel shift relatively to the point corresponding to this value ValueLabels angle is set in the Angle property The LineStroke property defines type of the line connecting label to a corresponding point The Position property defines label position in the chart and can process the following values Top Center and Bottom dontom The Expression property allows you to assign an expression which result will be displayed in the Label The ValueMarkers element Mill is designed for displaying graphical marks in series Mark type is set by the Shape property Mark size is set by the Size property The Distance and Shift properties assign element shift relatively to the point corresponding to the value The LineStroke property defines type of the li
38. Property Style ame Sales El Styles Sele z Category Froduct Futterkiste Karkki Oy Total E venA owF acts tyle Chai 452 63 452 63 Field_aptionS tyle beverages Poh Coffee 909 00 909 00 GroupT otalStyle 9 Stout 420 00 420 00 MainT otalStyle Total 87263 90900 1781 63 OddRowFactS tyle Courdavault 890 63 690 63 Dairy Products Total 890 63 390 63 TableCaptionS tyle Total 1763 25 909 00 2672 25 TotalS tule Uimensions tyle Dimensions tyle Style ame f Styles EE a E venA owF acts tyle Category EN n em fem eo m sono a0 G T t ISt Beverages EREE O sow ww f MainT otalStyle OiddFiowFactS tye courdavaut 063 ees T ableCaptionS tyle a La A TatalStyle a Oimensions tyle Dimensions tyle Style ame Hain El Styles ampan i F ki Karkki 0 Total EvenRowFactsiyle DataStyle FieldCaptionE tul CaptionStyl a ae __ eat EVETAPFES GroupT otalS tyle p Stout 420 00 a h 420 00 MainT otalS tyle Total Style eS ee 163 OddFiowFactSiyle DataStyle nman ean o TableCaptionS tyle CaptionStyle Pe ee E 390 TotalStyle Total Style 1763 25 909 00 2672 25 a Uimensions tyle Dimensions tyle Pivot Table Saving The Layout property sets expressions and position of fields in pivot table It can be saved to the file for further use and quick return to the initial pivot table form You can use the Save and Open buttons of the Layout property editor for saving and loading of the table parameters The file has
39. ScriptLanguage CSharp PageOverlay Page PageFooter RTH Rich Text A E Page Text Left click to add TextBox to the template Set Value property to Now Name textBoxd Binding Value fe Now Go to Format tab of TextBox tab set Select Date value in the TextFormat list 5 File Home Insert Layout View CanGrow Visible Date CanShrink General GrowToBottom oo Render Conenc Font m Mame textBoxl a i 7 fe Now 1 3S t 4 1 5 t 8 1 Percentage Custom Document tree S i document PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 9 Add one more TextBox element to the template Open Text Editor by double click on the TextBox or by pressing Enter key Type My first report L D a 10 Go to the Insert tab Click Picture button 36 GE Shape pif ChartControl A ZipCode Widget a I BarCode Bi WinFormsControl Illustration Left click on the template to add Picture element Double click Picture element area to open dialog window setting path to the image Choose a logo image and press Open button Go to Format tab of Picture tab set Click Size Mode button and choose Uniform property value Angle Bo Stretch Autosize Uniform Report Template r T lt Now gt My first report L L 11 Save the template and close Report Designer PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 12 R
40. The descending priority operations order Cunary not VET IT NO Myr Lr gy s sa y lt ex 1 I 1 Lr AS ee and 1 or Constants assigning lt decimal numeral gt the integral value lt decimal numeral gt lt decimal numeral gt value For example 1234 is an integral value 1234 1234 is a fractional value String constants are assigned with the help of a double quotation mark For example It is a string value Logical constants are assigned with the help of two key words true and false Null constant This constant is used for indeterminate value assigning Access to variables objects their fields and methods In the expressions one can apply to variables available in a field by their names The search for variables and objects by their names is executed in the following way in case an address by the object s name is present in an expression the GetObject function that should return the desired object is called for a field the given expression is written for A field as an object is available by value name A dot is used to apply to object fields and methods For example Value Year a reference to the field Year property the value of which is of the DateTime type Fieldl ValueToString a call for the field Field1 ValueToString method ATTENTION It is impossible to call the object methods if they are ove
41. by the SubMarkSize property Logic and properties assigning marks position on the scale are analogous to those of the Ticks element The ScaleLabels element is designed for displaying axis values If the axis is discrete ScaleLabels will display discrete axis values If the axis is non discrete labels will be displayed evenly along the scale Divisions step is set by the Step property If step is set to auto number of divisions is assigned in the Divisions property The Origin property assigns bench mark for divisions If the UseRoundValues property is set to true scale labels will be distributed in the way that the corresponding values contain minimal amount of the fractional numbers the number of divisions will be less or equal to the Divisions property value Label angle is set in the Angle property Label orientation is set by the TextRotationMode The Fill and Stroke properties set fill type and bounds of the area occupied by the label This area can be enlarged by the ItemMargins property The ShowSuperposableLabels specifies if the superposable scale labels will be displayed The CustomLabels element is similar to the ScaleLabels element but it allows assigning arbitrary scale marks not bound to axis values Every label is assigned by the couple text scale value and is stored in the Labels collection If one or multiple labels contain the Auto value such labels are evenly allocated on the scale The ScaleTit
42. generated final document includes results of rendering of master template and document template It allows you to create group of homogeneous reports To set master report it is necessary to set its name in the Document MasterReport property El Appearance Graphics ettings PerpetuumS oft Reporting Di Master eport Master Showl byectB ounds True During rendering template with the set name will be got through the IResolveSubReport interface For example master template with necessary name can be added to the same ReportManager initial template is added to When you create template used as a master one it is necessary to add Content element to this template Master report template detaili Detail iI ILE IL Generation of a document using master template is executed in the following way Resulting report includes result of rendering of master template and Content element is substituted by the result of the initial report Report shapes Master Report shapes PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Creation of Reports Using Wizard There is an easy way to create simple report templates Wizards They allow the setting of report parameters appearance data sources and then the building of the report template by set parameters automatically It is possible to save all settings made in Wizard to the rsw file into the xml format Creation of simple reports Standard Wizard Standard Wizard a
43. lililii Standard Colors EEC CENDERE an More Colors 4 The Appearance group contains buttons for setting Appearance properties Angle Border Fill and Margins 5 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property ChartControl Tab Set The ChartControl tab set includes Format tab be Fat GhartGo document Report Sharp Shooter Designer File Home Insert Layout Whew Format C GeewTaBettem Data Source gern A j i IF Visible r i QA T AaBbCeD AaBbCcO GELIES AaBbbCel AsBbCeEL AA Visible Customers Anal in ot sa F nje Gordes Fill Margins Normal Hightight Headefo HeaderFo HeaderFo oe Shdes Render Data Settings Appearance Styles The Format tab for ChartControl includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties GrowToBottom and Visible 2 The Data Settings group contains control for setting DataSource property 3 The Appearance group contains buttons for setting Appearance properties Angle Border Fill and Margins 5 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property Widget Tab Set The Widget tab set includes Format tab LECEN lig get Report Sharp Shooter Designer File Home Insert Layout View Format C GrewToeBottem Moore p j oP Kal Fl AaBbccO AaBbceD AaBbCeE AaBbCc M 7 Visible Angle Border Fil Margins Mormal Hightlight Header
44. or descending Example of a list that outputs names and birthdates of the employees according to the sorting condition Report Template dataBband DataBband DataSource Emp detail Detail dataHand Em dataBand end of databand dataBand DataSource Employees textBoxName Value dataBand EmployeeName textBoxDate Value dataBand BirthDate PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com conditions Mancy Davolio 11 11 1976 Andrew Fuller 25 02 1969 Anne Dodswot 30 06 1981 Steven Buchan 15 12 1984 Laura Callahan 28 09 1987 El Misc Andrew Fuller 25 02 1969 Expression dataBand EmployeeN ame Ll Anne Dodsewort 20 06 1994 Order Ascending Anne Yorke 03 05 1969 Laura Callahan 28 09 1987 Mancy Davolio 11 11 1976 El Misc Laura Callahan 28 09 1987 Expression dataBand BirthD ate Steven Buchan 15121984 Ord D di es foc a Anne Dodswort 30 06 1984 Mancy Davolia 11 11 1976 Anne Yorke 03 05 1969 List Filtering In case it is necessary to display the information that fulfills some conditions one can use FilterExpression property of the DataBand The condition is to be specified in the Script Editor Example of the list that displays employees names according to the sex Report Template databand Databand DataSource Emp detail Detail zdataBandl EmployeeMa end of databand dataBand DataSource Employees textBoxName Value dataBand EmployeeName Property dataBand FilterExpr
45. s select the Group Settings item in the contextual menu of the Part of World field Ascent Descent Collapse all Expand all Align Field width Move to Facts 129 20 129 0 Move Eo rows Move to columns Move to ignore Group settings 4 Sales 300 00 300 00 1 612 50 1 612 50 429 20 429 20 22r GU 2 0 rro 50 rro 50 This action opens the group settings dialogue box for this field 7 984 00 7 984 00 216 00 216 00 3 876 85 3 876 85 429 20 429 20 1 199 90 1199 90 11 030 50 11 030 50 g 133 11 g 133 11 4 461 30 ome PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Groups editor Group settings items Denmark Finland France Germany Italy Japan Netherlands Moray Singapore Spain Sweden eda J Ed Delete Clear Cancel In the Items list all field values obtained as a result of its expression calculation are shown In this particular case they are the countries In order to group these countries by parts of the world it is necessary to add the corresponding groups Let s press the Add button and specify group s name for example America PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Groups editor Group settings ltem Australia Brazil America Canada Denmark Finland France Germany
46. template Custom Export Filter TBD Custom Template Storage TBD Live Report Report Sharp Shooter allows you to redefine standard mechanism of handling hyperlink clicks and any other objects in the report Sample demonstrating this feature is located in the LiveReportExample folder Report template contains TextBox object and two Shape objects TextBox Hyperlink property is set to New report To intercept hyperlink click HyperlinkClick event of the ReportManager component is used Let s show new report when users click this link HyperlinkClickevent handler is shown below private void reportManager HyperlinkClick Gb ecL sender PerpetuumSoft Reporting Components HyperlinkEventArgs e if e Hyperlink New report e Handled true Ley reportSlot2 RenderDocument using PerpetuumSoft Reporting View PreviewForm previewForm new PerpetuumSoft Reporting View PreviewForm reportSlotz2 previewForm WindowState FormWindowState Maximized previewForm ShowDialog this Catch Exception exception MessageBox Show exception Message Report Sharp Shooter MessageBoxButtons OK MessageBoxIcon Error HyperlinkEventArgs class has two important properties Hyperlink hyperlink string and Handled getting value that the event is handled When you click Shape objects their names are shown Use ViewObjectClick event of the ReportViewer component This event handler contains the following
47. 0 0 0 cm Sizeh ode Hormal Style ame Image System Drawing Bitmap Image4lign l BottomR ight we Margins 0 0 0 0 cm Sizeh ode Hormal Style ame PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Dynamic Image Loading When it is needed to load the image in the process of report generation you can open the Bindings properties and use the Image property Use the following script when it is needed to load image from file System Drawing Image FromFile lt path to the file gt dataBand Databand DataSource Employee etail Detail Nancy Davolio 2dataBandPemployeeName gt B 7 rt Template end of detaBand o Andrew Fuller dataBand DataSource Employees textBox Value dataBand EmployeeName picture Image System Drawing Image FromFile C Data Pictures dataBand EmployeeNa me ToString png picture SizeMode AutoSize PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Image from Data Source To output images from data source you should put the Picture element to Detail which is located in the DataBand with the set data source and then set the Image property on the Bindings tab In this case the images are stored in the data source in byte representation K rt a z m a a m d e Iempiarte ECERS sate Hataband Databand DataSource Employee Nancy Davollo EdataBband Ermploveehlame i O endotdataBend Andrew Fuller dataBand DataSource Employees textBox Val
48. 2al a Solution Sample4Application tz projects t gel SampleApplication EA SampleApplication we E Sal Properties f Build i Faj References euil ClientBin Clean S SampleApplicationTes a 2 SampleApplicationTes ihg H GE Silverlight js F EE Web contig Build Deployment Package Publish Package Publish Settings View in Browser Convert bo Web Application Check Accessibility Project Dependencies Project Build Order Cbrl Shift 4 New Item in Existing Item Shift Alt 4 Add Reference Ci New Folder Add Web Reference Odd ASP NET Folder b Add Service Reference vg Class Eal view Class Diagram PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Add Report Service Over HTTP template to your project Add Hew tem SilverlizghtApplication veb Installed Tem Sork by Default BEE Search Installed Templates D E visual C l Type visual C Code m Report Service Gwer HTTP Visual C a Data i General y Report Service Over HTTPS visual C Web ja Windows Forms WPF Reporting R55 For SL Silverlight workflow Online Templates ReportService svc add ReportService class will extend the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silverlight Server ReportServiceBase class containing implementation of wcf service for Silverlight ReportViewer Step4 Creating report template First of all we need to create data source structure Open service
49. Box object with added Color property setting color and Checked property If Checked is set to true object area is crossed with two diagonal lines Stored attribute sets that this property is saved when the document is written ReportBindable attribute sets that this property can contain script calculating its value If you want to change default values of some class properties you need to write a corresponding code to the InitNew method PaintContent method draws the component And the main method id Render This method is called to display component in the final report You need to create a new instance of your object in this method CheckBoxReportControl result new CheckBoxReportControl Then set its properties by calling a method PopulateProperties result PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Set its location in the final report RenderLocation result Place it on the page in the final report Engine ProductionPage Controls Add result To register the component and add it to the report template add the following code to the Load event handler PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM ReportControl RegisterControlType typeof CheckBox ReportControl CheckBoxReportControl customControl new CheckBoxReportControl customControl Location new Point 300 300 customControl Size new Size 300 300 Document template reportSlot LoadReport template Pages 0 Controls Add customControl reportSlot SaveReport
50. COANA a e E a E E a a N S 211 C stom Report Element isisisi a a i a aia 211 CUSTOM P POE FEO aeiee a a a A 212 C stom Template Storage riranin a EE E EEEa 212 OVO RODO sarren anar rar a E E EE E EEE 212 Managing Report Generation wiiincieccicccsvestscievesuvess cceeeentvesveeaesstesevveserectveeuewaevesues 213 Appendix 1 Document Object Model s sssnssssssnssssnssssnssssnssnsnssnsnennssennsssnnessnnsssnnne 215 Report Sharp Shooter for Silverlight sssssssssssssssnsnunnnnnnnunsnunansnnnnunnunnnnnnsunsnunnnannnnnnnn 218 CER O aaa A E E E N rene 218 Miroda UON eee E E ee 218 PFOGUCE Pror oa IEE era aA 218 creating Sample Applica seen ha nn N E O ee re tT 218 CONCIGSION vacvrnirinesvacrverurxe rate E erry ee nnusevaaesaoUvesneurevaaRnunis 237 Insi umentadon MOCCIKIE sisctovunceiintenmeniadiesdiotin cilities ribundieaditenariinnenlhioneediuacieuediend 239 Destination and Basic Features acc citrus cevewsrnimaasre docaucrecmmaiuendeseneredencisneoasauatanmeceueceus 239 Instrumentation ModelKit Concepts ccc ccccccceeeeeee cece eee e eee e eens eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeennegs 239 GO SCAV CC eiatactce acute a R aE ssangu suas aneuse onan aneeswaunuge arene teen eceneeauagGu peau aaunen ens 240 Elements Description ssssssssssssssssssssnssssnssnsnesnsnssnsnesnssrenesronesnnnesnsnesnsnesnsnennenrnnn 244 The General Instrument Mod leasniriene aa A athe sige dott 244 Elements METI C aee E a A E a 245 PERPETUUM www perpet
51. CanGrow CanShrink GrowToBottom and Visible 2 The TextFormat group sets TextFormat property The list contains available property s values The buttons allow set Currency Percentage and Number format quickly 3 The Font group allows setting Font property 4 The Alignment group allows setting TextAlign property 5 The Appearance group contains buttons for setting Appearance properties Angle Border Fill and Margins 6 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com RichText Tab Set The RichText tab set includes Format tab BEURAF a Report Sharp Shooter Designer Home Insert Layout View Format E CanGrow f Visible ponu BA imi oe ai oo E fog AaBbCcD AaBbCcl AaBbCcl Ashbccl M O CanShrink Pa Angle Border Fill Margins Edit ionin 5 a Hightight HeaderFo HeaderFo HeaderFo Styles Render Appearance Styles The Format tab for RichText includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanGrow CanShrink GrowToBottom and Visible 2 The Appearance group contains buttons for setting Appearance properties Angle Border Fill and Margins 3 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property Picture Tab Set The Picture tab set includes Format tab be A B T Picture Report Sharp Shooter Designer Fi
52. Determines the mode of rotation text VO ANPP OOUDOF oe Add the Ticks element and customize it analogously to ScaleLabels t Chart ModelKit designer 100 File Edit View Tool Insert Help AA 2 le aa XK OG J Chart H Charb4real Series mae True Api BreakE ventsBut False ScaleLabels1 Colorizer wE Distance px Aar in Divisions 10 Titlel Dock None 7 px hd axLimit Auto MinLimit Auto Mame Ticks Origin Auto Padding 0 ps Recalculate4ll False Smooth True Step 1 Stroke SimpleStroke Style SubD visions 10 SubLength 3 px SubTicksPosition Wear UseDescreteval False UseRoundyalue False Length Deteines the length of the tics Place the ScaleLabels and Ticks elements onto the Y axis and set them analogously to X axis elements Place the GridLines element onto the Y axis set the Step and Origin amp PERPE TUUM www perpetuumsoft com properties similarly to Ticks and ScaleLabels With the help of the Fill and AlternativeFill properties assign fill of the alternate strips Chart ModelKit designer 100 File Edit View Tool Insert Help Lk eb Ss 3 x IN 2 2 2 9 i 100 fy Name GridLinest i a Chart Chart4real Series R o cy Aiek El AltermatieFil SolidFill ScaleLabels1 Color C Bisque Ticks BreakE ventsBut False E Aner Divisions 10 a GridLines1 E Fill solidF ill Title Coo C Light ellow Ma axLirnut Auto MliriLirit Auto Name GridLines
53. False BreakEventsBubbl False Caption Series DataSource Data Source properties DataSource SeriesPoints Argument None Data Source fifejemie laa UserD ata None Tore A valss None Data Member Hons dataSourcel Sort Properties Values Sort Mone Sort Order Seres sorting Ascend 0 Ascend O Descend Descend None None Ci Select the dataSource object as a chart data source and bind Column1 to the series Value field Argument Userata Value None E spresslon Click the OK button In the series change the AutoArgument property to true thus you specify that arguments will be automatically substituted at every chart point amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Chart ModelKit designer 100 Fie Edit View Tool Insert Help MEN EA EEC EIR Chart i a afal z DE E Charbhrea z ca Ais My simple chi Active True E Ais i Arguments xis Axisr ie a miai Auto rgume it Caption Series DataSource DisplayinginLegenc Series Fill None LegendE xpression Name Series Falette None ScaleT ype Numerical Smooth True Stroke None Style Valuednis Amis I View PerpetuumSoft Ch Visible True hi AutoArgumert Indicates whether the arguments for points will be automatically assigned ee ee If the specified data source contained arguments together with values it would be possible to assign binding of
54. Fie Edit View Tool Insert Help AC te b KO aia Font Microsoft Sans Serif Chart Chart4rea Series AMSA Anis Titled Pa a tal eae Alignment True Center BreakE ventsBuk False Center DockingS tle Docking Type I Fill Color Font Margins Hame Padding Size Smooth Stroke Style 160 3 64 px Inside Top 5 olid Fill C Yellow Microsoft Sans set O 0 0 0 ps Tithel O 0 0 0 ps 320 17 28 px True None Text ngle TextFill Visible Text 0 Solid Fill True Determines the text title Set axes appearance Assign numeric values on the axis with the help of the SalesLabels element Place ScaleLabels to the X axis assign their origin and step Set the docking property for automatic assignment of the axes size subject to ScaleLabels PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Chart ModelKit designer 100 Fie Edit View Tool Insert Help LOA 2b BEKO hI 222 Font Microsoft Sans Serif 10 eA Name abek E Chart i i i Chart real z Seres l Outside 23 E Axi Mone zcela Font Hicrosott Sans e E ik Format General Titlet Formula lternih argins 0 0 0 0 ps MaxLimit Auto hinLinnit Auto Name ScaleLabels1 OddLabelsDistar O px Origin 0 Padding O px Position Center Recalculate4 l False ShowSuperposa True ABC Smooth True Step 1 Stroke None Style Text amp lignment Center Test ngle O ieee Screen UseRoundyalue False Visible True T extR otatoniode
55. Hle yy Da a e Font Name Instrument j Joja m 3100 amp O Ordet Crcle5 Active True O e Q Crcie4 3 Bevel None l O Cre R Enebied Tas Q Cre Fill None Focused False j Mighight A ON Joint GridStep 16 px a _ isFixed False i MeasureUnit Pixel Nare Instrument Parameters Colection RecalculateAl False _ ShowGrid True s E Size 515 515 px 3 SnapToGrid False C Sivie a Active indicates whether events are passed to this F oe element l Active O Bevel m BreakEvents Bubbling ae Fill Stroke 7 Style _ Visible J 0K tone 1 Toolbar 2 Elements Toolbar 3 Properties Window 4 Instrument Outline 5 Expressions Window 6 Work Area Visual and non visual elements for instrument creation in the Instrumentation ModelkKit Designer are available via the Insert menu or via the buttons on the components toolbox Elements Toolbox In order to place an element in the instrument it is necessary to select it from the menu in the Elements Toolbox Then click the left mouse button in the work area Work Area or stretch the element to the desired size by pressing and holding the left mouse button amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The instrument structure is displayed in the Instrument outline window You can change the elements positional relationship
56. Italy Japan Netherlands Morsay Singapore Spain Sweden Let s add Brazil Canada and USA into the group To do that we should select the required countries and drag them by means of mouse to the required group as it is shown on the picture below PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Groups editor Group settings Items Ausztralia F Denmark Finland France Germany Italy Japan Netherlands Moray Singapore Spain Sweden OUR fo Cancel After the values are added to the group they are eliminated from the list and displayed in the groups tree like the leaves PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com i Groups editor Group settings lherns Australia E America Denmark eee Finland Farce a Canada Germany Italy Japan Netherlands Moray Singapore Spain Sweden Sweden UK Coa tes Let s add Asia and Europe in the same way PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Groups editor Group settings lherns 4ustralia America Brazil Canada Singapore Europe Denmark Press the button OK to confirm the settings As a result the pivot table will look like it is shown below 129 40 300 OU 201 OO 201 00 129 20 300 00 201 00 129 20 300 00 You can find this example in the CustomGrouppingExample folder 1138 40 1138 40 1210 00 1210 00 1612 50 1612 50 429 20 Jar S0 Frb 56 oo 20 232
57. Oe ee ee ee If the Dock property is set to Center an element is positioned at the axis center regardless any other axis elements If the Dock property value is Inside an element is located inside the axis at the distance assigned by the Padding property If the Dock property value is set to Outside an element is positioned outside the axis at the distance defined by the Padding property Inside Paddin eS EEE Outside Daddin If the axis contains multiple elements which Dock property value is not None at first elements with the Dock property value set to Center are positioned and then all other elements are allocated on the axis in the order they were added to the axis subject to the size of already positioned elements Inside Center beki kd eas kid Fle Ge oCaleLabels Paddi Outside The Colorizer property allows setting scale elements color It is also possible to set color of all axis elements by assigning the axis Colorizer property The GridLines element is designed for displaying values grid in the chart Grid step is assigned by the Step property If this property value is set to Auto a number of divisions 382 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com will be set by the Divisions property The Origin property defines a bench mark If the UseRoundValues property is set to true scale labels will be distributed in the way that the corresponding values contain minimal amount of the frac
58. Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanBreak CanGrow CanShrink NewColumnAfter NewColumnBefore NewPageAfter NewPageBefore and Visible counter MinSpaceAfter sets MinSpaceAfter property 2 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property SubReport Tab Set The SubReport tab set includes Format tab PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com GTA TS meme C Carkarow I NewfclamaBefore F Vile T M enplae Name F z C Canthrink M MewPagedfter Aabi AaSbccO GEHEG AabbCel AabbOct j lnseit Layout en Parameters eni ooo gt o Haik Hiewsitero Hapiy HiniiteFO re Render Styles E The Format tab for SubReport includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanGrow CanShrink NewColumnAfter NewColumnBefore NewPageAfter NewPageBefore and Visible 2 The SubReport Settings group contains controls for setting following properties Parameters TemplateName and Shift 3 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property Content Tab Set The Content tab set includes Format tab Cake Fal E Gaini document Report Sharp Shooter Designer IEE Home Insert Layout View Format U CanGrow U NewColumngefore sf Visible Shift i J CanShrink MewPageAfter 0 000 PabbeeD sede Aah Bee E Edit JewColumnaAtter M NewPageSefore o Hightlig
59. Size list contains size values and allows the setting of arbitrary size sets the Font Size property The Bold button sets bold font for the text sets the Font Bold property The Italic button sets italic font for the text sets the Font Italic property The Underline button sets underlined font for the text sets the Font Underline property The Increase Font Size button increase font size sets the Font Size property The Decrease Font Size button decrease font size sets the Font Size property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The Text Fill button sets color and fill for text sets the TextFill property of the selected object Theme Fills The Theme Fills and Standard Fills sections contain color E ETEA ETT pallete l a The Recent Fills section contains fills which were recently used Sane Sees The More Fills menu item opens Fill Editor for creating Recent Fills custom fill RAB No Fill a More Fills The No Fill menu item cancels all fill settings and sets TextFill property to None The Use Style Only button sets the style settings These settings correspond to the selected style and remove all changes Alignment group The Alignment table allows setting TextAlign and ImageAlign properties BE 8 B B E Angle Alignment The Angle button sets Angle property opens the list of all
60. Soft Charts CustomPalet oP PemetuumSoftt Charts CustomPalet Perpetuum Soft Charts CustomPalet amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The Chart Viewer ChartViewer i is a component designed for displaying charts in NET Windows Forms applications The Chart object can be assigned by the Chart property as well as by the ChartStream property It is possible to upload the chart serialized in the string in the ChartViewer A ToolBar is situated at the top of the ChartViewer the remainder is intended for displaying the chart Oee aE The ToolBar contains the following buttons The New Chart toolbar button creates a blank chart The Open Chart Si toolbar button calls dialog for opening the chart saved to a file The Save Chart k toolbar button calls dialog for saving the chart to a file The Save As Image toolbar button calls dialog for saving the chart as an image The Copy to clipboard ES toolbar button copies the chart as an image to clipboard The Print toolbar button calls print dialog The Run designer A toolbar button runs designer Buttons visibility on the toolbar is set by the ShowNew ShowOpen ShowSave ShowSaveAsImage ShowCopyToClipboard ShowPrint ShowDesigner properties and toolbar visibility is set by the ToolBarVisible property The DataSource property assigns data sources for the chart PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Cha
61. Textalign TopLeft TextFill None TestFormat ToolTip Style ame Text text Textalign MiddleCenter Textil None T extF orrnat ToolTip StyleN ame Text text Text amp lign EB ottomH ight TextFill Hone TextF ornmat ToolTip PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com TextFill Appearance Property sets the text fill Fill editor helps to set the properties of the fill Fill type colors transparency and additional parameters are available Appearance Angle 0 Border Fill None H Fort Arial 12pt f Margins U 0 0 0 cm RightToLeft False String T rimming Character Style ame Text text Text amp lign MiddleCenter TextFill Mone BED Collection Colors Delta E 0 00 ES o D Qes e Transparency 0 Total Angle Center Color Color white Transparency Examples demonstrating text fill for the TextBox element Note If the text that is output by the AdvancedText and its font is set in the Formatted Text Editor Font property is ignored PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com TextFormat Appearance Property changes text in the set format number currency date format time format and percentage Custom format can be created Setting text format in Format editor Example demonstrating text format applied to the TextBox element Style ame Text Text amp lign TextFill TextFormat ToolTip Style ame Test Text amp lign TextFill TestFo
62. The Insert tab is used to add objects Then set the mouse pointer on the page and left click to add an object If you click on some band the program checks if this band can contain the object you try to add More information about available band containers If the band can contain this object it is added to the template inside the band otherwise an error message is shown TextBox elements for data source outlet can be added to the template by drag and drop of the appropriate element from the Data Tree of the Tool Window from the Data Sources tab TextBox Value will be set automatically Object Deletion There are several ways to delete an object left click or select it in the Object list or in the Document Tree in the Tool Window and press Delete button on the keyboard or use the contextual menu item When you delete a band all the contained objects will be deleted too Object Properties Object properties can be set with the help of Property Grid Select the object in the template to see its properties displayed in the Property Grid Property Grid shows common properties of the elements when several of them are selected More information about objects properties Document Tree Document Tree contains the list of all document objects and shows its structure One can select and delete object change hierarchy dragging the object to the different band and change object order in the Document Tree Objects Locat
63. The font of displayed figures is assigned by the Font property The assigned value is output on different meter disks The disk color in which the number last rank is displayed is assigned by the FirstDigitBackFill property the figure color output on this disk is assigned by the FirstDigitForeFill property The color of the other disks is assigned by the BackFill property the color of the symbols output on them is assigned by the ForeFill property The HighLight element is intended for emulating hightlights on the circular instruments Element s position is set in the Center and Radius properties assigning center coordinates and radius The Angle and SweepAngle properties set element s start angle and its angle of turn PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Instrument Gearl Gear2 Q Crcle2 _ BreakEventsBu False Q Crete3 Circles LA Joint2 O Circles RecalculateAll False Q Circles Smooth True Stroke None Style Highlight 1 i SweepAngle 150 Thy ae Se ee e r Element s position is assigned by the Center and Radius properties setting center coordinates and elements radius The Count property defines amount of the gear claws The Depth property determines claws size The DimentionsRatio defines relative claws width Active True i 123 ScaleLabels1 eee Count 12 Depth 18 px DimensionsRai 2 Fill LinearGradi 5 Name Gear2 j Radius 170 374 px RecalculateAll False Smo
64. a list of aggregation functions which allows the selection of the function for calculation of aggregate value by field The value will be output at the end of the list 37 Groups This is a list of fields from data source for the list grouping Pivot Table Wizard Pivot Table Wizard allows the creation of reports which include pivot table It invokes from Wizards Gallery dialog PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Pivot table settings Repost template properties I Showtte Repattile Measure uni Style sheet 1 8 Script language Page propesties Size Onentabors Page numbers standard MSCS O Poe Custom O Landscape PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Data source Sales Nested helds Categor ane UnitPice L Display Table caption Pivot table G Rendenng GDE Save table wizard Show repeat text Da Show single fact Dimension on every page gt Fonmathing yc Auto column width Fow height 60 E o Auto row height mode Dissimilar A e G G D 1 17 Save Wizard These buttons invoke Save As dialog window for selection of the folder and file name for saving Wizard settings 2 18 Preview Template These buttons create a template with selected parameters open it in Report Designer 3 19 Preview Document These buttons launch report generation with selected parameters open the result document in Report Viewer 4 Common
65. and Capabilities of the DataCube Let us examine the use of the DataCube component by the following example Let us create a Windows Forms application and add the DataCube component object situated on the OLAP ModelKit tab onto the form Let us name the newly created object salesDataCube It is necessary to specify a data source the DataSource property To do that we shall add the DataSet object onto the form and create a Sales table for this object The Sales table structure is shown in the image below Field name Type Description string Name of food category string Name of product string Name of company Currency Unit price Number CLiuantity Number Discount Date Time Date fo sale In order to adjust the desired pivot table layout let us call the DataCube wizard designer by double clicking the salesDataCube object or by selecting the Run Designer option in the salesDataCube property window PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com amp DataCube wizard Tati c 28 Layout Style sheet Source fields DataCube fields Sz AJ Categor ame Inactive fields amp dimension fields CES res Company ame Product ame 4 El Appearance e a Y Caption CompanyH ame OrderD ate Format Product ame i ShowPercent False Luantity Company ame UnitFrice ShowProgress False T otalLabel Width 100 Data Aggregate Sum DisplayE spression Expression CompanyH ame Field ype Bath Y dimension fields Facts fields SortUrder
66. argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type sqr argument calculates the argument to square The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type sqrt argument calculates the argument s square root The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type log argument calculates the argument s natural logarithm The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type exp argument raise E number to the argument degree The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type Sign argument returns 1 if the argument is negative 0 if the argument is O 1 if the argument is positive The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the int type abs argument returns the argument s absolute value The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type round argumentl1 argument2 rounds the 15t argument value to the symbols amount after the comma assigned by the a argument The i argument is of the double type the e argument is of the int type the calculation result is of the double type The expression can be an argument of any function and method If the expression calculation result is not appropriate to the argument type the expression will not be calculated Date Processing Functions amp PERPETUUM www perpetuums
67. by dragging them with the mouse Let s consider the functions available via the File menu The commands for the work with a file are grouped here File New Blank menu item the toolbar button allows creation of a new empty instrument File New Wizard menu item the A toolbar button allows creation of a new instrument with the help of Wizard File Open Ctri O menu item the hi toolbar button calls the dialog box for the instrument loading from the file File Open and merge menu item calls the dialog box for the instrument loading from the file At the same time a new instrument is added to the existing one File Open in wizard and merge menu item calls the Wizard the instrument loading At the same time a new instrument is added to the existing one File Save Ctri S menu item the toolbar button saves the instrument File Save As menu item is used for saving the instrument with a new name The File Export menu item exports an instrument into one of popular bitmapped or vector graphics formats JPEG GIF PNG BMP SVG and Macromedia Flash and calls the save to file dialog box You can view the recent files history including the file system paths below the separator Let s consider the functions available via Edit menu The commands for the instrument editing are grouped here Edit Undo Ctri Z menu item the 9 toolbar button means the cancel of the changes made in the instrument Edit Redo Ctri Y menu item t
68. charts Any object realizing the IList interface can be used as a data source Data source is assigned by the Series DataSource property Data binding is executed by making match between object fields of the SeriesValueBase type and the data source fields Every match is assigned by the SeriesBindingType object containing the SeriesValueName and PropertyName string properties which specify name of the SeriesValueName property and name of the property or the expression from a data source correspondingly The SeriesBinding objects are stored in the Bindings property of the SeriesBindingCollection type Thus the Bindings property describes match between data source fields and series value fields If the series AutoArgument property is set to true the Argument field value will be assigned automatically in the ascending order and it is not obligatory to set match for the Argument field In simple case when a data source and a collection of matches are assigned only one series will be built Such data binding is depicted schematically in the image below l 3 P Data Source When a data source contains two or more similar values these values will be summarized when building a chart h Data Source PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com If some data source field is an IList list it is possible to build series by data from nested lists using the DataMember property It is necessary to specify name of the field containing
69. class that will inherit an abstract Connection There is no need to functionally implement all methods and properties in order to implement a functional DataChannel Many methods and properties providing additional services CultureInfo ProviderCurrentTime etc might be non implemented The OPCChannel is an example of a DataChannel implementation It is useful to explore its source code before implementing a custom component amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com OLAP ModelKit Destination and Basic Features OLAP ModelkKit is intended for developing and processing cross reports based on high volume statistical data Nowadays managing data comprised by stacks of statistical information seems to be an unsolvable task without any automation At the same time the demands for dynamic change of data presentation based on one and the same data set often lead into a dead end OLAP ModelkKit is a convenient solution to deal with such a challenge A full featured graphical designer destined for pivot table retrofitting allows visualized indication of the data which is to be used for report creation In order to get a ready made report it is often enough to simply drag the required fields given within a certain dataset into the corresponding fields in the designer and hit a couple of keys to set a representation style Viewing the same data taking into account all possible dimensional groups is simple as well The only thing that h
70. code PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com private void reportManagerl ViewObjectClick object Sender PerpetuumSoft Reporting View ReportViewEventArgs e if e Control is PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Shape MessageBox Show You click on shape e Control as PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Shape Name e Handled true ReportViewEventArgs class contains two properties Control of the PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM ReportControl type clicked object and Handled of the bool type this property gets if the event was handled Managing Report Generation Report Sharp Shooter allows developers to change standard mechanism of report generation if necessary ManualBuildScript code for the corresponding Page object is required Sample implementing manual report generation is located in the ManualBuildExample folder This sample contains two reports the first one contains multiplication table the second one catalog tree Report Sharp Shooter is installed in Let s start from the simple sample multiplication table Report template contains Detail with three TextBoxes Value property of these objects is set to a b c correspondingly a b c are variables of the int type declared in the Document CommonScript property ManualBuildScript of the page contains the following code for a 1 a lt 10 att for 6 1 b lt 10 btr G a 7b detaill Render So in cycles we set a and b variables to various pairs f
71. component substitutes the page content by the instrument image The WidgetHolder component is used for displaying instrument and for controlling it with a mouse The WidgetHolder component displays the instrument contained within the WidgetProducer component The WidgetProducer and WidgetHolder Components Use and Capabilities Let s consider the WidgetProducer and WidgetHolder components use by the example Create a WebApplication add the page set the name ProducerPage Add the WidgetProducer component 4 Chart ModelKit hm Pointer WebChartViewer WebDashboardViewer 4 Instrumentation ModelKit I Pointer MA WidgetHolder b Report Sharp Shoof WidgetProducer b Stimulsoft Reports vercion 5063 b Standard NET Component t Data PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Assign the displayed instrument by calling the instrument editor Run Designer in the contextual menu item JIroar sri sre cst View in Browser Ctrl Shitt W Show Smart Tag Shift Alt F10 Using the wizard choose in the designer an instrument which will be used or create a new instrument By pressing the OK button set the instrument for the further use producer2WidgetProducrs1 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Place the WidgetHolder component on the start application page 4 Chart ModelKit hm Pointer te WebChartViewer WebDashboardViewer 4 Instrumentation Modelkit Pointer Fay WidgetHolder b Report
72. components to Visual Studio Toolbox Add components to Visual Studio Toolbox button This option is available in Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 and Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Otherwise e g when using Microsoft Visual Studio Express Edition one should add components manually Let us examine the procedure of adding components in Microsoft Visual Studio 1 Add a new tab to a toolbox using Add tab item of a contextual menu 2 Select the added tab and click Choose Items menu of a toolbox 3 Apply filter Perpetuum in order to find elements included into the product All the components included into the Net Model Kit Suite have Perpetuum word in the beginning of the name 4 Check the components that are necessary for the complete functionality of Report Sharp Shooter If you need to use the product with WinForms you ll need the following components ReportManager DesignerDataSourcesTree DesignerDocumenttTree DesignerErrorList DesignerPropertyGrid DesignerStatusBar DesignerToolBar DesignerToolBox ReportDesigner CsvExportFilter ExcelExportFilter ExcelXmlExportFilter BitmapExportFilter EmfExportFilter GifExportFilter JogExportFilter PngExportFilter TiffExportFilter HtmlExportFilter PdfExportFilter RtfExportFilter XpsExportFilter ReportViewer SharpShooterWebViewer is used to display reports as Web pages ReportViewer component included into PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silv
73. control points for example by using the following dialog System Windows Forms MessageBox var1 ToString We strongly recommend avoiding sophisticated logic in scripts using only base functionality If scripts are too sophisticated you need to review concept of the report template If you need to debug sophisticated logic of calculations you can use a workaround All such logic can be separated in a function s These functions are included in the application and scripts refer to the application for the required calculations In the application you can use debugger of the development environment you use After you debugged the logic you can get function back to script code if you need to make template independent from the application PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Typical Tasks and Solutions in Scripts Data Processing TBD Managing Visibility Sample displaying number of the current line only odd lines are visible Report Template databand Databand detaild Detail o lt dataBand1LineN dataBand1 InstanceCount 100 property sets amount of times the band displays its content in the report textBox1 Value dataBand1 LineNumber output of the number of the current page detail1 Visibel dynamic property Binding dataBand1 LineNumber 2 0 false true I e Detail object is visible if the current page is odd Report In case you manage visibility of the TextBox object no
74. for the WidgetHolder component DataBinding Misc Disposed Init InstrumentClick WidgetHolder1_InstrumentClicl protected void WidgetHolder1 InstrumentClick object sender PerpetuumSoft Instrumentation Web InstrumentClickEventArgs args PerpetuumSoft Instrumentation Model iInstrument instrument args Element Instrument PerpetuumSoft Instrumentation Model Scale scale instrument GetByName Scale1 as PerpetuumSoft Instrumentation Model Scale WidgetHolder1 Parameters Slideri Value scale PointToValue new PerpetuumSoft Framework Drawing Vector args X args Y ToString System Globalization CultureInfo InvariantCulture PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The Technology of the Instrument Design Designing the Simple Instrument with a Slider Let s consider the instrument designer utilization for designing instruments Creating the instrument with a slider Let s determine our requirements to the designed instrument 1 The instrument should contain a slider moving on the scale within the limited range from O to 100 2 Ticks on the scale should be designed in different colors within the following ranges 0 80 and 80 100 3 When the slider exceeds the 80 mark it should change the color 4 When the mouse is on the slider the current value should be displayed alongside as text 1 The instrument should contain a slider moving on the scale within the limited diapason from O to 100 Pl
75. generation and defines elements display on even odd or all the pages Example demonstrating use of Mode property of the PageHeader Report Template Si lt PageNumber gt itz E E Render CanGrow CanShrink Mode Visible Render CanGrow CanShrink Mode Visible Render CanGrow Cans hrink Mode Visible False False AllPages True False False OddPages True False Falze EvenPages True PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com GrowToBottom Render Property allows the object to stretch up to the bottom border of the band it is contained in Example demonstrating use of TextBox GrowToBottom property Report Template detail Detai a CanGrow CanShrink Grow ToB ottoon Visible E Render CanGrow CanShrink Grow oBottorm Visible PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com NewColumnAfter Render Property sets if a new column is inserted after the band contents Example of adding a new column after the Detail contents Report Template databands Databand DataSource E details Detail lt dataBands C Employeeha men end of databands PR ae ene a Fe re ENS PIRHAAQAKTYVS Fro Diz rt 4 E Wi El Render Nancy Davolic CanBreak Andrew Fuller CanGrow Anne CanShrink poe wens Mind pacestter Newlolunna tter NewLolumnb efore Render Nancy Davolio CanBreak CanGrow CanS hrink Mind pacedstter Anne HewColumn fter Dodsworth NewLColumnbBefo
76. gt Culture neutral PublickKeyToken lt keytoken gt PerpetuumSoft Reporting Designer ReportDesigner PerpetuumSoft Reporting Version lt Version gt Culture neutral PublickKeyToken lt keytoken gt If manual creation of this file causes difficulties you may do the following Create a temporary form or a web page in your application place there all types of components you use and recompile the application The license licx file will be created and you may delete the temporary form And the license licx file will remain in your application resources If you create your application without using any visual tools and compile it from the command line you should use the Ic utility that is included into the NET Framework SDK For example you create an application with the MyApplication exe name and it uses the licensed components Then you should create the license licx file with the list of components you use how to create this file is described above and write the following in the command line Ic exe target MyApplication exe complist licenses licx i PerpetuumSoft Framework dll i PerpetuumSoft Reporting dll This utility creates resource file with licenses we get the MyApplication exe licenses file in our example After that you should add this file to the resources of your application For example PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Product Localization The Perpetuum Software s products can be easily localized A
77. in component one can dynamically analyze data with the help of Pivot tables Data used in the report can be presented as charts and diagrams Main Features Net 4 0 compatibility Completely controlled code Compatibility with the popular integrated NET development environments WinForms ASP NET WebForms and Silverlight support ADO NET compatibility Support any NET objects as data source Report generation wizard Using any NET language for expression and script creation Data binding model Easy processing of report transfer via Internet due to XML based report files Report viewer components for WinForms ASP NET WebForms and Silverlight End user report designer Unlimited data sources for a single report Unlimited number of embedded and or serial bands in the report Built in component for Pivot table building Parameterized report creation and usage Parameterized sub reports creation and usage SideBySide is advanced concept of a parallel report generation Unified reports can be generated in a short period of time Generated reports are stored as an object graph Complete document object model is easy to use and can be used both with report templates and ready documents Bound and unbound reports Export to the most widespread file formats is supported Manual section output control optional Crystal Report import option Zip and barcodes generation supported Built in wide range of visual elements
78. its descendants can be placed into the DataBand including DataBand itself This allows the creation of Master Subreport reports with any nested levels DetailBase is inherited from RegularBand This class is a base class for all sections in which visual control elements can be placed This class has the Render method which outputs the band content into report Header and Footer are inherited directly from DetailBase Header and Footer are headlines for the DataBand The Detail is inherited from DetailBase This section is output for each record from a data source and GroupBand GroupBandBase is a basic class for GroupHeader and GroupFooter It has the Group property which sets an expression If the expression is changed the visual elements which are included in GroupHeader and GroupFooter will be output in the final document Let s consider the VisualControl class PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Vis ualControl ni Box a WinFormsC ontrol a i RF a Ss ss The Shape class is inherited from the VisualControl class Shape allows the output of various shapes into a report The Box class is also inherited from the VisualControl class This class is a base class for control elements which are located in the rectangle area It has Border Fill and Margin properties for setting borders of an area BarCode Picture RichText WinFormsControl ZipCode are inherited from the Box class BarCode is a control element for
79. methods of the scripts base class Method Gets the template of the currently rendered document Gets the associated RenderEngine Gets current group when data is grouped GetData Returns data corresponding to specified data member PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com GetParameter Returns parameter by specific name GetTotal Gets total value by the field Depending on the place of reference it can get total by group or by all entered data GetRunningTotal Let s consider Engine property of the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Rendering RenderEngine type as it is a complicated object representing report generator engine Here are the most important properties and methods of RenderEngine Method ColumnsCount LineNumber PageCount PageNumber Data on filling the current generated page PageRenderArea Gets and sets a rectangle defining the remaining free space available on the page Caret Gets and sets the current position on the page being rendered UsedHeight Gets the amount of used page height UsedWidth Gets the amount of used page width FreeHeight Gets the amount of remaining free page height FreeWidth Gets the amount of remaining free page width Data sources and parameters Objects Gets the amount of remaining free page width Parameters Gets the amount of remaining free page width Generated document and current page ProductionDocument Gets the final document ProductionPage Gets the current page in the final document Dat
80. new System Drawing Drawing2D LinearGradientBrush e Bounds Color White Color Purple 30 e Graphics FillRectangle b e Bounds e Graphics DrawString e Value new Font Arial 8 Fontstyle Bold Brushes Black e Bounds e Handled true You can find a sample of the program which implements the use of custom drawing in the DataCubeGridCustomDrawing folder The capabilities supplied by the aforementioned events i e DataCubeGrid DrawCell and DataCubeGrid DrawGridItem are enough to provide your table with custom made appearance suitable for a particular task However in case these instruments are not enough you can assign a completely custom drawing to the DataCubeGrid object To do that you need to create a class derived from the abstract PerpetuumSoft Olap Painter class and specify it as the primary pivot table painter myDataCubeGrid Painter myCustomPainter The Use and Capabilities of DataCubePrintDocument The DataCubePrintDocument component is responsible for pivot table output onto a printing device Let us create a Windows Forms application and add the DataCubePrintDocument component object situated on the OLAP ModelKit tab onto the form It is necessary to specify a DataCube to the DataCubePrintDocument in order to work with it latter Let us create a DataSet and a DataCube by adding them onto the form and adjust them as it is shown in the The Use and Capabilities of DataCube section of this User Guide L
81. open the window for the field groups manipulation The DataCubeGrid tool set also contains ToolBox It has the following buttons amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The Open button A press on this button allows a user to select a file from which the DataCube layout and or presentation style will be downloaded The Save button k A press on this button calls the file saving dialogue Here one can indicate what should be saved a DataCube layout a pivot table presentation style or both The Export to HTML button A press on this button will allow a user to enter the export to HTML dialogue box At that the current state of a pivot table layout styles column width sorting and filters the dimension element groups collapse is being taken into account The Export to Excel button E A press on this button opens the export to MS Excel dialogue box A file is saved including the current state of a pivot table The Export to PDF button A A press on this button opens the PDF export settings dialogue box On the Page Settings tab a user is able to specify final PDF document settings page size orientation and indents i PDF export settings Fage settings E sport settings Page size width Height Paper kind a4 Standart Custom Orientation Portrait Margins Bottor Right On the Export Settings tab a user will see the pivot table appearan
82. print document from the Report Viewer Print settings specify numbers of the printed pages and the amount of document copies PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Report Designer Interface Report designer is designated to create and edit report templates In the designer you can add pages and objects to the template set their static and dynamic properties and connect to data sources Tabs Home Tab This tab contains the most frequently used commands Home Insert Layout View Gh CtObjeds pug mhe 9D M gt Select Ea Copy Objects Qe iT ny AaBbCcD Pelee AaBbCcl 7 ny fasie Se HM Delete Objects Biu Aa A A a nee bes Border Margin Hightlight HeaderFo HeaderFo hd Clipboard Font a oho ent Border amp Fill Styles a Select Clipboard Group This group contains buttons for working with the clipboard H Cut Objects Copy Objects MM Delete Objects Clipboard Paste Objects The Paste Objects button pastes the contents of the Clipboard into the selected area The Cut Objects button cuts the selected objects and put it on the Clipboard The Copy Objects button copies the selected objects and put it on the Clipboard The Delete Objects button deletes the selected objects Font Group This group contains controls for working with Font property Arial 9 75 BIU A a A A Font F The Font Name list contains available styles sets the Font FamilyName property The Font
83. report e Standard Report Invokes Standard Wizard e Pivot Table Report Invokes Pivot Table Wizard 3 Load from file This button invokes the Open Wizard File dialog window to open the Wizard file 4 OK This button creates a new empty template or opens Wizard depending on the selected parameters 5 Cancel This button closes Wizard Gallery 6 Browse This button invokes the Browse for Folder dialog window to select the folder with saved Wizard files PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 7 Location This field displays sets the address of the folder with saved Wizard files 8 A list of Wizard files which are located in the folder specified in the Location field Standard Wizard It allows the creation of standard reports which include lists and groups It is invoked from the Wizards Gallery dialog Report template peoperbes 7 Show tile T Report tite Employes oF DataSection Mastue ud ertmeter UASA Style shest Hone Senp language VrusBamcNET Fag popat Sge Diao Page numbers Paper kind Ad EA Pitrat Position Header Page size 0 0 3 OC Landscape Align Right SiolOlo ES ES ES ele Ls Ls Colurena Layout Columns court 1 Peger Emploses r Foal G Damua Employees Field layout List All heki BathD ate ony Visible feide Groups C2 Fiedname Caption Width Homef tura HomePhore 10 EmpoyesHiane EmpioypeeName 100 BathD ste Beth ste 100 QO oe
84. required size Chart structure is displayed in the Chart outline window You can change elements position by dragging them with a mouse Let s consider functions available via the File menu The commands for working with a file are grouped here File New Blank menu item the a toolbar button allows creation of a new empty chart File New Wizard menu item the A toolbar button allows creation of a new chart with the help of Wizard File Open Ctri O menu item the im toolbar button calls the dialog box for the chart loading from the file File Open and merge menu item calls the dialog box for loading the chart from a file At the Same time a new chart is added to the existing one amp Ca PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com File Open in wizard and merge menu item calls the Wizard loading the chart At the same time a new chart is added to the existing one File Save Ctri S menu item the toolbar button saves the chart File Save As menu item is used for saving the chart with a new name File Export menu item exports the chart into one of popular bitmapped or vector graphics formats JPEG GIF PNG BMP SVG and Macromedia Flash and calls the save dialog box You can view the recent files history including file system paths below the separator Let s consider the functions available via Edit menu The commands for editing chart are grouped here Edit Undo Ctri Z menu item the 5 toolbar button means the can
85. runs the DataCube wizard for pivot table retrofitting The DataCube wizard appears as follows amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com amp DataCube wizard td Layout Style sheet Source fields DataCube fields CategormiD Inactive fields Categor ame City Company ame Country Discount Expr OrderD ate OrderlD Froduct O FroductH ame Quantity Supplier D UnitFrice Y dimension fields Category ame Product ame dimension fields SRR Companyh ame Facts fields UnitPrice Quantity El Appearance Caption Format ShowPercent ShowFrogress TotalLabel Width Data Aggregate DisplayE xpression Expression FieldT ype SoarOrder 100 Sum City Both Ascending Aggregate Determines the object which creates an aggregate function The DataCube wizard allows altering a pivot table layout and a style of its display The DataCube wizard provides four lists containing fields for pivot table formation Source fields the list that provides a user with all data source fields Inactive fields the list of fields selected by a user for pivot table formation but not used for pivot table calculation X dimension fields the list of fields selected from a data source or created by a user for column dimension formation Y dimension fields the list of fields selected from a data source or created by a user for row dimension formation Facts fields the list of fields selected from a data so
86. select any number of positions available on a server with the help of the Items property in the PropertyGrid After a position is selected this position properties such as ID access rights and canonical data type are displayed The canonical data type is the standard CLS compatible NET type amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Reading writing from into a data channel is handled by the corresponding OPCChannel public methods AsynchronousRead asynchronous data slice read AsynchronousSubscription asynchronous subscription to a data slice s with the assigned frequency and the number of slices in one event Write write The results of any operation are returned asynchronously in this case OPCChannel generates an event At the transmission of data received by asynchronous read or subscription AsynchronousRead and AsynchronousSubscription correspondingly a DataTransmission event the arguments of which contain the requested data together with the ITransaction transaction descriptor is generated The WriteStatus event is used to return the Write operation results In order to handle events it is necessary to specify a corresponding event handler like opcChannell DataTransmission new PerpetuumSoft Framework Connectivity DataTransmissionEventHandler this handle r Please look up in the ClassReference and utilization examples included in the delivery package for more information For proper sample operation inst
87. serene JAY Joint ae me 7 E mi Sealet EreakEventsE False RangedLevell Colorizer Perpetuum ul RangedLevel2 Distance 90 px d RangedLevel3 Dock None aolo Scale Marks1 Fill None ame ScaleMarks2 f Font Times New R 423 ScaleLabels1 Format General ABC CustomLabels1 Formula _ ABC CustomLabels E ItemMargins 0 0 0 Opx ABC CustomLabels5 Labels Collection ABC CustomLabels6 MaxLimit Auto ABC CustomLabels7 MinLimat Auto ae S der la Name CustomLabe HLA Joint2 Active Crcle4 x Indicates whether events are pas 9 to this element lt p Values are displayed within the range set in the scale and step defined by the Step property If the Step property is set to Auto divisions amount is set in the Divisions property The origin property defines a benchmark If the UseRoundValues is set to true scale marks will be distributed along the scale in the way that the corresponding values PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com contain minimal amount of fractional numbers the number of divisions will be less or equal to the Divisions property value When the element is drawn these labels will be evenly distributed along the scale Shift from the scale is assigned by the Distance property The Dock property defines relative position of the ScaleLabels subject to shifts assigned in the Padding property The OddLabelDistance property sets shift of the odd labels relative to even ones Labels alig
88. set to true if the mouse button is pressed when the pointer is placed over an element center the vector type variable The point that corresponds to the current Slider value and is distant from the trajectory center at a O distance The following special variables are available in the Joint element descendants e g the Jointelement JointRadius radius of a joint JointCenter the vector type variable The point that corresponds to the current Joint value and is distant from the trajectory center at a O distance JointTotalAngle total angle of a joint JointStartAngle the angle of degrees measured clockwise from the X axis to the start point of the joint The following special variables are available in the Guide element descendants e g the Guide element GuideLength length of a Guide GuideCenter center point of a Guide GuideEndPoint end point of a Guide GuideStartPoint start point of a Guide For applying to objects fields and methods the point is used For example Slider1 Value applying to the Slider1l element Value property Slider1l ToString the Slider1l element ToString method call Line1 StartPoint Rotate 30 the call of Linel element StartPoint property Rotate method 10 20 Rotate 30 X X vector coordination 20 30 rotated on 30 degrees receiving ATTENTION It is impossible to call the object methods if they are overloaded As the expression language is not typif
89. specified to the DataCubeView object While using the DataCubeView component a user has the ability to jump from one dimension group parent to nested subgroups children Attention In order to ensure the correct work of the DataCubeView object make sure that your components correctly support the following interfaces IList IBindingList ICollection IEnumerable ITyped_List PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Example Let us add the DataCubeView object onto the form As the DataCube property value we shall specify a pivot table Let us examine the pivot table presented in the image below Than we shall specify the PrimaryDimension property to the DataCubeView object We shall specify Y Now we can use the DataCubeView object for pivot table data presentation The result presented below is the output of Perpetuum Software Chart ModelKit component which has used DataCubeView of a required pivot table as a data source E cor 100 Yg1 Yg2 Yg3 Yg4 Yg5 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Chart ModelKit Destination and Basic Features Chart ModelKit in intended for designing charts and diagrams of any type The product includes the ChatrViewer component designed for displaying charts in Windows Form applications Representing data in visual graphic form significantly streamlines data perception but sometimes it is a very sophisticated task for a developer Chart ModelKit allows developers to create cha
90. this textBox3 PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM TextBox document ControlByName textBox3 this textBox1 PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM TextBox document ControlByName textBox1 this header1 PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Header document ControlByName header1 this detailil PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Detail document ControlByName detail1i PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com this textBox4 PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM TextBox document ControlByName textBox4 this dataBand1 PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM DataBand document ControlByName dataBandi this pagel1 PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Page document ControlByName page1 this textBox2 Generate new System EventHandler this textBox2 Generate this textBox1 Generate new System EventHandler this textBox1_ Generate this dataBand1 Generate new System EventHandler this dataBand1 Generate private void textBox2_Generate object sender System EventArgs e line 1 textBox2 Value this textBox2 Value sum1 sum2 int dataBand1 DataItem line default line hidden line 1 textBox2 Generate line default line hidden private void textBox1 Generate object sender System EventArgs e line 1 textBox1 Value this textBox1 Value dataBand1 DataItem line default line hidden line 1 textBox1 Generate line default line hidden private void dataBand1 Generate object sender System E
91. to the expression result before it is inserted in the text In case an error occurs error message is inserted in the text as an expression result DataSources section adds special properties to the documents and Data Source fields Using RTF Property RTF format subset is used for text formatting The following constructions from the RTF format are used font table color table comments paragraph format operators par pard ql gr qe qj line text format operators fxx fsxx cfxx b VI u All the rest constructions and operators will be ignored Rtf property is designed to write only Rtf property is connected to the Text property when Rtf property is specified Text property value specifies automatically Press Open RTF document button to load text from the RTF file PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Breaking Text between Pages AdvancedText element allows to output text from one element to one or more pages CanBreak property is used for it RTF Text RichText element is used for RTF text output Text loads from file through RichText Editor PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com List Simple List DataBand is used for lists building The band repeatedly outputs elements embedded into it Visual elements output as a list must be contained in the Detail inside DataBand Detail sets row height InstanceCount property
92. types due to variety of elements combinations Setting of elements properties became more intuitive and easy The following constituents are included in the chart Series displaying data Axes assigning chart metric various Labels on axes and series Legends displaying notation conventions used in chart other decorative chart elements used for chart design All these chart elements are represented in the Chart ModelKit as separate elements with various properties The chart can combine elements in arbitrary amount But usually the chart has the following typical structure The ChartArea is located in the chart This element includes Axes Series Legend and various explaining Labels Titles Images etc Chart a MIS tle m 3 Title Sedelahd ValueMarkers aridLines Scale Title Axis Series Value Markers ValueLabels Title Legend Axis X Axis assigns direction and values range for the assigned direction Ticks ValueLabels CustomLabels GridLines and ScaleTitle can be included in the axis in order to visualize values Series is intended for displaying a data set Depending on the assigned SeriesView series can display data in different forms for example as bar chart line chart etc ValueLabels and ValueMarkers marking specific points can be included in the series in order to visualize values Elements can be structurally subdivided into two groups compound and simple Compound elements can inc
93. 9 00 6290 70 3491071 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Extra flexibility in creating group can be obtained by means of expressions For instance the countries grouping shown in the previous example can be carried out by the first letters of the countries names To do that it is necessary to create Product Group field and specify subString ProductName 0 1 value to the Expression property The result of such grouping is shown below S00 40 5902 40 651 50 706 BO 651 60 786 60 zal 60 fob 60 S00 40 5902 40 216 00 4 is x To specify groups it is also possible to use the Range function defined in the expression language see The Description of Expression Language Syntax section The Work with Large Body of Data OLAP ModelKit allows creating pivot tables using large body of data The OLAP ModelkKit is supplied with a number of specific instruments to make the product use in such cases more convenient Pivot table calculation can be carried out in a standalone thread It allows a user to interrupt calculation at any time While working with DataCubeGrid it is carried out the following way when pivot table recalculation is started there appears a dialogue box displaying calculation progress The dialog box also has the Cancel button by pressing on which a user can correctly interrupt the calculation PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Inactive flelds rar 7 Ve ee er er
94. 96 Jpeg Options Dialog PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Enter page number andice pages ranges separated by commas For eamele 1 3 51 Export filter for generation of bitmapped and vector EMF images is located in the PerpetuumSoft Reporting assembly It is possible to add Export Filters to the project in Visual Studio using Toolbox 4 Report Sharp Shooter ReportViewer m Designer ToolBar am TiffExportFilter DesignerDocumentTree Designer ToolBox DesignerDataSources Tree UCE DesignerPropertyGrid PngExportFilter FS DesignerStatusBar PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Projects Win Forms Using Report Viewer Report Viewer is a separate component having a set of properties that allow setting its appearance There properties can switch on off visibility of the status bar toolbar and separate buttons and groups of buttons on the toolbar Below is the list of these properties ShowContent Show or not the Show content button and document table of contents Show or not the Edit report button ShowExport Show or not the Export document button ShowFind Show or not the Find text button ShowNavigator Show or not the Move backwards and Move forward buttons Show or not the Open document ShowPageNavigator Show or not buttons Go to first page Go to previous page Go to next page Go to last page ShowPrint Sh
95. Ascending CategornN ame Discount Company ame Caption Determines the field caption The designer Source fields list contains the Sales table field names Let us assign a pivot table row dimension To do that we shall drag the CategoryName and ProductName fields from the Source fields list into the Y dimension field list category and product names This will be a row dimension in which the products are grouped by name and category Now we shall assign column dimension Let it be the date of sale indicating year month day of week and the name of a producer company Let us create three fields within the X dimensions fields list and set the Expression property for the newly created fields Year OrderDate Year Quarter getQuarter OrderDate Month getMonth OrderDate Also we shall drag the CompanyName field from the Source fields list into the X dimension fields list Thus we have created a column dimension Here the data will be grouped by company name and by date identifying year quarter and month Let us specify the Field type property for all dimension fields as Dimension only Let us specify the facts for our pivot table First of all we shall create a field in the Facts fields list and name a new field by specifying the Sales sum as the Caption property value We shall indicate UnitPrice Quantity 1 Discount as the Expression property value for this field This fact will repres
96. Browser System Windows System ml System ServiceModel Domainservices Client System ServiceModel Domainservices Client Web System Windows Controls Domainservices Microsoft CSharp System Componenthlodel Composition System ComponentModel Composition Initialization System Componenttlodel Datadannotations System Data Services Client System Json s Add Reference NET Projects Browse Recent Filtered to Silverlight 4 Component Mame System Windows Controls Data DataForm Toolkit System Windows Controls Data Toolkit System Windows Controls Datavisualization Toolkit System Windows Controls Input Toolkit System Windows Controls Layout Toolkit System Windows Controls Therming System Windows Controls Toolkit System Windows Controls Toolkit Internals System Windows Controls Theming BubbleCremne System Windows Controls Theming BureauBlack System Windows Controls Theming BureauBlue System Windows Controls Theming ExpressionDark System Windows Controls Theming ExpressionLight System Windows Controls Theming RainierOrange e im Version 2 0 5 0 2 0 5 0 2 0 5 0 Runtime a We 05072 We 0 S072 We 05072 We 0 S072 v2 0 5072 v2 0 5072 v2 0 5072 v2 0 5072 v2 0 5072 v2 0 5072 v2 0 5072 v2 0 5072 v2 0 5072 4 gt You should also add a reference to theSystem Windows Controls Toolkit dll assembly Version
97. Button Click protected override void Unbind PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com BUCCOM ClICk Tew Bventhandlex Bucton Click public override void Update if Action null Button b Button b Enabled Action Enabled b Text Action Text b Visible Action Visible private void Button Click cbject sender EventArgs 6 if Action null ACTION FXecurteACtion Bind buttons to Actions in ReportViewer PerpetuumSoft Reporting Windows Forms Action action reportViewerl Actions PrevPage ButtonActionBind bind new ButtonActionBind prevPageButton action Bine bind action reportViewerl Actions NextPage bind new ButtonActionBind nextPageButton action Bind bind action reportViewerl Actions Print bind new ButtonActionBind printButton action Bind bind So we bound buttons to the set actions of the ReportViewer Source of the generated report for the ReportViewer is set in the Source property type implementing IReportSource interface Constructor of the form ReportViewer is located on accepts parameter of the type implementing IReportSource interface and sets it for the Source property This sample is located in the CustomDesignerViewer folder Custom Wizard TBD Custom Report Element Sample of the custom report element is located in the CustomReportControlDemo folder There created a component descendant from the
98. ES H Aser E Asses i Ce SENES aa T aS It is also possible to select necessary object by clicking on it in the designer The selected element will be highlighted in the chart tree and all its available properties will be displayed in the property grid on the right of the designer Change the Text property of the Title object _ Chart ModelKit designer 100 Fie Edit View Tool Insert Help C8 Bh bx OO IA 2 8 6 P IQ 100 i Style i amp Chart m q ta E Chart amp rea 5 E Anier 4 Active True G Asi i Alignment Center cere BreakEventsBubb False Title t Center 208 10 72 px Dockings tyle Outside Docking ype Top Fill Mone Font Microsoft Sans Serif Margins 0 0 0 ps A ii Name Title Padding 0 0 0 0 px C gz 5 Gize 416 21 44 px i l Smooth True Stroke Hone halil ee ULL TABLE Hy simple chart Legend N E Text ill Solid Fill Visible True Text Determines the text title Select labels on the X axis with a mouse and change some properties for example font and step Please pay attention to the fact that the ScaleLabels is located not in ChartArea but in Axis PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Chart ModelKit designer 100 Fie Edt View Tool Insert Help X09 j a imple chart Divisions 10 ag i Dack Outside tee OG Fil Nore p Font Arial 12pt Bold 0 Format General H Series J Formula Tile ltemM argin 0 0 0 0 px MaxLimit Aut
99. False 5 I ArrowShape figure draws an arrow Direction property sets the direction of an arrow EO Appearance Fill Line Shadow O Shapes tyle Direction HatchFill ES 2 Solid SpringGreen Shadow ArrowS hape Left RectTriangleShape figure draws a pentagon Direction property sets the direction of a figure PERPETUUM o E Appearance Fill Line Shadow H ShapeStyle Direction www perpetuumsoft com HatchFill 2 Solid DarkOrange Shadow RectI nangleShape Up EllipseShape figure draws ellipse El Appearance Fill Line Shadow HatchFill ES 2 Solid DarkCyan Shadow Shapes tile EllipseShape RoundRectangleShape figure draws a rectangle with truncated corners Round property sets truncation radius E Appearance Fill HatchFill Line ES 2 Solid DarkSlateBlue Shadow Shadow H ShapeStyle RoundRectangleShape Round 0 4 ParallelogramShape figure draws a parallelogram Angle property sets a rotation angle of a parallelogram O Appearance Fill HatchFill Line ES Solid DarkMagenta Shadow Shadow H Shapes tyle ParallelogramS hape 45 pe figure draws a line LineKind property sets a rotation angle of a line O Appearance Fill Mone Line ES 2 Solid Red Shadow Shadow H ShapeStyle LineShape LineKind BackSlash Shape Shadow Figure shadows sets by a Shadow property DX and DY values set the shadow offset Fill property sets the fill Adding a shadow leaves
100. Fo HeaderFo HeaderFo ie O Render O Appearance Styles x The Format tab for Widget includes following groups al 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties GrowToBottom and Visible 2 The Appearance group contains buttons for setting Appearance properties Angle Border Fill and Margins PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 3 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property WinFormsControl Tab Set The WinFormsControl tab set includes Format tab HERAF huazuar Report Sharp Shooter Designer Insert Layout View Format C GrowTeBottom ee eee Ae Cd Visible D A imi AaBbCcD AaBbCcD LET AaBbCcl AabbCcl 7 A Angie Border a npa Mormal Hightlight HeaderFo HeaderFo HeaderFo ene The Format tab for WinFormsControl includes following groups Render Appearance Styles 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties GrowToBottom and Visible 2 The Appearance group contains buttons for setting Appearance properties Angle Border Fill and Margins 3 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property DataBand Tab Set The DataBand tab set includes Format tab uy te ie GF Jinn deeumentl Report ShargeSheoter Genigner a Insert Lyt D CanGrow C Nevtoturndefore VAE ey goyr Columns Count 2 B E
101. Grow CanShrink NewColumnAfter NewColumnBefore NewPageAfter NewPageBefore and Visible 2 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property CrossBand Tab Set The CrossBand tab set includes Format tab ey Cl eA lay OF Wira documenti Report Sharp Shooter Designer Home Insert Layout View Format L CanGrow Data Source Customers r E Can hrink AaBbCcD AaBbCcD LEGIJE AaBbbCcl Aabhtcl a z tel ane e Edit hes Count 0 o Highlight Keaderfo Hesaderfo He eaderFo Styles render Data Settings Styles F The Format tab for CrossBand includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanGrow CanShrink and Visible 2 The Data Settings group contains controls for setting following properties DataSource and InstanceCount PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 3 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property Header Tab Set The Header tab set includes Format tab owe TIRES Report Shap Shooter Designer E CanBresk O Newolumnatter E NewPagetetore iv Vinkle MenSpacedtter 000 PA O eres O NewColumnnbetere Repemiverstolurmn AabbecD AsBbecO AaBbCce ABOC p F7 1 alah E NewPagedtter I RepemtEveryPage o en O T Fender Styles E The Format tab for Header includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanBreak Can
102. Grow CanShrink NewColumnAfter NewColumnBefore NewPageAfter NewPageBefore RepeatEveryColumn RepeatEveryPage and Visible counter MinSpaceAfter sets MinSpaceAfter property 2 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property Footer Tab Set The Footer tab set includes Format tab wy gt E A x Footer Report Shanp Shooter Designer File Home Inset Layout View Format M CanBreak O NewColummAfter O NewPageBefore MinSpaceAfter 0 000 PA F CanGrow D NewtolumnBefore C PlacelnBeottom AaBoCcD AaBbCcD GARG AaBbCel A ff F Normal Highthoht HeaderFa HeaderFo Headao oo Epam Li NewPagesAfter Visible Styles Fender Styles The Format tab for Footer includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanBreak CanGrow CanShrink NewColumnAfter NewColumnBefore NewPageAfter NewPageBefore PlaceInBottom and Visible counter MinSpaceAfter sets MinSpaceAfter property 2 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property Detail Tab Set The Detail tab set includes Format tab EY a E fet 7 Deni Report Sharp Shooter Designer Home Insert Layout View Format O MewPagedefore MinSpaceAfter 0 000 O Canbreak O NewColummAfter CanGraw NewtelummBefore 4 Visible Bpass E NewPageAfter O F Styles i Render Ps Styles The Format tab for Detail includes following groups 1 The
103. H aEaHA ASA Ha Sales OLAP A 7 1995 Total EE 129 Chang 191 1 91 Chartreuse verte 50 50 eee 1 16 116 Guaran6 Fant6sti 1 4 fa Ipoh Coffee 0 25 025 Beverages Lakkalikuuyi 66 1 66 Laughing Lumber 0 OO 000 Outback Lager 1 99 Teepe Rhunbrgu Kloste 1 74 1 4 Sasquatch Ale 116 1 16 Steeleye Stout 207 207 Total Mi725 B 17 25 Aniseed Syrup 0 17 0 17 Chef Anton s Caj 1 49 1 49 Condiments Chef Anton s Gu 0 17 0 17 Genen Shouyu 0 17 0 17 Grandma s Boyse A ANSA AANS Now let us open the pivot table settings previously saved We can make any necessary changes of our pivot table appearance i e roll the unnecessary groups up and change the sorting We can do that by using the corresponding buttons or by selecting the required item from a field s contextual menu S DataCube use example ae AQ pasa Inactive fields Sales OLAP A AE CeHtA0ph Svensk Sjufuda AB Tokyo Traders ro Produce Total 4455 021 12336 Boston Crab Mea 1104 000 2033 6 Carnarvon Tigers 5125 O 08 arai Escargots de Bou r95 0 00 477 Gravad lax Ikura 021 556 021 3193 Inlagd Sill 205 000 2204 Seafood Jack s New Engla 2U2 65 Konbu r 0 12 456 Nord Ost Matjesh rror 000 1294 5 Rud Kaviar 525 0 12 1020 Rugede sild 150 000 1950 Spegesild 26 029 26 Total 021 0997 2 0 835 20926 75 021 o 45951 69 I 401 144554 62 This table with its current settings can be pr
104. HTML styles are saved Picture ZipCode BarCode RichText WinFormsControl Chart Widget elements are exported as pictures Shape element is not exported To save only text information it is necessary to check Text Only in the export settings All types of Fill and TextFill are exported as SolidFill Advanced settings allow you to set additional export parameters HTML Options Dialog PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com HTML options dialog Page range All Pages Enter page number and or pages separated by commas Fin aed 1 3 5 1 insert Hyperinks F ignore Fonts C Replace White Space With NBSP C ignore Fils EF Preserve Original Sizes E gnore Tesd Aigrment F Preserve Blank Cells Rene Rie Sates Take Aeons Ta HTML export filter is located in the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Export Html assembly It is possible to add HTML Export Filter to the project in Visual Studio using Toolbox HtmlExportFilter Version 5 0 6 2 from Perpetuum Software NET Com sealant GIF JPG BMP EMF TIFF PNG Export All report s elements are included in the document Every page is exported as separate file except TIFF export It is possible to set image resolution for bitmapped and vector EMF images and also image quality for JPG export Picture Options Dialog Picture options dialog Enter page number and or pages separated by commas Pa ede ae 1 3 5 1 Image resolution
105. Insert Primitives Circle menu item the z button on the Elements toolbox adds a circle the Circle element Insert Primitives Ellipse menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds an ellipse the Ellipse element er C4 Insert Primitives Rectangle menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds a rectangle the Rectangle element Insert Primitives RoundedRectangle menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds a rectangle with rounded angles the RoundedRectangle element Insert Primitives Frame menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds a rectangle with a bevel the Frame element Insert Primitives Picture menu item the dis button on the Elements toolbox adds a picture the Picture element Insert Primitives PictureSet menu item the ra button on the Elements toolbox adds a picture set the PictureSet element Insert Primitives Label menu item the A button on the Elements toolbox adds text inscriptions the Label element Insert Primitives Arc menu item the F button on the Elements toolbox adds an arc the Arc element Insert Primitives Pie menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds a pie the Pie element Insert Primitives RingSector menu item the E button on the Elements toolbox adds a ring sector the RingSector element The Help menu item contains the About item intended for displaying information on the software There are also the buttons on the Tool bar intende
106. It is defined for logical values Operations over strings amp strings concatenation It is defined for string values The descending priority operations order unary not MKT IT NO VE NL 8 gt Ysa wg ex 1 1 amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Constants assigning lt decimal figure gt the whole value lt decimal figure gt lt decimal figure gt value For example 1234 is the whole 1234 1234 is the fractional value For assigning the linear size in generally accepted units the appropriate postfixes at the end of numerical constant are used in value in inches N LLA z al mm value in millimeters cm value in centimeters pt value in 1 72 inch points N px value in pixels For example 3in is 3 inches 3cm is 3 centimeters String constants are assigned with the help of double apostrophes For example It is a string value The vector is assigned with the help of and J lt numerical value gt lt numerical value gt vector assigning Logical constants are assigned with the help of two key words true and false Access to variables objects their fields and methods In the expressions you can apply to variables available in the instrument by their names The search of variables and objects by their names is executed in the following way if an address by the object s name is pre
107. Large Icons Properties You should fill data sources with the values via overriding OnLoadData method of the ReportService class protected override void OnLoadData IDictionary lt string object gt parameters string reportName PerpetuumSoft Reporting Components ReportSlot reportSlot base OnLoadData parameters reportName reportSlot DataRow row customers NewRow row Name Johnson Leslie row Phone 613 442 7654 customers Rows Add row row customers NewRow row Name Fisher Pete row Phone 401 609 7623 customers Rows Add row row customers NewRow row Name Brown Kelly row Phone 803 438 2771 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com customers Rows Add row Note Information about the queried document and its parameters is passed in the method s parameters Now add the ReportManager component double click on ReportManager in ToolBox this component is responsible for report generation ogbo Clap Modelkit Chart Modelkit Instrumentation ModelKit H Report Sharp Shooker Pointer GiFExportFilter Ee ar ReportManager Design rErrorLisk DesignerDoacumentTree Designer ToolBox PogExportFilter BitrnapExportFilber Designer Statusbar ta E EA Eg m en After that the ReportManager node reportManager1 will appear in the designer EmfExportFilter ReportService svc cs Set the ReportManag
108. LinearLevel visualizes linear scale value as a level RangedLevel is intended for displaying scale value as level with variable width Let s consider the CircularShape class Circularshape CircularNotches CircularNotches Polygon Gear and Highlight classes are inherited from the CircularShape class The object of the CircularNotches class creates the notch effect It is used for the slider appearance design The Polygon class represents a polyhedron and has the Sides property that indicates the quantity of faces The Star class which represents a star is inherited from it The Gear class represents gear The Highlight class is intended for highlight emulation Let s consider the LineElement class PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com i The LineElement class is the base class for Line Needle Spring and LinearNotches classes The Line class represents a line The Needle class represents a pointer the form of which is assigned with the help of the NeedlePoints property It is used for slider visualization The Spring class represents a spring The object of the LinearNotches class creates the effect of linear notches It is used for the slider appearance design Let s consider the RectangleElement class amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Ellipse Rectangle Roounde dFectangle Frame Ellipse Rectangle RoundedRectangle Frame ArcBase Picture PictureSet Label Digits and O
109. NET ModelKit Suite Documentation Last modified on February 8 2011 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Table of Content Tape Or CONC Uanciaccanmansavsciens suiweteteeeansasieerntueaunnicuavianncs sun E oun niearouDenansduootinin 2 ADOUC Tae NE rM OSIE E UNCC msiindsvawer S emraranndbradeva eteccuaunt 8 TECNICA S UD ORT inoen E E oceans 8 System Requirements occ asecacarenctaemacene cw enseeca coeencarecceec a agecacereustnem cceeatanenseecenaeren cenaous 8 FAST ANAON seieucutenincunaeniswanchienuian EE EEEE E ethic EEE 8 Components licensing ssssssssssssssssssssnssnnnrsnsnesnsnesnssrnnsssenesrnnssrnnesnsnesnsnesnsnennsnennesenne 9 PrOGUC COCHA ON sereni ennes EE EEEE Ea 12 Report Shar SNOOLE arc ccsccuivaacenianacececevenduanmaassauanancueessaenuawananenaweesuedeneustmuaneasuaeenes 14 Report Sharp Shooter Getting Started sssssssssssensssenssrnnesnnnrsnsnennsnsnnsnsnnenrnnesrnnne 14 MIF CAUTE r E er et ne E re ee rT err 14 SV SECM RCCUINCINCIIGS serecencncteean ccna esnecou nace AARAA 14 EE O sa ianrncteieccienthatieridate E EE haneimeasaneenes 15 EQIUONS iea E E E E E nts 17 PODOV anerian A E E EE E A R E E E E E N 17 GOEN SUAICeG aara r a E E EA A 18 Basic MORNA On eana E ER E EE E EAEE E EEEN 28 Bae TES darrian E A TA AO 28 Main Components Used to Create a REport ccccesseneeeeeeeeeeeeesseceessennnannteeeeesnegs 29 SIG ID Ate OU CCS eres ccsentescenceonsanceeneceweeetesqegcaseucets eeu scnsceneccosennes
110. Opportunity to use GDI advances Unlimited number of pages with different size and layout can be included in a report Usage of headers and footers increases usability Water marks can be laid on the background Styles available Several measuring systems supported Detailed documentation and extensive base of examples available Easy deployment into your applications Distribution of Report Sharp Shooter inside your application is free and does not require additional royalties e Competent and up to date technical support in Russian and English is provided System Requirements In order to create applications with Net Model Kit Suite components it is recommended to use high level integrated development environment as Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 amp Ca PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Borland Delphi 8 Borland C Builder etc Microsoft Net Framework 2 0 or higher is required for a successful installation Microsoft Net Framework 2 0 or higher is necessary for Report Sharp Shooter for Silverlight usage Minimal system requirements match Microsoft Net Framework 2 0 requirements Installation Net Model Kit Suite is supplied as a Microsoft Installer package Package file name is NetModelKitSuite msi Run installation file and follow wizard instructions During the installation process one can add necessary components included into the product add
111. Page numbers E PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Data for the Table The data and table appearance are defined with the settings on the Pivotal table settings tab Pivot table wizard Fl ag Common settings Pivot table settings Layout Data source mal Nested fields Add Configure layout Display Table caption Prvot table Rendering Save table wizard Show repeat text Show single fact Dimension on every page Formatting Auto column width Fo height E E The data source is set in the Data source field To adjust the pivot table cells you should open Source Fields editor with the Configure layout button More information about data in the pivot table It is possible to set pivot table caption in the Table caption field Display Table caption Company Sales e PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The Rendering group of properties allows the setting of such properties of the PivotTable as ShowRepeatText ShowSingleFact and DementionOnEveryPage Rendering Save table wizard Show repeat text Show single fact Dimension on ever page The size of cells of the pivot table can be set in the Formatting section It is possible to set the PivotTable AutoColumnWidth PivotTable RowHeight and PivotTable AutoRowHeight properties Formatting Auto column width Row height 60 Auto row height mode Dissimilar More information about pivot table properties
112. Point Silverlight Test WCF Workflow b Visual C bo Visual FF Other Project Types Online Templates Name Location Solution name EAT NET Framework 4 Sort by HEE Search Installed Tem 2 Windows Forms Application WPF Application Console Application Class Library WPF Browser Application Windows Service WPF Custom Control Library SimpleReport C Users user Documents Visual Studio 2010 Projects SirmpleReport Visual C Visual C Visual C Visual C Visual C Visual C Visual C Visual C FJ Type Visual C A project for creating an application with a Windows Forms user interface Browse Create directory for solution _ Add to source control PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 2 Open the main form of the application in the editor window with a double click on Form1 cs in Solution Explorer Solution Explorer Ix Sal i lg Solution SimpleReport 1 project 4 2 SimpleReport gt Sa Properties gt aaj References FE app contig gt ES Forml cs at Program cs Drag and drop ReportManager element from the Toolbox This element stores collections of report templates and data sources ReportDesigner Designerl oolBar DesignerPropertyGrid aa GifExportFilter DesignerErrorList CsvExportFilter ExcelExportFilter The component will be displayed in the lower part of a window 3 On the property grid
113. Provider Generate Script Imports In order to use any other language it is necessary to specify location of the required compiler It should be name of the System CodeDom Compiler CodeDomProvider descendant type If necessary it is possible to set compiler version using the Document CompilerVersion property For example to use C v 3 5 it is necessary to set Document CompilerVersion 3 D Note Scripts are compiled at the moment the report is generated that is why compiler of the corresponding version should be installed on every computer where the reports will be generated by this template 181 amp PERPE TUUM www perpetuumsoft com Script Types Scripts can be divided in three groups by designation Event Handlers Event handler is a script representing sequence of operators executed when the event appears All scripts of this type can be found in the Script group property via the Property Grid O Script Aggregates Collection Generates cript Lua et ataS cript Property Object Description ss sSSS GenerateScript All objects Code executed before the object is generated ManualBuildScript Page Code executing generation of the page content If the script is set standard rendering mechanism is unavailable Code of the main part of expressions Here you can declare global variables functions procedures DataBand Code of the expression that will be executed when CrossBand the data is go
114. ReportViewer1 RenderDocument Note RenderDocument invocation leads to the rendering of the current report on the server and its displaying in the Report Viewer Step6 Launching application PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Set the SampleApplication Web application as a StartUp In order to do that right click SampleApplication Web and choose Set as StartUp Project in the popup menu E E Build Rebuild Clean view in Browser CErH Shift W lage xaml cs Project Dependencies l Project Build Order Add 4 Add Reference Add Service Reference ey view Class Diagram Set as StartUp Project Debug Launch application by clicking the Start Debugging button on the main Visual Studio toolbar Sampie A tion Windows Internet Explorer pplicatior E A pa Bing S eat fn gt a B A m a N F E 4 ws Ss id A ps x J 100 ii tal wy e amp T http localhost Sampl SISE http 5555 ampleA bs be O Customers Name Phone Johnson Leslie 613 442 654 Fisher Pete 401 609 7623 Brown Kelly 603 438 2 71 d da of iF BE ios Conclusion We have examined basic steps and got a simple and quite operable application We didn t have to write thousand lines of code we only used ready made implementation It will be enough in the most cases If required behavior may
115. Series z Series 62 Series www perpetuumsoft com If the ChartArea contains multiple series of the PieSeriesView type they can be located in the following ways horizontally vertically and One inside another 2 D H LI A on Lu A 3 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Stock Chart The Stock chart is represented by the StockSeriesView and CandleStickSeriesView The StockSeriesView is used to display stock information with parameters Hi Lo Open Close Size and position of the line is defined by Hi and Lo properties Rectangle size is defined by Open and Close properties Color of the rectangle line and fill is set by the Color and ReductionColor properties If the current field assigned by the ReductionValue is less than the corresponding field of the previous series value ReductionColor will be used otherwise Color will be used Rectangle is filled if the Open value is less than the Close value Price L1Series1 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 07 01 06 03 01 06 05 01 06 07 01 06 09 01 06 11 01 06 02 01 06 04 01 06 06 01 06 08 01 06 10 01 06 18 The CandleStickSeriesView is used for displaying stock information with parameters Hi Lo Open Close Lines color is defined by the Color and ReductionColor properties Price mes Series 20 20 01 01 2006 03 01 2006 05 01 2006 07 01 2006 09 01 2006 11 01 2006 02 01 2006 04 01 2006 06 01 2006 08 01 2006 10 01 2006 Chart ModelKit all
116. Settings Report common settings tab 5 Show Title Check for switching on off report title in the report 6 Report Title This field sets report name sets the Document Title property 7 Measure Unit A list of measure units which allows the selection of measure unit for the template sets the Document MetricUnit 8 Style Sheet A list of styles which allows the selection of style for the report sets the Document StyleSheet property 9 Script Language A list of supported programming languages which allows the selection of language for scripts writing in the report sets the Document ScriptLAnguage property 10 Standard A list of page formats which allows the selection of the page format for the report sets the Page PaperKind property 11 Custom This field sets the page size for the report sets the Page CustomSize property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 12 Orientation Radio buttons set the page orientation for the report sets the Page Orientation property 13 Position A list of values of headlines positions which allows the selection of the position in the template for headlines display with page numbers top bottom headlines 14 Align A list of alignment values allows the selection of number text alignment for display in headlines 15 OK This button shut downs Wizard work creates a template with selected parameters and opens it in Report Designer 16 Cancel Th
117. To create Master Detail reports it is necessary to add data source with details to the list of the other data source in the template structure tree Pages T FA aia a Common Customers Customers Customers Customers CustomersOrder databand Databand DataSource Customers Customers detail Customers Customers CompanyName Detail etLl ats Company Customers Custome ataBband1 1 DataBband DataSource Customers Customers Custome eaderl 1 Header Dare Siatt detaill 1 Detail elLlata BCL ala W Customers CE Custorers Custime footer _1 Footer Geri afar Lolitas Cian _I end of dataBand1 _1 end of dataBand Creation of Report with Pivot Table Pivot Table Wizard Company Dale 21 03 10 15 02 10 Company ate 03 04 10 15 01 10 01 02 10 30 12 09 Company Date 06 06 10 Bon App Sun 50 00 14 50 ofa Chop suey Chinese SUN 134 00 45 45 00 00 6 03 685 43 Maison Dewey SUN 66 66 66 65 Pivot Table Wizard allows the creation of report template which outputs data from the data source in the form of pivot table It is possible to open Pivot Table Wizard in the Wizards Gallery dialog Wizards gallery Blank Report Standard Report Prot table Report PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Pivot table wizard Common settings Pivot table settings Report template properties Show title Report title Measure unit Centimeter Style sheet None Script language Vi
118. Tree is a component displaying data sources In standard Report designer it is located on the Data Sources tab of the Tool Window DesignerErrorList is a component displaying list of errors in scripts In standard Report designer it appears when you call check script function of form report in the lower part of the form if the script contains errors DesignerPropertyGrid is a component displaying a list of properties of the selected element In standard Report designer it is located on the Properties tab of the Tool Window DesignerStatusBar is a Report Designer status bar DesignerToolBar is a Report Designer toolbar DesignerToolBox is a toolbox In standard Report designer it is located on the left of the form ReportDesigner is a main component displaying edited report template Report Designer connects all other components You just need to set their Designer property so that it specifies the corresponding ReportDesigner Sample of the custom Report Designer is located in the CustomDesignerViewer folder There is a Custom Designer button on the form to call custom Report Designer When you click this button button1_Click event handler is executed The first line sets Report Designer form CustomDesignerForm f new CustomDesignerForm This form contains declared Designer property of the ReportDesigner type used to set data sources for report subreport and edited report template Designer DataSourceManager reportMan
119. True Stroke EmptyStroke Style TextF ill S old Fill TextF ormat General Visible True Formula Indicates an expression that is used to calculate label text PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Change the type of the displayed object from rectangle to cylinder in the ViewType property t Chart ModelKit designer 100 File Edit View Tool Insert 1 Chart Chart4real 2 ie WalteLabels Axis ScaleLabels1 Ticks1 Asie GridLines1 Title e amp SP BP a Go Help EA E E F let T A J a El 21 Active True Arguments Asis AutoAtgument True BreakE ventsBut False Caption Series DataSource DisplayinglnLege Series Fill None LegendE spressi Name Falette ScaleT ype Smooth Stroke Style Valuednis VIEW Areaidth Fill Stroke Seres None Qualitative True None AMEY Perpetuum oft Char 0 8 Hone None Cylinder SIDE TUE View T ype Determines a type of displaying element Simple chart is designed Click the OK button and close the Designer PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Form The GettingStarted application is included in the delivery package PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Chart Model Chart is a compound object having hierarchical tree type structure The whole chart consists of separate simple elements Chart decomposition into separate elements provides the ability to create charts of different
120. Version 5 0 6 3 b Stimul NET Component e b Standard Indicate the address of the page containing WidgetProducer ProducerPage aspx in the ProducerUrl property True JpegQuality J5 PictureFormat Jpeg ProducerUrl ProducerPage aspx 4 Layout Add control elements on the page for both instrument needles values assigning In the upper entry window the left instrument needle value will be assigned In the lower entry window the right instrument needle value will be assigned After pressing the button the instrument values will be refreshed Realize the Click event handler for the button protected void Button1 _Click object sender EventArgs e WidgetHolder1 Parameters Slideri Value value1TextBox Text WidgetHolder1 Parameters Slider2 Value value2TextBox Text Here the Parameters property represents the typified collection Each collection element represents the object property value triplet PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Run the program localhost 5555 StartPage x C fi localhost 5555 StartPage aspx Slider Value 8 Slider2 Value 26 The WidgetHolder component realizes the System Web UI IPostBackEventHandler interface If the EnablePostBack property is set to True the mouse click on the instrument will be handled in the InstrumentClick event Let s consider it by the following example Realize the InstrumentClick event handler
121. View and GenericFact is total value by this GenericCaption In this case GenericCaption is id_order and GenericFact is sum by the order with id_order ID Note You can set field names as argument and value thouth if you modify X Dimension Y Dimension or Fact values you will need to modify chart as well This is not very convenient that is why we strongly advise you to use GenericCaption and GenericFact Now we only need to add text to the handler of the change event of the DataCubeView the ListChanged event This event performs when the pivot table is recalculated including tha case of filtering data So by writing in it text to refresh chart we will be able to regenerate chart every time data in the table is changed Moreover it is necessary to set method for recalculating DataCube when the application is launched Add it to the OnLoad form handler Thus we get its final variant private void Forml Load object sender EventArgs e OleDbConnection Connection new OleDbConnection Provider Microsoft Jet OLEDB 4 0 Data Source lt 4 ae WOrk mdb gt COleDbDateAdapter adapter thew OleDbDaraAdapter SELECT id order count COSE cust name country name FROM CustomerOrder INNER JOIN Customer ON PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com CustomerOrder id customer Customer id customer INNER JOIN goods on CustomerOrder 10 Goods Goods 1d goods Connection adapter2 Fill customerOrder Connection Close dat
122. Y dimensions fields headers even odd strings of facts table totals crossings etc In order to do this one should select a table element from the list and specify the corresponding properties to this element in the Property grid PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Expressions Destination and General Principles of Expression Use It is possible to assign an expression for all fields specified in a pivot table facts and dimensions The expression calculation result defines a field value and therefore the dimension elements values and fact values As for facts values defined by their expression results take part in aggregation The order of expression use is as follows during a pivot table formation a field responsible for a dimension element or a fact is assigned for dimension element or fact cell value calculation There takes place a calculation of such field expression taking into consideration the dimension intersection for facts and the data source value for dimension elements The calculated value is recorded in a table If an expression contains syntax or semantic errors or an exception appears during the calculation process the component will generate a corresponding exception message and provide a user with information on the error type and location Description of the Expression Language Syntax An expression is a task on formula calculation The expression value is a calculation result The expression is built out of
123. a Binding List Delete button deletes selected data source Close button closes Data Binding Editor To add a new data source click Add button and you will see form shown in the picture below PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Edit object name Name field is used to enter name under which data source will be available in the report Value field is used to select name of the object used in your application that is a data source itself As a result the InitializeComponent method will be added to the code shown below C this reportManager DataSources new PerpetuumSoft Reporting Components ObjectPointerCollection new string AccountsDataSet CustomersByCity new object this accountsDataSet this customersByCity VB Me reportManager Datasources New PerpetuumSoft Reporting Components ObjectPointerCollection New String AccountsDataSet CustomersByCity New Object Me accountsDataSet Me customersByCity To make data source display in the Value list it should be descendant from the System ComponentModel Component class To add data source from code you can use Add method of the ObjectPointerCollection class of the Item property C reportManager DataSources Add DataSourceName dataSource VB reportManager DataSources Add DataSourceName dataSource or C reportManager DataSources DataSourceName dataSource VB reportManager DataSources
124. a on the used document template and current used template page TemplateDocument Gets the document template TemplatePage Gets the document template It is possible not only to learn current state of the rendering process but also influence it by changing the corresponding values Method _ Description gt Z gt gt O RenderEngine functions used to manage rendering process NewColumn Creates new column NewPage Creates new page CancelRender Cancels rendering Access to Data More often scripts are used to bind report elements to certain data Setting of various properties is executed in the Property Binding by the source data In order to get current value of the source field GetData function is used Path to data separated by the symbol is delegated as parameter Very often elements added inside DataBand display fields of one and the same source set in the DataBand DataSource property In this case it is more convenient to use DataBand indexer It is worth to say that GetData DataBand gets values of the current line DataBand moves cursor from line to line during report generation You can form such scripts by drag and drop fields from the data source tree in the Script Editor Access to Rendering Engine TBD Access to Other Assemblies TBD amp PERPE TUUM www perpetuumsoft com Errors When you write scripts you can make various errors syntax semantic errors in script logic Syntax errors
125. aBand Example of a list that outputs employees names PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com dataBand DataSource Employees textBox Value dataBand EmployeeName Report Template Nancy Davolio Andrew Fuller lt databand Employeeta Anne Dodswarth end of databand Steven Bucharia Laura Callahan List in Columns TO save report space and make report more visual there is an option to output the list as a set number of columns The number is set in the ColumnsCount property of the DataBand One can also set the indent between the columns in the list ColumnsGap property serves for it Example of the employee list dataBand DataSource Employees textBox Value dataBand EmployeeName Report Template dataBband DataBband DataSource Emp detail Detail databanadl Property E Layout Mancy ColumnCount Davolio ColumnsGap Andrew Location iene Gi nne Dodsworth Steven Buchana Laura Callahan Anne Yorke Layout Marcy Steven ColurmmeCount Davolio Buchana Columns ap Locator Size Layout Columns Count Columnel ap Location Size Andrey Fuller Anne Dodsworth Hancy Davolio ANGE Fuller Anne Dodsworth Laura Callahan Anne Yorke Steven Buchana Laura Callahan Anne Yorke PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com List Header Headers are used for data output once in the beginning of a list page or column Header is used for this purpose and it must be located
126. aBband Databand DataSource Emp groupBand GraupBand Group data eader Header Andrew Fuller Group Anne Dodsworth detail Detail Anne Yorke databand Employeehla end of groupBand Laura Callahan end of dataBband Nancy Davolio Steven Buchana PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Cascading Grouping There is an option of creating a report with a complex structure of grouping Several GroupBands nested into each other bands are used for this Example of an employee list grouped by countries first and then by cities dataBand DataSource Employees groupBandCounty GroupExpression dataBand Country groupBandCity GroupExpression dataBand City textBoxDetail Value dataBand EmployeeName Tak a Le D aataBand DataBand DataSource Employees roupBandCounty GroupBand Group dataBandi Country eaderi Header STOUR roupBand ity GroupBand Group dataBand city eader2 Header Anne Codswart SS fOUp France etail Detail Paris zdataBandl Em Andrew Fuller End of qroupBand County end of databand England London Steven Buchan Liverpool Laura Callahan Anne Yorke PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Group Totals One should call GetTotal inside a group to get total value result of a group Calling GetRunningTotal inside a group gets accumulated result in the group Example of a grouped numbers list every group s sum is counted down first at the end the total result of al
127. aCubel Recalculate Here is a sample code for DataCubeView refresh handler delegate void DataChangedDelegate private void dataCubeViewl ListChanged ob ect sender LisiChangedEventArgs DataChangedDelegate dataChangedDelegate chartViewerl Chart DataChanged chartViewerl BeginInvoke dataChangedDelegate PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Work in Web Forms Applications Using charts in Web forms applications The WebChartViewer component is used to display a chart on the Web forms This component allows you to bind a chart to a data source and the display the created chart on a web page The WebChartViewer is a DataBoundControl descendant and this provides an ability to use any data sources available for the DataBoundControl for example various DataSourceControl SqlDataSource XmIDataSource ObjectDataSource etc The DataSourceID property is used to set a data source A chart is represented as an image on the final HTML page The WebChartViewer provides the ability to assign format of an image representing a chart the PuctureFormat property This property can be set to one of the following values Jpeg Joint Photographic Experts Group format Png Portable Network Graphics format Gif Graphics Interchange Format Bmp Bitmap format Svg Scalable Vector Graphics format Flash Flash format If the JPEG format is assigned the JpegQuality property assigns quality of the Jpeg image Exampl
128. ace the linear trajectory into the instrument The trajectory is intended for assigning the scale shape Place the Scale element into the instrument The scale assigns value range To make scale lie on the trajectory you should place it into the trajectory you can do it by dragging it in the Instrument elements tree To visualize the scale element you should mark it by ticks and text marks So add the Ticks and ScaleLabels elements from the Element toolbox into the Scale1 element The instrument itself Ac GE OP g9 as Let s set the Distance property for the Ticks1 to 10 Let s set the Distance property for the NumericLabels to 20 da I I E da F ad Be a 4 Gh 1 AT I dor Bil H E os co oo i Ko i E i Add the Slider element intended for representing the current value and its changing with the help of the mouse into the instrument The instrument structure is as follows PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Instrument I Guidel Scalel S caleLabels1 y Fi i E ee eS H deri To visualize the slider you should add the Needle element A into the Slider1 E Instrument l Guidel E Scale Ticksl z ScaleLabels l Slider hl sedis WEEOIE Let s bind Needle1 to the slider value To do it you should write the following in the Needle1l expressions r Opx expression for the StartPoint and r 50px expression for the EndPoint Now the
129. agerl DataSources Designer SubReportResolver reportManagerl Designer Document reportSlotl LoadTemplate Then we show the form f ShowDialog Let s redefine handler for the click on the Preview Report button so that the final report displays in the custom Report Viewer Use Actions property of the ReportDesigner component This property is a collection of actions The action we need is Preview When you call the action Executing event is called then Execute event If the Executing event handler gets through parameters that the event is handled then the Execute event won t be called When you call Execute event standard handler for this event is called So we need to create custom Executing event handler that calls our Report Viewer and sets flag informing that the event is handled This event handler is shown below private void Preview object sender ExecutingEventArgs e if reportDesignerl Document null ReportManager manager new ReportManager InlineReportSlot slot new InlineReportSlot manager Reports Add slot manager DataSources this DataSources PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com slot SaveReport this Document manager OwnerForm ParentForm manager ResolveSubReport new ResolveSubReportEventHandler manager ResolveSubReport slot RenderCompleted new EventHandler slot RenderCompleted slot HyperlinkClick new HyperlinkEventHandler slot HyperlinkClick slo
130. aggregate functions operating Report Template etail Detail lt ataba ooter Footer lt seTT ota end of databa dataBand DataSource Numbers textBox1 Value dataBand Value textBox Value GetTotal Func PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com E Misc AggregateFuncton Sum Expression dataB and Y alue Hame Func Arithmetic mean EO Misc AggregateFunction Awg Expression dataB and Value Marne Func Minimal element El Mise AggregateFunction Min Expression dataBand Yalue Mame Func Maximal element O Misc AgqgegateFunction Max Expression dataBand Value Name Func Elements amount O Misc AggregateFunction Count Expression dataB and Value Name Func Standard Deviation O Mise AggegateFunction Standard Deviatio Expression dataB and VYalue Mame Func Estimate of Standard Deviation EO Misc AggregateFuncthon Estimate of Standal w Expression dataBand Yalue Mame Func Variance O Mise Aggregate unction Yanance Expression dataBand Yalue Name Func Estimate of variance PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com O Mise AggregateFunction Estimate of Yarian Expression dataBand VYalue Name Func O Misc AggregateFunction Median Expression dataB and alue Name Func Skewness E Misc AgoregateFunction Skewness Expression data and alue Hame Func Kurtosis E Misc AggregateFuncton Kurtosis Expression dataB and alue Name Func
131. al to each other 3 13 Same Height as lt main selected object gt This menu item sets height of every selected object as the main selected object s height 3 14 Same Width as lt main selected object gt This menu item sets width of every selected object as the main selected object s width 3 15 Same Size as lt main selected object gt This menu item sets size of every selected object as the main selected object s size Main selected object object which was last selected at current selected objects This object is marked in a darker blue PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Element dependent Menu Items Here are menu items used for setting unique objects properties SizeMode This is for setting Picture SizeMode property the submenu under it contains the list of SizeMode property values Normal Stretch AutoSize Uniform ShapeStyle This menu item is for setting Shape ShapeStyle property the submenu under it contains the list of ShapeStyle property values None RectangleShape LineShape EllipseShape RoundRectangleShape TriangleShape CodeType This menu item is for setting BarCode CodeType property the submenu under it contains the list of CodeType property values Codel28A Codel23sB Codel128cC Codel2 Code95 Code9sExtended CodeMSI 5 aa DataSource This menu item is for setting DataSource property of DataBand PivotTable and CrossBand sections the sub
132. all nested data in the DataMember property When you assign matches you can use names of the properties of this nested data source Building chart by nested data sources is executed in the following way a separate series is created for every object from a data source The Series values are got from the corresponding nested data source This can be schematically showed in the following way Data Source Chart Sometimes it is necessary to build multiple series by a single data source where data is grouped in separate series by some parameter You can do it using the SeriesSplitter property In the property an expression which result will be used to split data to series is assigned h Data Source Data inside every built series can be sorted Sorting is assigned in the Sort property and type of sorting ascending or descending is assigned by the SortingType property h Data Source Axis and Axis Elements The required condition for designing most chart types is the availability of two perpendicular axes in line of which arguments and chart point values will be laid Binding series to axes is executed by the ArgumentAxis and ValueAxis properties Axis type doesn t depend on its direction But Argument axis is a horizontal axis and Value axis is a vertical axis by default 379 amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Axis is a scale in line of which chart values are laid Scale range is assigned by th
133. allation of Matrikon OPC Simulation Server is required Step by step Example of Application Creation Let us consider the use of the OPCChannel and OPCConnection components by an example Launch a WindowsForms application with one form Then place the IndicatorWidget component which will display the derivable values and the OPCConnection situated in the Instrumentation ModelKit onto the form Select an OPC server to connect to with the help of the Server property in the PropertyGrid In the dialog window select one of OPC servers installed on your local host or local network Now it is necessary to place the OPCChannel component situated in the Instrumentation ModelKit tab onto the form Let us bind the OPCChannel to a preliminarily specified connection To do that set the OPCConnection property in the PropertyGrid Now we need to assign the OPC server positions to receive the data It is necessary to set the OPCChannel Items property in the PropertyGrid You can select any number of positions but it is important not to allow the replication of positions in each OPCChannel Now your channel is tuned but you need to dispatch a corresponding query to the channel in order to read data It is enough to call the AsynchronousSubscription method at form upload or by user demand The primary variant of this method takes one parameter the event interval in milliseconds private void Forml Load object sender System EventArgs e opcChanne
134. ame and ProductName from the Source fields list into the Y dimension fields list Click the Add button in the Facts fields list Indicate the following properties for a new field Expression UnitPrice Quantity 1 Discount Caption Sales sum Field type FactOnly Format 0 00 Width 150 Total label Total price PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com amp DataCube wizard Stile sheet Source fields DataCube fields Categor ame Inactive fields 1 dimension fields Company ame Froduct ame El Appearance Discount Elea Sales sum OrderD ate EE ooo eerie ShowPercent False uantity UnitPrice ShowProgress False TotalLabel Total price Width 150 Data Aggregate Sum DisplayE spression Expression UnitPrice Quantity 1 Field T ype FactOnly Y dimension fields Facts fields sortUnder Ascending Category ame Company ame Format Determines the string format used for field data printing On the Style sheet tab specify a presentation style of your pivot table It is possible to select one of the existing styles by clicking the Auto format button amp DataCube wizard ei A Stile sheet Inactive fields ActiveCellS tule Ceomnle atemihe DimensionB order Sample DataCube EvenRowFactS tule FactBorder FieldLaptions tyle GroupT otalS tyle Grou n Group Te ta ia 1 MainT otalS tyle OddRowF act tyle ces TableCaptionS tyle TotalStyle BAE Misc BackColor Content lignmernt Font
135. and their properties and methods operators function callings and round brackets Data types used All data types available in NET framework are used in the expressions Also there is a special support for integer valued fractional logical values strings and vectors The PerpetuumSoft Framework Drawing Vector data type is used for vectors The following operations are available in expressions Arithmetic operations addition It is defined for numerical values and vectors subtraction It is defined for numerical values and vectors unary minus It is defined for numerical values x multiplication Numerical values and vectors can be the first argument the numerical value should be the second argument division It is defined for numerical values residue of division It is defined for numerical values Logical operations or logical OR It is defined for logical values and logical AND It is defined for logical values equals It is defined for numerical logical values and vectors I inequality It is defined for numerical logical values and vectors lt less It is defined for numerical values lt less or equal It is defined for numerical values gt more It is defined for numerical values gt more or equal It is defined for numerical values not logical negation
136. any classes available for the application using Report Sharp Shooter during report generation More information about scripts Binding Elements to Data Data binding is used in reports displaying data from the data source and it is executed in two passes At first object that will be used as a data source is set Then field for the certain element is set If report data source is a collection element collection element field is set and an element nested inside DataBand is used to display list If the object is not a collection report can display its properties Binding final elements to data sources is executed by the binding expressions More information about data binding Document Generation To start report generation process the following methods of the ReportSlot objects are used Prepare and RenderDocument The difference between these two methods is that Prepare method executes report generation process in a separate thread ReportManager has OwnerForm property used to set thread of the form report generation events will be executed in Initialization of this property may be required if event handlers refer to elements located on the form Execution of such handlers in a separate thread may result in System InvalidOperationException In order to control and have the ability to declare about report rendering process it is possible to use overloads of the Prepare and RenderDocument methods these overloads get object as a paramete
137. are easy to notice as Script Editor features syntax highlighting and it underlines errors a Script Editor dataBandi CompanyName Bands Data Sources ERROR bie F Employee i Sales t Special Fields When you try to generate a document ok when you check scripts syntax and semantic errors will be listed in a specific error list You can check scripts by the menu command Report Check Script or by clicking Check Script button on the toolbar Error list Error Warring textB iow D ataBindings Value Expression line 1 column 35 The name dataBand does not exist in the current contest picture D ataBindings Location Expression line 1 column 146 FerpetuumS ott Reporting OOM TextControl CanShrink is a property but is used like a method 2ipCode DataBindings Size Expression line 1 column 76 The best overloaded method match for Perpetuum oft Framework Utilities Type tities CastT ypefoby 2ipCode DataBindings Size Expression line 1 column 133 Argument 1 cannot convert from method group to object dataBand2 Totals O Expression line 1 column 33 The name ggq does not exist in the current context The list contains name of the band the error is contained in and its description Double click on the list item and you will run Script Editor to edit script or expression To debug scripts it is possible to display value of necessary variables in
138. as to be done is dragging a group header into a required table field In order to assign value calculation regulations for both table dimensions and cross dimensional cells one can use various expressions It allows adjusting a table in accordance with the information contained in a data set The use of expressions affords a wide range of opportunities from basic summation of several data set field values up to various sorts of groups within a desired report like fragmentation of date into years months quarters and days of week or indication of value intervals within a group To calculate pivot table cross dimensional values there can be used one of aggregate functions e g mean value calculation or the search for maximal minimal value You are given an opportunity to choose one of preset pivot table presentation styles or utilize XP style You can also create your own styles which can be saved to a file for further use The use of a generated pivot table is not limited by the borders of your application It is possible to print a cross report or export it into an Excel table PDF or HTML document where all current pivot table settings such as dimensional groups minimized by a user data sorting and filtering or presentation style will be taken into account All pivot table settings can be saved to a file and this makes it possible to quickly go back to the unconfigured state of a table at any moment Getting Started The DataCube compo
139. asic Net or any other language supporting Net environment as a script language Note All scripts are saved as source code that is why corresponding compiler should be installed on the client computer where report generation will be executed C Visual Basic NET and Jscript NET compilers are included in the Microsoft NET Framework Scripting Background Inner mechanism of using scripts in the report generator All scripts and expressions form class of the following structure public class Script PerpetuumSoft Reporting Rendering ReportScriptBase private PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Page pagel private PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM TextBox textBox1 lt Document CommonScript gt public Script PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Document document PerpetuumSoft Reporting Components ObjectPointerCollection dataObjects PerpetuumSoft Reporting Rendering RenderEngine engine base document dataObjects engine this page1 PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Page document ControlByName page1 this textBox1 PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM TextBox document ControlByName textBox1 this page1 ManualBuild new System EventHandler this page1 ManualBuild this textBox1 Generate new System EventHandler this textBox1_Generate PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com l 7 private void pagel ManualBuild object sender System EventArgs e 5 private void textBox1 Generate object sender System EventArgs e this t
140. ass for all non visual report elements which in their turn can contain ReportControl descendants The VisualControl class is a base class for all visual report elements Let s consider ContainerControl in detail This class implements the IContainerControl interface in which the Controls property is included This property is a collection of objects nested into this object The IContainerControl interface includes the IsValidChild method which gets the ReportControl type parameter and sets true if the passed object can be placed into it Below is given the hierarchy of ContainerControl classes descendants amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Containert ontrol C Container ontrol Ei OO o Le Py aa fe Fa DetailBase RequilarBand o i E Fy Fy ra PageFooter S aaa pS a FS aa ccna ial oS Co nr rat ee O Page and Section Page are direct descendants of ContainerControl Page and Section Page are pages in a template or final report The Section object is a basic object for all bands CrossBand and BandBase are inherited from it CrossBand allows the left to right report output PageBand and RegularBand are descendants of BandBase PageBand is a base class for PageHeader PageFooter and PageOverlay sections which are output on each page RegularBand is a base class for all other sections It includes a collection of aggregates the Aggregates property and has the MasterBand property of the DataBand type Thus
141. at SampleApplication Web project and choosing Add Reference in the popup menu MLL E a 2 e loa Solution SamnpleApplication 2 projects os Sample4pplication Gl Sa Properties E a References E ae App xaml E ae MainPage xaml E SampleApplication W eb ro Add Web Reference Add Service Reference z 3 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Add Reference Projects Browse Recent Filtered bo WET Framework 4 Component Mame PerpetuumSoft Reporting Export PdF Oldversion PerpetuumSork Reporting Export Pdr Oldversian PerpetuumSoft Reporting Export Rtf PerpetuumSork Reporting Export ps PerpetuumSoft Reporting Import 4ctiveReports PerpetuumSork Reporting Import CrystalReports PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silverlight Export PerpetuumSoft Reporting Web PerpetuumSork Reporting Web WebReportyviewer PerpetuumSoft Writers Excel PerpetuumSork Writers Flash PerpetuumSoft Writers PdF Version 4 3 0 0 4 3 0 0 4 3 0 0 4 3 0 0 4 3 0 0 a00 Runtime a ve 0 5072 ve 0 5072 ve 0 5072 ve 0 5072 ve 0 5072 e DSim ve 0 5072 ve 0 5072 We 0 5072 ve 0 5072 ve 0 5072 ve 0 5072 Perpetuum Soft Writers Svg a Illl Add Report Service Over HTTP named ReportService svc to the SampleApplication Web project In order to do that right click SampleApplication Web and choose Add gt New Item in the popup menu
142. ateqoryName ProductName Company Company Producti Salesoumii Sales 2 Product SaHesounte SHES owe 2 Producta SHAS oud SHMeso ue Product SaAHesounal SaHeso und 2 Category Category SalesSum UnitPrice Quantity 1 Discount The columns will contain the names of supplier companies and the rows will contain product categories and denominations The intersections will provide total sales information subject to products prices quantity and discounts We shall use the demonstrational database Access NWind mdb as source data Run Microsoft Visual Studio and create a new C Windows Application project For a start let s create a data source for our report To do that add the System Data DataSet object onto the form and create a Sales table with fields corresponding to the initial data table structure Add the DataCube object onto the form Indicate the Sales table from the DataSet as the DataSource value Run the DataCube object designer by means of clicking Run Designer in its property window PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com amp DataCube wizard Layout Style sheet Source fields y DataCube fields E J2 E Categor ame Inactive fielde v A dimension field M Company ame Discount OrderD ate Producthl ame Quantity UnitPrice yden helds Facts fields Drag the CompanyName caption from the Source fields list into the X dimension fields list Add CategoryN
143. bar codes output Picture is a control element for images output RichText is a control element for output of the text in the RTF format WinFormsControl is a control element for Windows Forms control element output ZipCode is a control element for zip codes output The TextControl class is inherited from the Box class TextControl is a base class for output of text data into a report It has the Angle property which allows the setting of the rotation angle for text CanGrow and CanShrink properties which allow the change of height of an object depending on the output text automatically the Font property which sets the font the TextAlign property which sets text alignment the TextFill property which sets the text fill and the TextFormat property which sets the text format TextBox is inherited from TextControl The TextBox class has the Text value which sets a text static value and the Value property which sets the expression for text calculation during the generation The TextBox class has the FindText method which can be used for searching text information PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Report Sharp Shooter for Silverlight Getting Started Introduction The purpose of the user manual is to demonstrate main points of using Report Sharp Shooter for Silverlight provide necessary knowledge to get started with the component You will get step by step recommendations on how to create a web application using Report Sharp Shooter for Sil
144. because fields that correspond by type and name to the element added to the template are added to the DocumentScripts script class These fields are initialized by the instances of the objects that will be used in the report rendering process For example you added TextBox with name textBox1 to the template TextBox textBox1 field of the private type will be added to the DocumentScripts And before rendering starts it will be initialized by the certain instance of the TextBox object and by the very instance that will be used in the rendering process Now you can refer to this element in any script and set for example textBox1 Value 1 This mechanism is applied to each element added in the visual designer By adding an element in the visual designer you add description of the corresponding fields to the code More information about Document Object Model Methods and Properties DocumentScripts class created during template design and writing scripts is a descendant from the special class PerpetuumSoft Reporting Rendering ReportScriptBase This type has a lot of useful properties and methods that can be used in scripts As written scripts are a part of code of the class inherited from Rendering ReportScriptBase More information about type description is in Class reference Work of Scripts during Report Rendering TBD Access to Types Basic Types and Their Methods Access to the Base Class Here are the most important properties and
145. bedded elements in the final report will be specified by the space between these elements and top bottom border of a band ina template The location of PageHeader and PageFooter does not influence the location of the elements in the final report Only Page can be a container for PageHeader and PageFooter More information about headlines usage for page design Header and Footer The bands allow creating a headline and a lower half of a page for the lists output by the DataBand and GroupBands The contents of a Header will be displayed in the beginning of a list output by a GroupBand or in a headline of every group The contents of Footer will be displayed at the end of a list or a group amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com DataBand and GroupBand can be used as containers for Header and Footers More information about the output of header and footer for the lists and grouped data GroupBand The band is used for grouping data depending on a specified expression that is calculated during the report generation DataBand and GroupBand can be used as containers for GroupBand More information about lists grouping PageOverlay The band allows creating a bottom layer of a page The space between the embedded elements and the beginning of a page in the final report is set by the indent of the top border of the band in the template PageOverlay does not influence the location of other elements that allow locating elements over each
146. bject name Name Customers Value dataColumr t a dataColumne dataset dataset Customers report anager ReportSenvice Delete In the Reports tab add a new object InlineReportSlot by clicking the Add button PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com keportManager editor Reporte Data sources Add a Delete Aun Designer FileRepartSlot UrlReportSlot Set the ReportName property value to CustomersReport Afterwards you will get the required document from the Report Manager exactly by that name Then press the Run Designer button to launch report designer ReportManager editor Reports gt InlineReportS lott Aasar name Cunfamentesort El Design Name inlineReportSloti Generatehlember True Modifiers Private O Misc Document Document Esceptonblode Warring ReportN ame Customers Report HeportN ame ee nere 0K tenet Select the File New menu item and the form shown on the screen below will appear PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com P Report harp hooter Designer Edit Insert View Report Window Help New Cen P i oe Open Ctrl o L B H Save Ctrl 5 i Bin a Save a5 Select language Exit designer Select Standard Report in the list under the New tab and press OK P Wizards Gallery Blan
147. blies It is possible to add Excel Export Filter to the project in Visual Studio using Toolbox cay e ExcelExportFilter Version 5 0 6 2 from Perpetuum Software NET Component Excel XML Export Content of the TextBox and AdvancedText elements is exported to Excel XML styles are saved and all types of Fill and TextFill are exported as SolidFill Default Options Dialog Default options dialog EES Enter page number and or pages ranges separated by commas For example 1 3 5 1 Excel XML export filters are located in the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Export ExcelXML and PerpetuumSoft Writers Excel assemblies It is possible to add Excel XML export filter to the project in Visual Studio using Toolbox PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com ExcelAmlExportFilter Version 5 0 6 2 from Perpetuum Software MET Component RTF Export Content of the TextBox and AdvancedText elements is exported to RTF styles are saved Picture Shape ZipCode BarCode RichText WinFormsControl Chart Widget elements are exported as pictures All types of Fill and TextFill are exported as SolidFill RTF Options Dialog P RTF options dialog Enter page number and or pages ranges separated by commas For example 1 3 5 1 Accuracy 10 l Jpeg Quality 75 RtfExportFilter Version 5 0 6 2 from Perpetuum Software WET Component HTML Export Content of the TextBox and AdvancedText elements is exported to
148. ce settings in a PDF document Here a user can specify whether the pivot table dimensions its header and fields names for dimensions and facts will be repeated on each document page In addition a user can specify whether to include the fonts used in a pivot table into the document PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com i PDF export settings Page settings Export settings Fragmentation settings Dimension on every page Title on every page Field captions on every page Embed forts ok The Print setting button a This button opens the print settings dialogue The Print preview button E This button allows previewing a pivot table before printing At that the settings specified in the Print setting dialogue window are retained and a pivot table is split into pages The Print button This button allows printing a pivot table The Recalculate button ial A press on this button calls forced recalculation of a pivot table The Auto recalculate button 28 A press on this button turns on off pivot table automatic recalculation while changing table layout and filtering conditions This button usage is reasonable while working with large body of data In order to recalculate a pivot table after specifying the settings you should use the Recalculate button together with the Auto recalculate button pressed The Wizard button ex When pressed this button
149. cel of the changes made in the chart Edit Redo Ctri Y menu item the e toolbar button means the repetition of the canceled actions when editing the chart Edit Cut Ctrl X menu item the toolbar button means the copying and deleting the selected elements Edit Copy Ctrl C menu item the ES toolbar button means the copying of the selected elements Edit Paste Ctrl V menu item the toolbar button means the pasting of elements from the buffer to the selected element or its parent if the selected element is not a container Edit Delete Ctri Del menu item the X toolbar button is intended for deleting selected elements Let s consider functions available via the View menu The commands for the designer appearance control are grouped here rulers display in the Working area Work area View Show grid menu item the HH toolbar button is intended for switching on off the grid display in the Working area Work area T View Snap to grid menu item the P toolbar button is intended for switching on off the snap of elements control points to the grid Let s consider functions available via the Tool menu The commands of different tools switching on are grouped here s The Tool Select F2 menu item the toolbar button is used to switch on the Select tool The Select tool allows selecting elements in the Work area and editing elements via their designers Tool Pan F4 menu item the toolbar button is used to panning t
150. cent False io aati Arcot Data Sorting The order of sorting is set in the SortOrder property Ascending direct order and Descending reversed order are available Data Filtering Filtering is used when you need to output data which address some specific conditions The FilterExpression property is used to set the conditions The expression is set by the script The result of calculation of this expression will define data for the table Property ee Not set Futterkiste KarkkiOy shopy Total severages POR Cafe verages FilterExpression double G i iia ie ee fos poncote oa a goat 2a PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Table Size The table cell size is defined automatically according to the table data size by default The AutoColumnWidth setting of column width and AutoRowHeight setting of rows height are used for this In order to set arbitrary row height you should select None value in the AutoRowHeight property and indicate the height value in pixels in the RowHeight property EH Appearance AutoColumey idth True AutoR owH eight Hone DimensionOnEveyPage False RowHeight 100 Left margins are set by the Shift property Ca amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Table Styles The StyleName property sets the table style The Style Sheet Editor is used for styles creation It is possible to set separate styles for each cell type using the Style properties group
151. charts gauge or pictures Final document file is of xml format and rsd extension Report Viewer Report Viewer is a component used to view final document The following manipulations over the document are available zoom search bookmark tree various view parameters It is possible to export print and save reports to a file To edit final document it is necessary to run Report Designer More information about Report Viewer Export Filter Report Sharp Shooter provides the ability to export final document to many popular formats as GIF PNG JPG BMP EMF PDF HTML CSV TXT Excel XML XML for Excel RTF More information about export filters PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Interaction Schema Below is a schema of the report life cycle Printer Report Final Template Document Web Export Filter Disk Main Components Used to Create a Report Appearance of the final document is defined by the objects contained in the report template Every object has a set of properties when you set them you define report appearance These properties can be set by a constant value or expression that will be calculated during report rendering These are binding scripts All objects used to create a report can be divided into two classes bands and visual elements Bands are not displayed in the final document they are containers for other elements and are designed to set the way of displaying elements they conta
152. constants objects and their properties and methods operators function calls and round brackets Data types used In the expressions all data types available in NET Framework are used Also there is the special support for fractional and logical values strings and the DataTime type The following operations are available in expressions Arithmetic operations 4 addition Itis defined for numerical values subtraction It is defined for numerical values unary minus It is defined for numerical values x multiplication It is defined for numerical values division It is defined for numerical values residue of division It is defined for numerical values Logical operations or logical OR It is defined for logical values and logical AND It is defined for logical values equality It is defined for numerical string and logical values inequality It is defined for numerical string and logical values lt less It is defined for numerical values lt less or equal It is defined for numerical values gt more It is defined for numerical values gt more or equal It is defined for numerical values PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com not logical negation It is defined for logical values String operations amp strings concatenation It is defined for string values
153. ct is an interactive control which displays a pivot table on the application form There a user can view a final pivot table modify its appearance and content print or export a table into another file format The image below shows the appearance of DataCubeGrid GH antaa 2 ona A Ih a 5 aanse Snoeptabriek PR AE N Anr E Tr at n LI i ee er i J B The Inactive fields scope displays headers of the fields that are specified in DataCube but not engaged in pivot table formation The X dimension fields scope displays headers of the fields that define pivot table columns The Y dimension fields scope displays headers of the fields that define pivot table rows The Fact fields scope contains headers of the fields that are the facts of a pivot table The fields in X dimension fields scope and in Y dimension fields scope correspondingly specify columns and rows of a pivot table The width of any DataCubeGrid column can be altered by dragging its borders with a mouse 3102 50 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Gb ap asal alsa 0 6196 1870 20 0454A o 2296 60 off o 15 0 4544 5006 77 hos a4 0 4544 4761 70 1256 06 0 0626 2 0 60 2661 72 0 1239 3495 66 3069 00 0 3305 olg a ay 74 sa Directly below the dimension field headers the values of these dimensions subject to their grouping are displayed A grouping is defined by the DataCube fields indication order It i
154. cted objects sets the Location property Band Alignment by center of the band container in which the selected objects are located sets the Location property 4 Apply This button applies changes 5 Close This button closes the editor PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Border Editor This editor is for setting elements border The editor is opened with the button which is located near the Border property on Property Grid or by the More Borders menu item the Border button on the Home and some contextual tabs AaBbCce Normal Bottom Border Tanod Top Border Left Border Right Border No Border All Borders O Line Color Line Style d ik More Borders 1 Line Type A list of line types which allows the selection of the line type for the border 2 Line Drawing The area for selection of borders lines location 3 The display area of set borders 4 Color This button opens the Color editor for selection of the border color and displays current color 5 Width Counter sets the width of the border line 6 OK This button applies changes closes the editor 7 Cancel This button cancels changes closes the editor PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Document Data Sources The editor of the embed data sources collection It allows the setting of data sources for the template the Document DataSources property The
155. d DrawGridItem event is called So in order to change a specific table cell drawing method one should implement a handler for this event The DrawGridItemEventArgs object is passed to the event handler as an argument Use the following DrawGridItemEventArgs object properties Graphics the System Drawing Graphics type object actual for table drawing Bounds the System Drawing Rectangle type object which contains the information on the position of an element within a table CellStyle the PerpetuumSoft Olap CellStyle type object which contains the information on the current style of a table element drawn CellInfo the information on a table cell You can learn more about the PerpetuumSoft OlapCellInfo type in the Class reference Handled if this property is set to true the DataCubeGrid will not draw an element itself A sample of the DrawGridItemCell event handler is given below private void dataCubeGridl DrawGridItem object sender PerpetuumSoft Olap DrawGridItemEventArgs e if e CelliInfo XFielditem null amp amp e CelliInfo YFielditem null amp amp e Cellinfo XFielditem Value ToString IndexOf textBoxl Text gt 0 amp amp textBoxl Text Length gt 0 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com e CellInfo XFieldItem null amp amp e CellInfo YFieldItem null amp amp e Cellinfo YFieldIitem Value ToString IndexOf textBox2 Text gt 0 amp amp textBox2 Text Length gt 0 Brush b
156. d for changing output order of the selected elements Move selected objects to forward i raises the selected elements up to one position Move selected objects to back lowers the selected elements down to one position Send selected objects to forward 5 raises the selected elements at the very top amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Send selected objects to back E lowers the selected elements at the very bottom If the selected elements group order is changed the relational order inside the group is kept Let s consider working with the Select tool in the work area In the Select tool mode any visual element can be selected by clicking on it with the left mouse button It is possible to select a group of elements either by means of selecting each of the elements while holding the Ctrl key pressed or by means of lassoing the group of elements holding the left mouse button pressed Control points in the form of circles are displayed in the selected elements The selected elements are highlighted in the chart structure tree The editing operations applicable to the selected elements Copying to clipboard Pasting from the clipboard to the element Deleting Changing output order Changing properties in the Properties Window Changing element position with the help of a mouse Changing some element s properties by moving its control points Control points of the selected element are intended for its main prop
157. d the number of groups in a specified dimension A set of bound and filled tables represents the result of this or that Fill method implementation result The tables contain group values in a specified dimension a table column name corresponds to a name of a field responsible for group value calculation fact values a column name corresponds to a name of a field responsible for fact value calculation primary and foreign key values which are used for organizing bonds between various tables PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com At this method realization the tables are being bound by the one to many type relation in such a way that the parent table corresponds to the dimension group with the nesting level lower than a group corresponding to a subordinate table Let us consider the pivot table shown in the image below The Fill PerpetuumSoft Olap ViewDimension Y System DataSet dataSet 3 method call the dataSet does not contain tables and bonds will lead to filling the dataSet object as follows gt Group Group string double pee E IX string A EFati double Q OBE Key int ParentKkey int The Interaction with OLAP ModelKit by Means of the DataCubeView Component The DataCubeView object creates a presentation of a table specified to it as the DataCube property value The PrimaryDimension property defining a value by which the cube straightening takes place is
158. dialog to choose image and to set Picture Image property e Text Editor for BarCode element to set BarCode Code property e Chart ModelKit designer for ChartControl element to set ChartControl Chart property e Instrument Designer for Widget element to set Widget Instrument property e Source Fields for PivotTable section to set PivotTable Layout property 2 Clean This menu item cleans the content e TextBox Text property for TextBox element e AdvancedText Text property for AdvancedText element e RichText RTFtext property for RichText element e Picture Image property for Picture element e BarCode Code property for BarCode element e ChartControl Chart property for ChartControl e Widget Instrument property for Widget element PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 3 Arrange This submenu contains items for managing objects order position and size 3 1 Bring to Front This menu item brings the Gh Bring to Front O selected objects in front of all other objects so that no part of it is hidden behind another object in the ch Move Forward O current container Fa Move Back O 3 2 Move Forward This menu item brings the Ta Send to Back selected object forward so that it is hidden by fewer objects that are in front of it in the current s container Align Left O E3 Aiii Cond O 3 3 Move Back This menu item sends the gh WSrner selected objects backward so that it is hidden by I Align Riah the objects that are in front of it
159. differ greatly from the one provided by 23 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com default since you can change not only many aspects of the Report Sharp Shooter for Silverlight work but also the appearance of the report viewer amp PERPE TUUM www perpetuumsoft com Instrumentation ModelKit Destination and Basic Features The Instrumentation ModelKit is intended for creating and using indication and graphic user interface manipulation elements Nowadays most developers strive to create the most naturally looking convenient and unique application interfaces The Instrumentation ModelKit is an ideal solution of this task Full featured graphics editor allows creating new visual components with the unique look and functionality by means of only a few mouse clicks It can be both common controls such as Progress Bars Meters Dials Sliders Gauges Odometers Thermometers Switches etc and specialized elements for your industry Manipulators Scales Special Purpose Devices and many others Each Instrumentation ModelKit control consists of visual and non visual objects interacting with each other Due to these objects use a developer can create any necessary visual control To assign separate elements properties the expressions can be used it helps to adjust the property depending on the current instrument status as well as on the mouse status The use of the OPCChannel component gives a unique opportunity to
160. does not allow depending on the value according to the contents GrowToBottom property defines element size increase up to the bottom border of the containing element Text Style There is a wide choice of instruments for report creation Fill property defines the background color Font property forms text features such as font type text styles normal bold italic underlined and strikethrough Text s align and position inside the element are defined with TextAlign property One can set style and text background color using TextFill property Also there is an opportunity to apply one style to several elements Style Sheet Editor is used as a style editor StyleName applies style to an element PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Text Format TextFormat property can be used to display text in a special format There are several text formats available in Format editor general number currency date and time percentage User format is also available Formatted Text AdvancedText component allows you to input information as a formatted text There is an option of paragraph and text styles setting and statement using right in the marked text Formatted text can be specified through HTML like markup language Text property and RTF format subset RTF property Text can be formatted through HTML like tags in Formatted Text Editor Text property wt Formatted Text Editor e r u F B w font face Calibri size 8 gt Page Nu
161. dometer are inherited from the RectangleElement class The Ellipse class represents a figure in the form of ellipse Rectangle Flement Arc Base fy fs T Fungsector Picture set Picture Label Disits Odometer DigitalText The Rectangle class represents a figure in the form of rectangle The RoundedRectangle class represents a figure in the form of rectangle with the rounded angles The Frame class represents a rectangular frame The ArcBase class is the base of the Arc Pie and RingSector classes that accordingly represent an ellipse arc an ellipse sector and an elliptical ring sector The objects of the Picture class are intended for displaying the picture assigned in the Image property The objects of the PictureSet class are intended for displaying one picture from the assigned pictures collection The objects of the Label class are intended for inscription displaying The objects of the Digits class are intended for digital indicator emulation amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The objects of the Odometer class are intended for mechanical meter emulation Description of General Properties Let s consider the Instrument class properties peculiar to all descendants elements in details The Name property assigns the unique name within the entire instrument The Fill property assigns the fill which will be used for element drawing Line tracing style which will b
162. dvancedText element Property O Render dolor sit amet consectetuer Lanbreak adipiscing elit sed diam CanGrow nonummy nibh eulsmod tincidunt CanShrink Ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam Grow oBottom erat volutpat Ut wisi enim ad Visible E Render dolor sit amet consectetuer CanBreak adipiscing elit sed diam CanGrow nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt CanShrink ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam Grow T oBottorn erat volutpat Ut wisi enim ad Visible minim veniam quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nis ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Note when one sets a property CanBreak of the object that is located inside the other section CanBreak property must be set for the container band in order for its content to break up into pages CanGrow Render Property allows increasing objects height in case its contents do not fit size specified for the object in the template Example demonstrating use of CanGrow property of the TextBox element Report Template 2 Go GetDataftEmployees Mote Q i E Render CanGrow CanShrink Grow T oB attom Visible Render Education includes a BA in CanGrovw psychology from Colorado State CanShrink University in 1970 She also GrowT oB otto completed The Art ofthe Cold Call Wisitle Mancyis a member of Toastmasters International Note when CanGrow property is set for an obj
163. e MinValue and MaxValue properties defining minimal and maximal scale values Axis can automatically calculate scale range depending on taken series point s values using this axis It is necessary to set the MinValue and MaxValue properties to Auto If the MinValue and MaxValue take constant values scale range is assigned by these values regardless of automatically calculated values The MinValue and MaxValue can take relative value in percentage from the automatically calculated range If automatic range calculation is used range can be completely negative or completely positive The StartFromZero property defines if the range will include the O point The IsDiscrete property specifies if axis will display discrete or numeric values This property allows using axis as argument axis for series containing nonnumeric values Axis is a vertical or horizontal line that can be stretched to fit the ChartArea height or width Subject to sifts assigned by the Margins property Axis appearance is set by the Stroke and Arrow properties Stroke sets type color and width of the line Arrow assigns axis arrow type Axis direction is set by the Direction and Reverse properties The AxisIndent property sets distance between axis arrow and end point of the scale Axisildent 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 The CrossValue property assigns axis position relatively to the other axis set by the PerpendicularAxis property The Chart ModelKit contains e
164. e in which this slider is included The Slider handles the events from the mouse in the following way it synchronizes the Va ue property according to the current position of the mouse pointer and the geometry of the trajectory in which it is included As the Slider element is a non visual one it cannot directly receive the events from the mouse The events from the mouse are passed to the Slider by the visual elements included in it Thus in order to make the Slider react on the mouse moves it is necessary to include some visual element in it The MaxLimit and MinLimit assign range of changing value and can process both absolute and relative values The UseLimit property defines if the assigned range of changing value is used Various visual elements included in the Slider and bound to it by expressions can be used for visualizing current Slider value The group element is a non visual element used for grouping other elements TTTLLLLLL battens Z G RoundedRectangle3 TS UNA GB RoundedRectangle4 a gt Y h Active True RoundedRectangle2 R BreakEventsBul False BEAY Joint1 MaxLimit Auto eS Scale me Auto Lhd Ticks ame Slider 123 SealeLabels1 j RecalculateAll True A N Pa Step 0 RangedLe e Eo r s a N Value 50 P RangedL Visible True 4 Guide1 Neede i J Rectangle Tram Ga Rectangle v indicates the current value of the slider i The CustomLabels element represents text label
165. e element allows output of the information as a formatted text There are options setting paragraph and text styles and using expressions directly in the marked text Formatted text can be set using HTML alike markup language and the subset of RTF format Formatted Text Editor is used for this purpose Static RTF text can be loaded AdvancedText supports only some subset of RTF More information about formatted text output Picture The element allows output of an image The images can be loaded from a hard driver or a data source More information about image output Shape The element allows output of various geometric figures More information about figures output ZipCode The element allows output of a zip code More information about zip codes output BarCode The element allows output of barcodes of different types There are several settings depending on a type of a used barcode More information about barcodes output RichText The element allows output of a text in RTF format The editor allows choosing an RTF file PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com More information about RTF text output WinFormsControl The element allows including Windows Forms control element into the report Only the image of a control element will be included into the report it is not available for using its functions PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com User Guide Template Report template is a number of pages incl
166. e found on the Instrumentation ModelkKit tab in the Toolbox on the form 4 Instrumentation ModelkKit hm Pointer d Widget 4 Version 5 0 6 2 NET Component b Report Sharp Shooter The Instrument designer is launched by mouse double click on the component In the invoked designer let s open the existing element with the help of the Instrumentation ModelKit Wizard For example open LightBlueGauge from the Gauge folder Confirm the changes clicking the OK button The selected element will be displayed in the Widget component Run the application for the instrument availability check up Ad ri 9 gt Dao 70 a7 AS CTA og 9 The received control element is displayed in the Widget component It reacts upon the user actions Now the ability for receiving and setting the current control element value is needed To do it let s use the widget1 Instrument property which returns the instrument object In order to get to the desired element for example to the S ider1 or the Slider2 let s use the GetObject function of the instrument Then put the Label components onto the form for displaying the control element value in text form PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Add the following lines in the program code Here the Form1_Load is the Load event handler of the program main form private Slider slider1 null private Slider slider2 null private void Form1_Load object sender System EventArgs e
167. e list of fields form the data source 5 X dimension fields The list of fields for horizontal headline of the table 6 Y dimension fields The list of fields for vertical headline of the table PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 7 Facts fields The list of fields for table data 8 New field This button adds a new empty field to the list 9 Remove This button deletes the selected field from the list 10 Up This button moves the field upwards in the list 11 Down This button moves the field downwards in the list 12 Property Grid The field properties grid which allows the editing of properties 13 Switching the properties display mode in Property Grid 14 Description This area displays the description of the selected property 15 OK This button applies changes closes the editor 16 Cancel This button cancels the changes closes the editor Style Sheet Editor The styles editor allows the creation and editing of the template styles The editor is opened by the Edit Style button on the Home and Format ribbon tabs EE Style Sheet Editor ES Styles Properties SME E P E Appearance Ee eale ol Border 5 ne Fill LinearGradient Fill AaBbCcDdEe xX Fail Calibri 14 25pt Bol GroupCaption Mame Caption Text amp lign MiddleLeft AaBbCcDdEe L TestFill SolidFill Header Title O Description Border Determines the bord
168. e of using charts Place the WebChartViewer component located on the Chart ModelKit tab onto ASP NET page assign its position and size On the smart tags panel select the Choose Data Source item and assign a data source for a chart For example let s assign ObjectDataSource that is a set of points assigned by the coordinates as data source K WebChartViewer Tasks Choose Data Source Job ectDataSourcel Configure Data Source Refresh Schema Run Designer LErTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT TTT TTET TTT TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTE o ObjectDataSource ObjectDataSourcel PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Select the Run Designer item on the smart tag panel run chart designer where the displayed chart is assigned Wh Chart ModelKit designer 1 2b ChartArea 1 El Series 1 The designer and technique of building charts is similar to those of ChartViewer Assign image format in the PictureFormat property let it be Jpeg Run the resulting application a page displays chart designed by data from the data source PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com E Untitled Page Windows Internet Explorer 4 C http localhost 49408 2 x Nouce Live Search Untitled Page 100 Using dashboard in Web forms application The WebDashboardViewer component is used to provide joint use of charts and instruments
169. e output from the different bands dataBand1 InstanceCount 5 dataBand2 InstanceCount 4 dataBand3 InstanceCount Z Report Template Template Structure Document tree ataBand DataBand El FE document etail Detail SRE pagel H a sidebySidel CEE eee GE dateBand end of dataBand ae da ataBand2 DataBand SRE dataB and etail Detail co detail i a4 dataB and3 end of dataBand2 H details ataBanda DataBand etails Detail end of dataBands ideBy Sidet SideBby Side ataBand DataBand etaill Detail SERRE EEE end of dataBandi andContainerd BandContainer ataBand2 DataBand etail ETT end of dataBand2 ataBands DataBand etailS Detail end of dataBands Document tree iS document E pagel E 282 sideBySidet Bej dataBand1 co detail bandContainerl dataB and co detail ER dataB and3 H details PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Pivot Table Pivot tables are used for structured data output and calculation of the total values The PivotTable is used for the creation of pivot tables The DataSource property sets the data source for the pivot table E Data DataSource Sales Layout NestedFields Collection Tag The Layout property sets the rows and columns values of the result table The property can be edited in Sources Fields 4 Appearance Caption Quantity Format ShowPercent False SortOrder Ascending TotalLabel Width 100 Data Aggregate Sum Display Eepres
170. e used for element drawing is assigned in the Stroke property The Sty e property assigns the style name of the element used for element drawing Available styles are assigned in the Styles property of the instrument the element belongs to If the element has no Fill and or Stroke properties assigned the style with the name assigned in the Style property will be applied The Smooth property assigns the quality of output graphic The Visible property assigns element s visibility The Active property indicates whether an element will perceive the events from the mouse The BreakEventBubbling property indicates whether the events from the mouse will be passed to the parent element for the further processing The RecalculateAl property indicates for what elements the expressions will be recalculated if the element state was changed If RecalculateAll is set to false the expressions will be recalculated only for the selected element and all the elements included in it otherwise the expressions of all instrument elements will be recalculated The process of receiving events from a mouse and their handling is produced in the following way The visual element receives events from the mouse when its pointer is over the element The element handles these events and if the BreakEventBubbling property is set to false passes the event to the parent for handling Thus the events received from the mouse are spread from the visual element up the ins
171. ect contained in another band the same property must be set for the container band in order for it to change its height depending on the height of the contained objects PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com CanShrink Render Property allows decreasing objects height in case the content inserted during the report generation has smaller size than that set for the container Example demonstrating use of CanShrink property of the TextBox element Report Template lt setData E Render CanGrow CanShrink GrowT oB ottom Nancy Visible Davolio Render CanGrow CanShrink Grow T oBothom Visible True Note when CanShrink property is set for an object contained in another band the same property must be set for the container band in order for it to change its height depending on the height of the contained objects PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com MinSpaceAfter Render The property sets minimal space between lower border of the band and lower field of the page Sample of using MinSpaceAfter for the Detail band displaying list Report Template databand Databand DataSource E detaili Detail lt dataBandl EmployeeName gt end of dataBband CanShrink False MinSpacedtter T 0 75 cm PADY AAE HewColumn fter False Andrew Fuller Anne Dodsworth Steven Buchana PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Mode Render Property allows setting headlines and overlay
172. ed value is not set for the property but they are used in inner rendering algorithms More information about grouping GroupBand SortExpression Calculation result sets order of sorting More information about sorting grouped lists DataBand FilterExpression Calculation result sets rule of filtering data More information about filtering lists PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com DataBand Sort Collection of sorting conditions Each sorting condition is an object with the Expression property that sets expression getting key by which the data is sorted More information about lists sorting DataBand Totals Collection of aggregation functions expressions More information about totals As these expressions are calculated for the inner logic of rendering time of calling and order of calculation is not set You shouldn t create logic based on assumption about order or time of calculation As a rule such expressions are based on the source data value Of course it is possible to assume that scripts connected to initialization of the whole document and DocumentScripts script class will be executed at first Document Object Model It is possible to refer to all template objects and the document itself You can refer to them by their name set in the Name property and using Document name It is possible to use all public methods and element types properties More information about types see in Class reference It is possible
173. editor is opened with the button which is located near the DataSource property of the Document object on Property Document Data Source Editor Document Data Sources OdbcD ataSource Gata Sauce Vane Information used to connect to a data OdbcDataSource qlDataSource AmIDataSource 1 Document Data Sources A list of data sources for the document 2 Add This button opens a list of data source types for addition to a template Sqi DataSource OdbcDataSource and Xm lDataSource 3 Delete This button deletes the selected data source 4 Property Grid Data source property grid which allows the property editing 5 Switching the property display mode in Property Grid 6 Description This area displays the description of the selected text 7 OK This button applies changes closes the editor 8 Cancel This button cancels changes closes the editor PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Wizards Wizards are used for creation of simple reports on the fly Wizards Gallery It allows the selection of a method that will be used to create a simple report It is invoked with New item of Application menu command or with the key combination Ctrl N Blank Report Standard Report Pivot table Report 1 Switching between New and Saved tabs 2 A list of methods for a new report creation e Blank Report Creates a new empty
174. ee 3 Switching between Bands and Data Sources parts 4 Code Snippets This button opens a list for templates selection to insert the code fragment Calculate the Cosine of a specified Angle Calculate the Sine of a specified Angle E Calculate the Sum of Years Depredation g Calculate the Tangent of a specified Angle Get a Random Number using the Random class 5 OK This button applies changes closes the editor 6 Cancel This button cancels the made changes closes the editor PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Formatted Text Editor This editor is for input of formatted text in the form of HTML similar markup language and for RTF text loading The editor is opened by double click on the AdvancedText element area by hotkeys Enter or Ctrl Enter when AdvancedText element is selected or by the button which is located near the Text property on Property Grid for AdvancedText element a We uU F B z afs R60 70 ego liopikipis s Document Title 1 Area for text input 2 The fields tree displays fields from the data sources the Data Sources part from bands and displays special fields the Bands part The quick input of expressions can be executed by dragging the fields from the fields tree to the area for script input or by double click on the field in the tree 3 Switching between Bands and Data Sources parts 4 Open RTF Document This button opens the Open dialog
175. eeecenenoeneeeucaseees 29 Uoma SCADE eere seca cetmecteceepesesecepcotceennec et e seat ectpecsseunveceaece suche seepecetaee 30 Binding Elements to Dale vicsccstanotecesenepsastusdaaanaeneenetsasinaaaeravaetsctseeadniaseeteatiaawaens 30 DOcuUMEnE Genera O osr a a E a a a a a a a a a E 30 Visualization and Editing Final Documents cccccc cece cece eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeneeeeeeneas 31 Export Print ANG SAVING tdsvanncntatetatedstansdadatatatnsstansend nianna AnA AAAA 31 Report Designer Interface sssssssssrssrrrrrnrsrrrnrrnrrrrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnnrnnrnar 32 WO E PEE E E E E E TEIE E E P 32 CONCE tUa Fa rerni nini A EE EEA E AEE EEEE 40 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com BINGING Dal irori e EE EE EE ER E E E D 51 Quick Access TOO Ol cevanavinccsentnn ts roserne terian Erosa nid e ae aroa o erara adai 52 CONTEXT MENU drieen aE E E E E E ee ee E E 54 DOCKING PPE E E E E E E E E E 59 ECICONS prassaeeeacccansitaanietenenssreesenniete nase Gmesteeehatorauetaaudanenaevatweranvindemasnwnensmeutacetadd 62 VUIZAOS PETE PE EE E E PE EE E A 73 Sel Eae e PLAT TTT T T T E T T 80 LSIN CE Aa TTE E E E E E E E E E E E 81 ToP OD e E a a a a a a 83 calas MCA O itutiesterstontncneticinctaviinenlecdenaasoenticisesinine hese nomantbesdecstensene 83 DANG sisine a a E a a a E a E E a a a 83 NISHA ECTO areara EE A A E E E E E EE S 85 U or GUNG pereoo a Makhawa ones ne aaan cama thonos 87 WOT AUS dvacavnes E E A E E ane r
176. eeeeeeeeeeenas 290 Creation of Instruments Using Complex EXpreSSIONS cccceee cece ee ee scene eeeeeeeeeeees 293 Working With the OPCChannel Component cc ccec eee e cece eee ee eee eeeeeeeeeee eee eeneeeeeennegs 298 General EU BTM AN OU et cepa ct ve oan E aa vl a ce awa ae ee na ae emo an a ao 298 OPCCGONMGCUON eraa E 298 OP CCHANME ae E S E AtenT INN eU nN Reonreennnes 298 Step by step Example of Application Creation ccccccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeeggaggs 299 Advanced DataChannel Design ssssssssssssenssssnssrenensnnennnnssnsnsensnsnnsnrenenrnnenrnneennnne 300 CIP IOMO ween E S A ee 300 DESO e E EEE E E EE EE E E 300 OLAF MOG GWE sce tercccccenacscececensuecanccsupceraccteea ccsueeaneoswnem E 301 Destination and Basic Features sc nreunitnincua niwswiiecnd vidi nian nediadet we iednunediaimieiiieneendiad 301 SCE SCal COC satan ececacscaraiagan eran aosucuen esau tuan goer gu angen tue aeuugussaneuteaneseuee siagGu pean auunee ees 301 Basic MOM MOON wii tioitrinrdiuadigcinnenduatiamiintiarduntieudhinnndiuediacudiaduuediuetuaumucetd 307 CON D Greer ee ee eee ere ee ee ee een ee re eer re ere eee ree 307 SD Ala SO CCS ecchecie cate tnct ansca siavihaia atentnteaiena A 307 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Working with the DataCubeGrid Component Pivot Table Presentation Manipulation 309 EXPOS ONG doc ceuanteronaeprccoeurstanstuessoucee ends peturstunndusadstouen E E E 317 Destination and Genera
177. eeseeeeeeeeeeeeennees 347 Creation of a Simple Chart without USING WIZArd ccccccccc cece cece tent ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 357 Chant MOGClsnativaeriasivenbwe ch tuneiasssuahiadi T T unin ates 367 Description OF COMMON Properties cccccccccceccceeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 367 Malt Aled oaa 368 OLES a e E E A E E A E 368 Series and Assignment of a Data SOUTCe sssssssssssrssrrrrsnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrenrrnnre 378 Da EO serine E EEE E EEE EE 378 AXIS ANd AXIS Eeen aE E E E EEEE E EEA 379 Additonal Chart Elements svcc ursctituiendusdeatitaiariuanentniaieeduntaiiaiursiuececatined 383 Additonal FEACURES sicniesinai A 388 Te CHa VCNI aera O AE E 390 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com THe DE IONET arrire anr r Eia AERE E AO EEEE tae EENE E ERER 392 Using Dashboard Yiewer tcecesenctsasuepescoesssetsaseanencoessnacissenreseces seed e ae a er 398 Joint use of Chart ModelKit and OLAP ModelKit in version 3 6 ssssssssssssssrrssrrissrrrsn 400 Work in Web Forms Applications sssssssssssssnsnsrrnnrnrsrenrsrrnnrrrnnerrnnenrenenrerrnrrrrnnrrene 405 Using charts in Web forms applicationS ssssssssssssrssrssrsnrsnrrnrnnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnar 405 Example of Using Cll at USiseecdercdnaneacednactewedacoenecdaacdanedas eE EA aiar ERa EADAE 405 Using dashboard in Web forms application ssssssssssssssssssrsrrsnrrnrsnnrnrrnrrnrenrenrrnar 407 Appendix 1 Working with the Expression Editor
178. elds list It is possible to add field from the list to the table on the Visible tab using control buttons It is possible to edit title width and set aggregation function for each field PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Sales Data source Field layout List All fields c Visible fields E Sales CategorN ame Company ame Discount ProductName Quantity UnitPrice Field name Caption Width Aggregate FroductH ame Product 100 Hone Price 100 Sum Peer erry Ki dataBand1 DataBand DataSource Sales 399 Urre Eager Badger 105 BB Product Price Maxilaku 26 detail Detail Geitost 13 8 ell ata ell ata Flotemypsost 240 E S ales ProductName E S ales I lritP re Courdayault 62 5 Cha 355 MS ales Lind Filo ix 4 4 l Filo Mix 1 FER Field layout list allows the selection of data view in the report in the form of a list or cards dataBandi DataBand DataSource Employees mployee Phone Nancy Davolia 206 555 985 Field layout peT Ala Andrew Fuller 206 555 9482 BR Employee Phone Anne Dodsworth 71 555 4444 aa Steven Buchana 71 555 4444 es ee UF roininvees F rnbnaue CF molnuees HomeP h Anne Yorke 71 555 4444 end of dataBand1 Cards Employee Hancy Davolio Phone 20U6 555 965 detail Employees _ Employeehame Detail Employee Andrew Fuller BIL ala Employee UF ronlqvees Froniewe _ Phone 206 555 9402 a a e a al MAOYEES COOMernone al Phone 71 BEB Addd BL 4 Phone J3 Fro
179. em the Il button on the Elements toolbox adds grid to chart the GridLines element Insert Chart ValueMarkers menu item the Hi on the Elements toolbox adds Value Markers the ValueMarkers element Insert Scale Elements menu item contains commands for adding element intended for scale design Insert Scale Elements ScaleLabels menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds element intended for displaying values on the scale the ScaleLabel element Insert Scale Elements ScaleMarks menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds element intended for displaying scale marks the ScaleMarks element Insert Scale Elements Ticks menu item the ui button on the Element toolbox adds element intended for displaying ticks on the axis the Ticks element Insert Scale Elements CustomLabels menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds element designed for displaying text labels on the axis the CustomLabels element Insert Scale Elements ScaleTitle menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds scale title the ScaleTitle element amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Insert Primitives menu item contains commands for adding basic primitives such as shapes Insert Primitives menu item contains the commands of adding the basic primitives such as geometrical figures and others Insert Primitives Line menu item the Line element button on the Elements toolbox adds a line the
180. en the designer the Wizard window also opens Here you can select a chart from a number of existing templates PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Chart ModelKit Wizard CHART Mope Kit Chart Title 9 Stacked100Column Select the chart from the list Chart ModelKit Wizard EJ BlackAndwhiteAree EJ BlackAndW hiteB ar E BlackAndwhitePie EJ BlackAndwhitePoin EJ CandleStick E ColoredColunnn E ColoredCylinder u StackedCaluron i PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Click the OK button The selected chart will be loaded to the designer Chart ModelKit designer 100 File Edit View Tool Insert LAB db adi cE ad MharbArea PP I FST 2 2 te 21 n a da n True DataContext Enabled True Fill LinearGradientFill Focused False GridStep 16 px Measure nit Pixel Name Chart Parameters Collection Recalculatedl False Show rid True Size 416 320 pr SnapTolrid True Style Styles Collection Visible True Active Indicates whether events are passed to this element The designer provides fast visual customization of the chart and all its elements The left part of the window contains elements intended for building the chart These elements are described below ChartArea is an element containing all other chart elements axes series titles e
181. ent a which is intended for representing the current value and changing it by means of mouse move To visualize scale let us place the ticks and text markings on it To do that we should add the Ticks and NumericLabels elements from the Element toolbox into the Scale1 element After that the element structure should appear as follows E Guidel l Scale Slider Ticksl i ScaleLabels1 The Instrument itself GL ae aE 49 OL a8 ae Set the Ticks1 Distance property to 10 Set the NumericLabels1 Distance property to 20 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com E E 4f E EJE j E E If E Q Je 4 E E FE 1f E NNJE j E E H If E p Je 1 E 06 To visualize the slider add the Needle element to the Slider1 element El Instrument Guidel Scale Ticks n ScaleLabels1 Let s set the Needle1 element Stroke property to SimpleStroke And now let us bind the Needle1 element to the slider value In the expression window for Needle1 write the following r 1 3cm for StartPoint and r 0 8cm for EndPoint Now the slider should be capable of moving when you manipulate it with a mouse mga As a result we shall get the OX axis Let us repeat the above mentioned actions for assigning the other linear trajectory its scale and slider We shall get the OY axis Then the element structure should appear as it is Shown below El Guidel Sealet Slider ks Needle l Gu
182. ent the final sales total for a product of a specific company on a specific date taking in consideration the unit price the amount sold and discounts We shall also drag the Discount field from the Source fields list into the Facts fields list Then let us set the Show percent and Show progress properties to true And after that let us select an aggregate function for the given fact Specify the Avg value for the Aggregate property The given fact will indicate the mean discount value for the given product as percentage Let us also set the Format property to 0 00 for all fields from the Facts fields list The pivot table layout is now assigned PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Quarter Month CompanyName Year Juartert Quarter Month Monthiz Months CateqoryName ProductName Company Company Companys Product Product Products Product ActiveCellStyle DimensionBorder EvenRowF acts tile FactBorder FieldCaptionS tyle GroupT otalStyle MainT otalS tyle OddRowFactS tyle TableCaptionS tyle TotalS tule BAE O Misc BackColor amp Auto format Styles EAEN Classic 1 y Classic 2 L Classic 3 Groupe Total Classic 4 opel 4 x Total Gradient 1 7 Gradient 2 Gradient 3 Gradient 4 Gradient 5 Gradient 6 sample DataCube Gradient 7 Modern 1 Modem 2 Modem 3 Modern 4 Modern 5 Multicolor Gradient 1 Multicolor G
183. enter 230 238 px Dock None Margins 0 0 0 O px Name Joint 1 Radius 127 22 px Recalculate False Startungle 150 TotalAngle 240 Visible True Active Indicates whether events are pass to this element The line is assigned by the start the StartPoint property and the end the EndPoint property points This element is used for linear scales creation A f 2 W 2 3 40 50 6 7 W 9 100 be 29 Pecolecatccatbacetoacctasctecabecctcantoael SOOPER le Align Center bipevagee THIN TRET T BreakEvents8u False i 6 O 100 EndPoint 637 128 px GuideDirection Free RecalculateAll False StartPoint 61 128 px Visible True PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The Scale element is a non visual element that assigns the range of scale value changes The range is assigned with the help of Minimum and Maximum properties For the scale visualization such elements as Ticks NumericLabels and TextLabels are included into the Scale element we Al 0 o2 oyoko o w a 2 Lecalecatcoatbonatecctosctecabecatecatvacl Active True BreakEvents8u False Colorizer Maximum 100 Lill Ticks2 Minimum 0 123 Scalelabels Name Scale 1 123 ScaleLabels RecalculateAll False 5 J Sider Reverse Fase G RoundedRk Visible True LnearLevel Act indicates whether events are pass a to this element The Slider element is a non visual element that assigns the current value the Va ue property on the scal
184. eports and the way this data is displayed Template contains scripts that are executed during report generation Template file are of xml format and rst extension you can get it by saving template from the Report Designer Objects of the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Components ReportSlotclass are used to store report template LoadReport and SaveReport methods of the ReportSlot objects are used to get and save report template More information about report template Report Designer Report Designer is a component used to create and edit templates It provides the ability to set template properties and template page properties add objects set their layout and properties set report data sources and to define report appearance and content of the report With Report Designer it is possible to save template or open saved templates for editing and forming reports It is possible to call Report Viewer from the Report Designer to view formed reports More information about Report Designer ReportManager ReportManager is a component to store report and data source collections It is possible to access objects collection storing report templates via the Reports property data sources collection is available via the DataSource property Final Document Final Document is an object of the PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Document class with the IsTemplate property set to False It contains only those elements that contain visible information such as text
185. er defined by the style OK Cancel g 1 Style List of styles 2 Title Name of styles set 3 Description This area displays the description of styles set 4 Open This button opens the Load Style Sheet dialog for selection of the StyleSheet file rss for styles loading 5 Save This button opens the Save Style Sheet dialog for saving the styles set 6 Add Style This button adds a new style to the set PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 7 Remove Style This button deletes the selected style from the set 8 Move Up Style This button moves the selected style upwards in the list 9 Move Down Style This button moves the selected style downwards through the list 10 Switching the properties display mode in Property Grid 11 Property Grid The style property grid which allows the editing of properties Border Fill Font Name TextAlign TextFill 12 Description This area displays the description of the selected property 13 OK This button applies changes closes the editor 14 Cancel This button cancels the changes closes the editor Align Editor The editor allows the setting of the elements alignment in a template The editor is opened with the Align button on the Layout ribbon tab EE Align BS Horizontal O S gt gt e None Left Center Right Justify Vertical Within k o e None Page Top e Selection Center Band Bottom Just
186. er property of the ReportService service In order to do that open ReportService properties in the Properties window ReportService PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silverlight Server Re customers System Data DataTable dataColumni System Data DataColumn dataColumn System Data DataColumn dataSeti System Data Dataset ee rrr ReportService PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silverlight Server Repor El Misc ImageDPI 96 ReportCache ReportManager none Select reportManager1 from the list PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com ReportService Language Default Localizable False E Misc ImageDP 96 ReportCache Reporthlanager reportManagerl nore CETTETEETETTELTETTETT PrP erry TELETELE Too Pt maj reportManager1 Now you should create the report Run Report Manager Editor by right clicking reportManagerl and choosing Run Editor ai dataset m reportManager1 Ctrl Ctrl C Ctrl Delete Del Properties Before you start creating report template add a data source by which the report will be generated Add Customers table to the Data binding list located on the Data sources tab click Add button in appeared form Edit object name set Name value to Customers select dataSet1 Customers in the combo box list PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com ReportManazer editor Reports Data sources Data bindings list Edit o
187. erlight Client is used for making and displaying reports using Silverlight PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Namespace Assembly Name Directory ReportViewer PerpetuumSoft Reporting View PerpetuumSoft Repor C Program RtfExportFilter PerpetuumSoft Reporting Ex PerpetuumSoft Repor C Program SharpShooterWebVie PerpetuumSoft Reporting Web PerpetuumSoft Repor C Program TiffExportFilter PerpetuumSoft Reporting Ex PerpetuumSoft Repor C Program WebChartViewer PerpetuumSoft Charts Web PerpetuurmSoft Chart CA Program WebDashboardViewer PerpetuumSoft Charts Web PerpetuumSoft Chart C Program Widget PerpetuumSoftJnstrumentati PerpetuumSoft Instru CA Program WidgetHolder PerpetuumSoftJnstrumentat PerpetuumSoft Instru CA Program WidgetProducer PerpetuumSoftJnstrumentati PerpetuumSoft Instru Program AamlExportFilter PerpetuumSoft Reporting Sil PerpetuumSoft Repor C Program ApsExportFilter PerpetuumSoft Reporting Ex PerpetuurmSoft Repor C Program Filter perpetuum AccessDataSource Lja Language Invariant Language Invariant Country 5 Press Ok and checked elements will be added to the current tab If you use Windows Vista or Windows 7 with UAC enabled run setup file as administrator In order to do this run CMD as administrator and then run setup file from it amp
188. erties changing The point position can be changed by dragging it with the mouse Each element has its own control points set For example rectangular elements have ten points one of which is intended for changing center another one is for changing rotation angle and the rest of them are intended for changing size of the rectangular area iN The Control points for the rectangular element designer When control points position is changed the corresponding element property changes as well The Instrument Outline window displays current chart structure as a tree When an element is added to the work area it is automatically displayed in the Instrument Outline window Selected elements are highlighted in the tree You can change elements relative position by dragging them with a mouse in this window PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com E Chart ChatArea ar GridLines1 i SealeLabels1 Seres ade Senes PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Using DashboardViewer The DashboadViewer control provides abilities to combine features of Chart ModelKit charts and Instrumentation ModelKit gauges This control allows displaying of a chart including various elements and gauges in Windows Forms Temperature 60 55 48 48 53 57 63 65 70 80 85 HUUT ERREPAENEN ae i In the picture you can see the DashboardViewer control displaying temperature value as the The
189. es 4 amp IT PAYS AaBbe AaBbCi patncet BaBbC 7A at CanShrank rs Borde Fall Margins g Heade Tie PagcHead Pagellun PagePoote sue ra i 12 RAEI _ Rende Meat Format a wit ao Mea Snide The Format tab for TextBox includes following groups ARMENE 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanGrow CanShrink GrowToBottom and Visible 2 The TextFormat group sets TextFormat property The list contains available property s values The buttons allow set Currency Percentage and Number format quickly 3 The Font group allows setting Font property 4 The Alignment group allows setting TextAlign property 5 The Appearance group contains buttons for setting Appearance properties Angle Border Fill and Margins 6 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property AdvancedText Tab Set The AdvancedText tab set includes Format tab ee Ginn Repet Sharp Bheeter Detigner E Heme Dnt 8 Layeut Wie Fraa ie Biotest ea ga QEA IT umo usco ME ameer asec AA m Carine H Ygible E B m 12 ral Magas Edit ov amp U Aa AFl 5 E g Hekit Hesia Beaderfe HesdaFo gt Seyit Fete ee Ferial M a aia SEAT EAH E Syle The Format tab for AdvancedText includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanBreak
190. ess OK The template is created PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com P documenti Report harp shooter Designer Fie Edit Insert View Report Window Help RHA Aaa Et ct 75 Binding report tie De tal mAh gt gt Document Title Mame Phone eGetDatal Customers Mame GetDatatCustomers Phone f Se _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ page Foote r Page Foote r pagel Ea Fage i ofi zoom 75 pagel Units Centimeter Now you should save template and close designer Step5 Adding and setting up Silverlight ReportViewer component It s necessary to add report viewer component to the Silverlight application for the report display In order to do that you should add a reference to the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silverlight Client assembly containing ReportViewer right click References of the SampleApplication in Solution Explorer and choose Add Reference item in the popup menu ISA m Solution Sample4pplication 2 projects F G SampleApplication fil aa Properties OO ore Hg fee a ke App xal H w MainPag j Add Service Reference on a SampleAp Add Reference PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Add Reference NET Projects Browse Recent Filtered to Silverlight 4 Component Mame System ServiceModel Web System Windows
191. ession Nancy Davolio dataBand1 Sex ToString Anne Dodsworth lis Laura Callahan Anne Yorke dataBand FilterExpression Andrew Fuller dataBand1 Sex ToString Stover Buchana mMm PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Final List Values One can use aggregated lists when it is necessary to count the totals of the list The list of the aggregate functions for the data output in the DataBand can be specified in the Totals property with the help of Collection Editor a Collection Editor ERES Members a ja AJ E 4 Misc K Aggregate Fum Sum Expression dataBand1_Datalte 4 Name Name is total AggregateFunction property specifies the aggregated function The aggregated expression is set by the Expression property The name of the function is to be specified in the Name property GetTotal lt aggregate name gt script is used for calling the function and getting the sum GetRunningTotal lt aggregate name gt is used in order to get current cumulative value One can get arrogated data before the output of the aggregated values GetTotal result does not depend on the location of the caller element before or after It is recommended to output GetRunningTotal value in the Detail calling from the Header is useless because there are no accumulated values GetRunningTotal value called from the Footer will coincide with GetTotal value Report generator supports 12 built in aggregate functions Example of the
192. et s specify the obtained DataCube as the DataCubePrintDocument DataCube property value We shall add the following code into the DataCubePrintDocument object BeginPrint event MessageBox Show Start of printing And the following for BeginPrint MessageBox Show End of printing It is necessary to add the code for filling the Sales table from the DataSet into the form filling event We shall also add the following four System Windows Forms CheckBox elements onto the form 1sMultiColorCheckBox dimensionsOnEveryPageCheckBox titleOnEveryPageCheckBox fieldCaptionsOnkEveryPageCheckBox And specify their properties as it is shown in the image below PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com DataCubePrintDocument use example Now let us add the System Windows Forms PrintDialog component onto the form and set the DataCubePrintDocument object as the Document property value Add the System Windows Forms Button component printButton object onto the form Then write the following code in the button press event handler PerpetuumSoft Olap DataCubePrintSettings settings new PerpetuumSoft Olap DataCubePrintSettings settings IgnoreColors isMultiColorCheckBox Checked settings DimensionsOnEveryPage dimensionsOnEveryPageCheckBox Checked settings TitleOnEveryPage titleOnEveryPageCheckBox Checked settings FieldCaptionsOnEveryPage fieldCaptionsOnkEveryPageCheckBox Checked dataCubePrintDocument PrintSettings settings
193. eters Collection Main Report TemplateName Reporti PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Complex Report Any amount of subreports can be added to a single report Subreport template Reporti i Main Report Main Report M 7 Report 1 Report 1 L Report 2 i detail Detail Properties subReporti TemplateName 8 Reporti SsubReport2 TemplateName Report2 detaili Detail PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com It is possible to use nested reports Vv detail Detail eportl iain tena aster report template _ subReportd SubReport Property Property SubReport1 TemplateName subReportl1 TemplateName Reporti Reportl Report 2 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Passing Parameters to Subreport Parameters property of the SubReport can be used to pass parameters from master report to subreport Collection Editor is editor of this property Collection editor Members Properties Humber TAE EA E Employee ame Expression dataBand1_Lil Mame Humber O Expression property sets expression which calculation result will be passed as a parameter Name property sets name used to refer to parameter value in subreport To get parameter value in subreport GetParameter lt ParameterName gt expression is used Sample of a template displaying employees list Names and sequence numbers are displayed in subreport Master Report Template detail Detail Employees l
194. event It is also necessary to write the following code in the form load event handler PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com salesDataCube RaiseDataCubeChanged If you change DataCube settings from the code not from DataCubeGrid it is necessary to invoke the DataCube RaiseDataCubeChanged to notify DataCubeGrid about settings change Only in this case the correct displaying of the changed pivot table will be provided Let us run our application The required pivot table will be displayed on the form DataCube use example AH OHA BS ASI Inactive fields Sales OLAP 1996 Total p F Perth Pasties 5215 2 0 41 Pati chinois 0 00 7504 0 74 Meat Poultry Thoringer Rostbr 482786 1 1 36 Tourtinre 938 7 0 95 Total 0 00 74982 401 Longlife Tofu 900 0 21 Manjimup Dried A 21730 0 768 ee Russle Sauerkrau 0 12 8436 0 25 Tofu 0 23 837 0 40 Uncle Bob s Orga 0 08 13560 0 33 Total 0 44 45463 1 97 Boston Crab Mea 5593 6 0 37 Carnarvon Tigers 113125 0 66 Escargots de Bou 2676 5 0 50 Gravad lax 1768 0 17 Ikura 0 00 0 00 11253 0 33 Inlagd Sill 5016 0 70 Seafood Jack s New Engla 0 00 0 00 3782 8 0 54 Konbu 0 04 0 04 4074 1 03 Nord Ost Matjesh 6110 04 0 87 Rud Kaviar 0 01 0 01 180 0 01 Ruigede sild 1216 0 21 Spegesild 0 14 0 14 1932 0 35 Total 0 19 0 19 54914 44 F 5 73 O S26 DataCubeGrid allows a user to implement visual control over a pivot table Let us save the pivot table se
195. extBox1 Value lt binding expression for Value property of the textBox1 gt lt textBox1 GenerateScript gt S Here is a real sample of resulting class that is generated for the second sample of calculating running total namespace PerpetuumSoft Reporting ReportScript line 1 Document ImportsString using System line default line hidden line 1 Document ImportsString using PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM line default line hidden line 1 Document ImportsString using PerpetuumSoft Framework Drawing line default line hidden public class Script PerpetuumSoft Reporting Rendering ReportScriptBase private PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM TextBox textBox2 private PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM TextBox textBox3 private PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM TextBox textBox1 private PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Header header1 private PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Detail detail1 private PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM TextBox textBox4 private PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM DataBand dataBand1 private PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Page pagel line 1 Document Common int sumi int sum2 line default line hidden public Script PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Document document PerpetuumSoft Reporting Components ObjectPointerCollection dataObjects PerpetuumSoft Reporting Rendering RenderEngine engine base document dataObjects engine this textBox2 PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM TextBox document ControlByName textBox2
196. f expressions calculation is the following If the element state was changed the expressions recalculation of this element as well as of all elements included in it occurs The expression calculation result is assigned to the appropriate element properties In order to have all instrument element values expressions recalculated during the element state alteration it is necessary to set the RecalculateAll property to true The alteration of some properties assigning the element appearance doesn t invoke expressions recalculation For example the alteration of such properties as Fill Stroke doesn t invoke expressions recalculation therefore there is no need to apply to the values of such properties If the expression contains syntax semantic errors or the exception appears in the calculation process the expression will be ignored Expressions Window for the Circle element Active L_ BreakEvents Bubbling Fill C Radius Stroke Style a iff Visible 0 Expression Editor r 6 Expression editor 2a FI is E Detail context E Slidert gt Joint Accessible fields Instrument elements r Jointl1 Radius a Linel Columnl Ee PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Description of Expression Language Syntax and Semantics An expression is a task on formula calculation The expression value is a calculation result The expression is built out of constants objects
197. fanShink E heat ageifer j A m a i w m ADO AMOD nats AE j A a Canale E NenageBelore O Coun Oo Sap Oo Tiy eghig hkesisfo Hesio Hesio Styles Frrr D Caiu Epytes The Format tab for DataBand includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanGrow CanShrink NewColumnAfter NewColumnBefore NewPageAfter NewPageBefore and Visible 2 The Data Settings group contains controls for setting following properties DataSource InstanceCount Sort Totals and FilterExpression 3 The Columns group contains controls for setting following properties ColumnsCount and ColumnsGap 4 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property GroupBand Tab Set The GroupBand tab set includes Format tab ep Cs fay E i Gocumentl Report Sharp Shoober Desgrer O Caner L NewCoduerntiefore E visible ah ot a Ba IR E AsBeCAD AsBbCeD AaBbCe ABETELE 7 E ae meege Edit Eaa T Neap agebat i HI oO Gp 0000 Thi esia Pesio Meade y Styles Render 2 ta Settings CHumns hie Ta The Format tab for GroupBand includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanGrow CanShrink NewColumnAfter NewColumnBefore NewPageAfter NewPageBefore and Visible 2 The Data Settings group contains controls for setting following properties GroupExpression SortEx
198. filtering by value and condition This example can be viewed in the GettingStartedExample catalog amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Basic Information Concept OLAP ModelKit pivot table is a kind of an interactive table designed to be used for statistical analysis of multiple data The rows and columns of such interactive table are based on the data taken from several columns of an initial table or another data source The information in pivot table cells is the data aggregated by the corresponding row and column Generally an OLAP cube represents a structure containing multidimensional OLAP data i e dimensions the descriptive data that form the axes of a multidimensional cube and facts the computational quantitative values Dimensions can contain multilevel hierarchies of values and measures are aggregated data sums mean maximal or minimal value number of records based on the data source fields that are of interest in respect to Statistical analysis The formation of a pivot table presupposes the execution of the following operations Data grouping Calculation of sub group subtotals Calculation of totals The field objects are used to define dimensions and facts In a field one can specify the initial table data to be used for a pivot table calculation and the way this pivot table will be provided to a user The field indication order for one dimension also assigns the grouping of data within this dimensio
199. for the selection of RTF file 5 Bold This button inserts lt b gt lt b gt tags into the text for setting the bold font of the selected text 6 Italic This button inserts lt i gt lt i gt tags into the text for setting the italic font of the selected text 7 Underline This button inserts lt u gt lt u gt tags into the text for setting the underline font of the selected text 8 Font This button opens the Font editor for setting the style and font of the selected text inserts lt font gt lt font gt tags into text 9 Color This button opens the Color editor for setting the color of the selected text inserts lt font color gt lt font gt tags into text 10 Left Align This button inserts lt p gt lt p gt tags into text for setting the left alignment of selected text PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 11 Center Align This button inserts lt p align center gt lt p gt tags into text for setting the center alignment of selected text 12 Right Align This button inserts lt p align right gt lt p gt tags into text for setting the right alignment of selected text 13 Justify This button inserts lt p align justify gt lt p gt tags into text for setting the justify alignment of selected text 14 Insert Space This button inserts amp nbsp tag into text to display a space 15 Insert Line Break This button inserts lt br gt tag into text for text breaking i
200. ght Chent Printing PerpetuumSoft Reporting Siverlight Client a Solution SampleApplication 2 projects B dA SampleApplication Bot E Properties y Solution Explorer E oe ty Then add ReportViewer element to the Grid Section lt rss ReportViewer x Name ReportViewerl1 ServiceUrl http localhost 5555 ReportService svc ReportName CustomersReport gt After you made changes the UserControl section should look like this lt UserControl x Class SilverlightApplication MainPage xmins http schemas microsoft com winfx 2006 xaml presentation xmilns x http schemas microsoft com winfx 2006 xam1 xmlns d http schemas microsoft com expression blend 20 8 xmlns mc http schemas openxmlformats org markup compatibility 2006 xmilns rss clr namespace PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silverlight Client assembly PerpetuumSoft Reporting Sil verlight Client mc Ignorable d d DesignHeight 300 d DesignWidth 400 gt lt Grid x Name LayoutRoot Background White gt lt rss ReportViewer x Name ReportViewer1 ReportName CustomersReport ServiceUrl http localhost 5555 ReportService svc gt lt Grid gt lt UserControl gt Open MainPage source code and change add the lines for code to look like this public partial class MainPage UserControl public MainPage InitializeComponent Loaded new RoutedEventHandler MainPage_ Loaded void MainPage Loaded object sender RoutedEventArgs e
201. ghtToLeft StringT rimming StyleN ame Text Text Cutting False Character 7891011 True Character 7891011 One can set text cutting settings using the StringTrimming property in case output text does not fit the element area Property Text is cut after the last visible symbol RightToLeft String T rimming Style anne Text Text is cut after the last visible word RightToLeft StingT rimming Style ame Text RightToLeft StingT rimming Style ame Text RightToLeft StringT rimming Style ame Text RightToLeft StringT rimming Style ame Text False Character one two three False YW ord one two three False EllipsisCharacter one two three False Ellipsis ord one two three False Ellipsis ord one two three one pve t one two amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com ClipText property defines how to handle text lines that don t entirely fit into TextBox element area Border Border ClipT ext False Fill Morne Font Calibri 39 75pt Bold 0ff It Border Border ClipT ext True Fill None Font Calibri 39 75pt Bold 0ff It Managing Text Element Size Size property defines the size of an element There is a feature to change element size right during the generation process It is useful when element content is not available while the template is being created or the content can vary during report generation CanShrink and CanGrow properties allow the element to grow or
202. hartViewer See The Chart Viewer chapter herein The use of the designer is analogous to the use of the designer for creating charts or instruments See The Designer chapter in the Chart ModelKit section or Use and Capabilities of the Instrument Designer chapter in the Instrumentation ModelkKit section The technique of creation instruments is similar to the Instrumentation ModelkKit and the technique of creation charts is similar to the Chart ModelKit The joint use of instrument elements and chart elements doesn t impose any limitations you can use elements in any combinations The only condition is the Chart object that should be a root element of the composition this doesn t prevent the Chart element from its use as an instrument as it is a descendant of the Instrument PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Joint use of Chart ModelKit and OLAP ModelKit in version 3 6 This section contains information on joint use of OLAP ModelKit and Chart ModelKit We will create a simple application that will help you understand how to use this function First of all we need to define data that will be used A small database is created in Access named it work mdb Database schema is displayed in the image below _ustomer i re eC Ol id_customer z CustomerOrder cust_name country idorder count cost id_customer id_goods Goods id_goods name There are three tables goods Goods customers Custo
203. he collection storing these objects Let s consider this possibility by example Suppose that you develop application for the company selling parts all over the world So in different countries you will need to output price in different currencies calculating them from the base one This sample is located in the CustomTypeDescriptorExample folder Currency class is used to store information on all possible currencies Class contains two properties that set name and exchange rate Static array SystemCurrencies is declared in the class this array is used to store all currencies used in the system In the sample array has definite value but in real applications nothing prevents you from loading this array from the database To store a single record about the part Path class is used this class implements ICustomTypeDescriptor interface Below you can see code of the static methods forming collection of dynamic properties of this class public static PropertyDescriptorCollection GetPartProperties PropertyDescriptorCollection props new PropertyDescriptorCollection null foreach Currency c in Currency SystemCurrencies props Add new CurrencyPropertyDescriptor c props Add TypeDescriptor CreateProperty typeof Part Name typeof string return Props amp ed PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com This very method is called by the interface methods ICustomTypeDescriptor GetProperties Att
204. he e toolbar button means the repetition of the canceled actions when editing the instrument Edit Cut Ctrl X menu item the toolbar button means copying and deleting the selected elements Edit Copy Ctrl C menu item the ES toolbar button means the copying of the selected elements Edit Paste Ctrl V menu item the T toolbar button means the elements pasting from the buffer to the selected element or its parent if the selected element is not a container Edit Delete Ctri Del menu item the x toolbar button is intended for deleting of the selected elements Let s consider the functions available via View menu The commands for the designer appearance control are grouped here amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com rulers display in the Working area Work area View Show grid menu item the HH toolbar button is intended for switching on off the grid display in the Working area Work area cs View Snap to grid menu item the ah toolbar button is intended for switching on off the Snap of elements control points to the grid Let s consider the functions available via Tool menu The commands of different tools Switching on are grouped here fy The Tool Select F2 menu item the toolbar button is used to switch on the Select tool The Select tool allows selecting the elements of the Working area Work area and editing the elements via their designers Tool Test F3 menu item the k toolbar button allows sw
205. he instrument window or in the tree displaying the instrument structure Exit the designer pressing the OK button for confirming changes The final instrument will be used by the IndicatorWidget component Set indicatorWidget1 Dock property to Top and change Form size indicatorWidgetl PerpetuumSoftJnstrumentation Windows Background mageLayc Tile BorderStyle None CausesValidation True ContextMenuStrip none Cursor Default Dock o Enabled True 1i PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Double click to run designer Specify the slider that will be used to receive the Value property to the component To do it set the Slider1 value to the S iderName property in the property grid indicatorWidget1 PerpetuumSoft Instrumentation Windows Minimum bo Minimum Size Oo 0 Modifiers Private gt Padding 0 0 0 0 RightToLeft No gt Size 415 404 SliderName Slider1 TabIndex 0 Place the Label component onto the form for displaying the current IndicatorWidget value Write the Va ueChanded event handler for the indicatorWidget1 private void indicatorWidget1 ValueChanged object sender EventArgs e label1 Text indicatorWidget1 Value indicatorWidget1 Value ToString Run the application PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com al Formi boloj 50 60 indicatorWidget 1 Value 60 085083469791 Elements Description The General Instrument M
206. he name of the selected object 2 Binding This is a list of dynamic properties of the selected object It allows the selection of the property for a value setting Binding StyleName Bookmark Hyperlink Location Size StyleName Tag ToolTip 3 Script Editor This button opens the Script Editor for setting the expression of the selected object 4 F x This field sets the expression to set dynamic property for selected object Read more about Using Scripts PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Quick Access Toolbar The Quick Access Toolbar is used to provide access to frequently used commands AOCABAIER gt Home Insert Layout cut Objects Ea ma Customization allows adding necessary commands Customize Quick Access Toolbar Mew Save Open Unda Redo Preview Report Check Script Select Language Show Properties Show Above the Ribbon Minimize the Ribbon The next command can be added to Quick Access Toolbar Save Save changes in a template Open _ Load a template or document from file Select Language Open Select Language dialog Font Open Font dialog Text Fill Open Fill Editor to set TextFill property Border Open Border Editor Margins Open Margins Editor Text Format Open Format Editor Style Sheet Editor Open Style Sheet Editor Align Open Align dialog Actual Size Properties Open Properties window Document Tree Open
207. he picture of the working area Work area amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Tool Zoom in menu item the toolbar button is used for zooming an element in Tool Zoom out menu item the ia toolbar button is used to zoom an element out ry Tool Region zoom menu item the toolbar button is used to zoom a selected region in Tool Dynamic zoom menu item the toolbar button switches on the Dynamic zoom tool to change zoom of the selected region Let s consider functions available via the Insert menu The commands for adding different elements to the chart are grouped here They are broken to groups depending on the element destination Elements grouped in the Insert Structure menu item are intended for the chart structure assigning Insert Chart ChartArea menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds the ChartArea element Insert Chart Axis menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds the Axis element the Axis element Insert Chart Legend menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds legend the Legend element Insert Chart Series menu item the ll button on the Elements toolbox adds chart series the Series element Insert Chart ValueLabels menu item the ia on the Elements toolbox adds ValueLabels the ValueLabels element Insert Chart Title menu item the I button on the Elements toolbox adds chart Title the Title element Insert Chart GridLines menu it
208. hods of included elements Bands are often used as containers for other bands In this case output methods of a contained element depend on all the container bands of the element Band width is a permanent value and always equals page width The location of the elements on the page is defined during report generation and depends on band order in the report bands content and the properties of the Render group More information about band properties DataBand The band for a multiple output of embedded components Every line corresponds to one record in the data source Data source for DataBand is specified by the DataSource property If the data source is not specified a number of repetitions are set in InstanceCount property The following bands can be used as container for DataBand Page DataBand BandContainer GroupBand and SideBySide More information about using DataBand for building lists Detail The band provides access to the data from the data source of a container band and for output visual elements in various bands It specifies the height that should be left for the output of the elements embedded into this band The following bands can be used as container for Detail Page DataBand BandContainer GroupBand and SideBySide More information about Detail PageHeader and PageFooter The bands are used for creating top and bottom headlines of a page These elements are containers and the spaces before and after the em
209. ht Headefo Headaefo Headafo Styles Render Settings Styles E The Format tab for Content includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanGrow CanShrink NewColumnAfter NewColumnBefore NewPageAfter NewPageBefore and Visible 2 The Content Settings group contains control for setting Shift property 3 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property PivotTable Tab Set The PivotTable tab set includes Format tab WJ H A E 7 PERA document Report Sharp Shooter Designer Home Insert Layout View Format O CanGrow D NewCclumnfefore Visible Data Source a E Canshrink I NewPageAfter Customers gj Amna eee eee gece a Aa Bacaan M NewPageBefore 2 m o EANA Sees DEN eee ie Styles Render Data Settings Styles F The Format tab for PivotTable includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanGrow CanShrink NewColumnAfter NewColumnBefore NewPageAfter NewPageBefore and Visible 2 The Data Settings group contains controls for setting following properties DataSource FilterExpression and Layout 3 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com PageHeader Tab Set The PageHeader tab set includes Format tab CIJENE tu euizj Report Sharp Shooter Designer Home Insert Layout View Format O CanGro
210. ialogue window Field headers used in pivot table calculation allow specifying pivot table sorting When the field header of the dimension is clicked the sorting by this dimension is carried out taking into account the grouping When the field header that defines table fact is clicked the sorting by the fact values column is conducted taking into account its dimensions The sequence of displaying strings is changed This capability of sorting by total columns is intended to facilitate quantitative data analysis When the right mouse button is pressed the following contextual menu appears Ascent Descent Collapse all Expand all Align Field width Move to Facts Move Co rows Move to columns Move to ignore oh Cha Chartreu _Suaranb Ipoh __Lakkal _Laughine Outback Rhunbra C e nn Aly The contextual menu contains the following items Ascent is used to set ascending sorting Descent is used to set descending sorting Collapse all is used to roll all field groups in Expand all is used to roll all field groups out Align field width is used to align field width by maximal width of its value Move to facts is used to move a field into facts Move to rows is used to move a field into row dimensions Move to columns is used to move a field into column dimensions Move to ignore is used to ungroup a field from pivot table calculation Group settings is used to
211. ick on the ToolBox select the Add Tab item from the context menu enter the name of the tab for example Report Sharp Shooter and press Enter After that you should add components to the created tab Open it by clicking on it with the left mouse button use the right mouse button to open its contextual menu and select the Choose Items item After that you will see the dialog box shown below PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Com Toolbox Items Assembly Name Directory ReportViewer PerpetuumSoft Reporting View PerpetuumSoft Repor C Program RtfExportFilter PerpetuumSoft Reporting Ex PerpetuumSoft Repor C Program SharpShooterWebVie PerpetuumSoft Reporting Web PerpetuumSoft Repor C Program TiffExportFilter PerpetuumSoft Reporting Ex PerpetuumSoft Repor C Program WebChartViewer PerpetuumSoft Charts Web PerpetuurmSoft Chart Program WebDashboardViewer PerpetuurmSoft Charts Web PerpetuumSoft Chart CA Program Widget PerpetuumSoftJnstrumentati PerpetuumSoft Instru CA Program WidgetHolder PerpetuumSoftInstrumentati PerpetuumSoft Instru CA Program WidgetProducer PerpetuumSoftInstrumentati PerpetuumSoftInstru CA Program E XamlExportFilter PerpetuumSoft Reporting Sil PerpetuumSoft Repor C Program ApsExportFilter PerpetuumSott Reporting Ex PerpetuurnSoft Repor C Program Filter perpetu urm AccessDataSource Le Language Invariant Language Invariant C
212. icrollACodeS ettings Ferpetuums oft Framework Drawir El FPdit Settings 3 0 5 Testklode ColurineCount 4 Errorlevel T RowsCount A Type Texth ode QRCode QRCodeSettings property group CodeT ype QACode Fill Hone Font Arial 1p LabelPosition BottornLlenter Margins 0 0 0 0 cm MicrollA Code ettings Ferpetunms oft Framework Drawir Pdf 75 ettings 3 0 5 T esthdode El QACodeS ethngs PerpetuurnS oft Framework Draw ErrorCorectionLlevel L Mask Wask ii Mirolmaging False ReflactanceReversal False Version 4 MicroQRCode MicroQRCodeSettings property group PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com CodeT ype MicroQARCode Fill Hone Font Arial 12pt LabelPosition BottomCenter Margins 0 0 0 0 cm E MicrolACodeS ettings Ferpetuums oft Framework Draw ErrorlorectonLevel L Mask MaskOU Mirronlmaqing False ReflactanceReversal False Version 4 Japan_Postal barcode type should be mentioned separately Amount of points for the Japan_Postal barcode is set in the BarPoint property Size of the barcode is standard and it depends on the BarPoint property Property E arP aint Ayltedy peat dy apap taglagl I Po ghoglay li plng lagi TLU B arh atio Border CalcCheck Summ False Code 123456 CodeT ppe Japan_Postal Barcode Style To create background color of the barcode BackColor property is used It is possible to set color of the barcode itself in the BarColor property Property TEA m BackColor P DodgerBl
213. ide Fl Scale Slider2 we Needle The Instrument itself PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 2 The slider should move within a plane Let us create a slider common for OX and OY axes To do that we shall add the Rectangle element to Slider2 having set the Stroke property of the Rectangle element to SimpleStroke At the same time we shall place the Guide2 element into Slider1 After we do that the element structure will be changed as follows El Instrument Guidel H Scale l Slider os Needle Guide Scales ow Needle Rectangle Ticks ScaleLabels Ticksl ScaleLabels1 Now let us write the Slider1 GetPosition 0 X Slider2 GetPosition 0 Y expression for the Rectangle element Center property The Slider GetPosition function returns the point which corresponds to the value assigned by the argument Now the values of Slider1 and Slider2 will vary when the Rectangle1 element is moved by the mouse PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 3 Ae fA OF 0G 3 It is necessary to display the slider center projection on each of the datum lines Let us add the Linel element d into Slider1 We shall define the Line1 Stroke element as SimpleStroke and choose red line color in the Stroke properties For the Linel element we Shall use the following expressions r 0 42cm for StartPoint and r 5 93cm for EndPoint We
214. ied it is impossible to define what method should be invoked In the expressions you can apply to the functions available in the instrument by their names The search is executed similarly to the objects search by the names amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The following functions are available for any elements The functions of conditional choice if condition valuel value2 the ic parameter should be of logical type the ore and the ae parameters should be of object type If the i parameter is true the function returns the oe parameter value otherwise it returns the are parameter value switch condition 0 value O value by default if the condition i is set to true the function returns the valuef i if the condition i in any i is false the value returns by default Formatting Functions format object mask the object is of object type the mask is of string type It returns the object s string presentation according to the mask Mathematical Functions sin argument calculates the argument sine The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type cos argument calculates the argument cosine The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type tan argument calculates the argument tangent The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type atan argument calculates the argument arctangent The
215. ify OK oO Cancel 1 Horizontal The settings of horizontal alignment allow the changing of location and size of the selected objects None Without alignment Left Alignment by the left border of the most left object sets the Location property Center Alignment by center between the most right and the most left objects sets the Location property Right Alignment by the right border of the most right object sets the Location property Justify Alignment by width on the gap between the right and left objects sets the Size and Location properties 2 Vertical The settings of vertical alignment allows the changing of location and size of the selected elements None Without alignment Top Alignment by the top border of the most top object sets the Location property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Center Alignment by center between the most top and the most bottom object sets the Location property Bottom Alignment by the bottom border of the most bottom object sets the Location property Justify Alignment by height on the gap between the top and bottom objects sets the Size and Location properties 3 Within The setting of center alignment allow the changing of location of the selected elements Page Alignment by center of the page on which the selected objects are located sets the Location property Selection Alignment by center of the area occupied by the sele
216. ight click on the form and select View code item of a context menu in order to switch to the code Lock Controls 7 Paste Ctrl V E Properties Add report displaying code to the class constructor Create RenderComplited event handler of the InlineReportSlot object public partial class Form1 Form public Form1 InitializeComponent inlineReportSlot RenderCompleted new EventHandler reportSlot_RenderCompleted inlineReportSlot Prepare private void reportSlot_RenderCompleted object sender EventArgs e using PerpetuumSoft Reporting View PreviewForm previewForm new PerpetuumSoft Reporting View PreviewForm inlineReportSlot previewForm WindowState FormWindowState Maximized previewForm ShowDialog this PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 12 Switch back to the application form click Form1 cs Design tab Add two buttons onto the form drag and drop Button element from the Toolbox to the form Toolbox Sas gt Olap ModelKit t Chart Modelkit t Instrumentation ModelKit gt Report Sharp Shooter t All Windows Forms CheckedListBox ComboBox Select Button element on the form change Text property Set Text Template for the first button and Text Report for the second one Properties IX button System Windows Forms Button bi 7 E Imagelndex none ImageKey none ImageList n
217. in form lists tables set data sources set grouping and sorting conditions Some bands can be containers for other bands More information about bands Visual elements of the report are used to display data of various types text pictures zip and bar codes shapes image of the Windows Forms controls Properties of the visual elements set format and style of data More information about visual elements Using Data Sources ADO NET objects custom classes implementing System ComponentModel IListSource of System Collection IEnumerable interface and other data sources In the last case properties of the passed object will be used report data It is possible to set data sources using ReportManager such data sources will be available for all report templates stored in this ReportManager Besides data sources can be built in the certain template Built in data sources can be of three types SqiDataSource Xm lDataSource and OdbcDataSource More information about data sources amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Using Scripts Scripts are used to set expressions that are calculated during report generation Result of expressions calculation can be used as property values Scripts can be used to generate element in the final report and manual layout of report elements Scripts are expressions on some programming language It is possible to use any Net programming language It is possible to create and use instances of
218. in Web forms applications This component is similar to the DashboardViewer but it is intended for displaying dashboards on Web forms The WebDashboardViewer component is a WebChartViewer descendant that is why its use is similar The WebDashboardViewer component allows the simultaneous display of chart and instruments PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Untitled Page Windows Internet Explorer es i e http localhost 49210 W v X Mouck Live Search w Untitled Page oy dm v The WebDashboardViewer designer functionality is extended it is capable of creating both charts and instruments simultaneously PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com W Chart cmk Chart ModelKit designer 100 We lt a E e O GIAJN PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Appendix 1 Working with the Expression Editor Expression editor appearance is displayed in the image below j Accessible fields H Instrument elements Tangent tan 6c 7 Arctangent atan e i Absolute value abs c 2 Round round 6c Date functions E String functions E Control functions format object mask Value amp T amp Custom function 4 i 4 OK Cancel Linel Column 33 Custom function Classic operators and expression language functions are located by categories in the TrewView elements on the Operators and Functions tabs The TreeView located on the right of the window contains avai
219. in the current 9 OQ container Of Align Top O 3 4 Send to Back This menu item sends the i selected objects behind all other objects in the H Align Middle current container all Align Bottom 10 The following items are available only if multiple objects are selected Distribute Horizontally 3 5 Align Left This menu item aligns lefts of the Distribute Vertically 12 selected objects by the left border of the most left object Same Height as textBox2 Same Width as textBox2 Same Size as textBox2 15 3 6 Align Center This menu item aligns centers of the selected objects by the center between the most left and the most right objects JS k y ao 3 7 Align Right This menu item aligns rights of the selected objects by the right border of the most right object 3 8 Align Top This menu item aligns tops of the selected objects by the top border of the most top object 3 9 Align Middle This menu item aligns middles of the selected objects by the middle between the most top and the most bottom objects 3 10 Align Bottom This menu item aligns bottoms of the selected objects by the bottom border of the most bottom object 3 11 Distribute Horizontally This menu item distributes selected objects horizontally making horizontal spaces between them equal to each other 3 12 Distribute Vertically This menu item distributes selected objects vertically making vertical spaces between them equ
220. in the designer In order to do that right click ReportService svc cs and choose View Designer in the popup menu nL i nlleescar lea Solution Sample4Application 2 projects cl cH SampleApplication A g SampleApplication Wweb E a Properties E a References ClientBin E ReportService swe ee ere errr errr rere rrr rrr rrr rrr f ko i i a We Reco a es mm AT Fz Sampler Open a L Samples Open With 5S Silverlig a ES Web ca Le view Code View Designer Eal view Class Diagram Add Dataset from the Toolbox double click on the Dataset in Toolbox PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Corman Controls Containers Menus amp Toolbars Pointer Chart Bindinghayvigatar BindingSource Datagridview DataSet omponents ee E ri And select the Untyped dataset Add Dataset Choose a typed or untyped dataset to add to the designer Typed dataset Name Creates an instance of a typed dataset class already in your project Choose this option to work with a dataset that has a built in schema See Help For details on generating typed datasets Untyped dataset Creates an instance of an untyped dataset class of type System Data DataSet Choose this option when you want a dataset with no schema a After that the dataset node dataSet1 will appear in the designer Web CO nfig Open Tables Collection Editor click button la in
221. in the report sets the Document ScriptLanguage property 12 Standard A list of page formats which allows the selection of the page format for the report sets the Page PaperKind property 13 Custom This field sets the page size for the report sets the Page CustomSize property 14 Orientation Radio buttons set the page orientation for the report sets the Page Orientation property 15 Position A list of values of headlines positions which allows the selection of the position in the template for headlines display with page numbers top bottom headlines 16 Align A list of alignment values allows the selection of number text alignment for display in headlines amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 17 Columns Count The counter which sets the columns number in the list in the report sets the DataBand ColumnsCount property 18 Columns Gap The counter which sets the gap between columns in the list in the report sets the DataBand ColumnsCount property 22 OK This button shut downs Wizard work creates a template with selected parameters and opens it with Report Designer 23 Cancel This buttons completes Wizard work 24 Data Source This button opens the data sources tree for selection of a data source The field displays the name of the selected data source 25 Field Layout This list allows the selection of data display method 26 All Fields Data sources fields
222. incorporate real time data channels with the OPC industry standard The binding can be implemented both in read only and write modes A created instrument can be saved to a file for reuse Instrumentation ModelKit Concepts The main concept of Instrumentation ModelKit is the ability for quick and convenient creation of original control objects according to specified requirements without challenging a developer to have some special knowledge or high qualifications The Instrumentation ModelKit contains components allowing to display the instrument and to manage it The Instrument is a compound object with hierarchical structure In the instrument structure there are primitives intended for assigning the instrument appearance and behavior The instrument allows designing some control object To create an instrument the designer that is also included in the Instrumentation ModelkKit delivery package is used The designer allows creating an instrument with the help of more simple elements included in it in different combinations and also to set the separate properties of the primitives using convenient graphic means To bind the primitives together and to assign the complex functionality the expressions can be used Different combinations of primitives included in the instrument the flexibility in settings properties of different elements the use of expressions allow creating the control element according to the developer s requiremen
223. ing the Format property of the Source Field editor Property Report es El Appearance 452 625 452 625 E Aa rs E E Format ShowPercent False SrtUrder Ascending 872 625 1781 625 890 625 e 890 625 890 625 ss 890 625 1763 25 909 2672 25 E Appearance 5263 45263 Laption Price GC 909 00 909 00 act JELL 420 00 420 00 ShowFercent False ngi CartOrder Aeda 872 63 909 00 1781 63 890 63 i 890 63 890 63 as 890 63 1763 25 909 00 9672 25 E Appearance 16 94 16 94 Caption Price ee 34 02 34 02 Format 0 00 15 72 a 15 72 ShowPercent True 15 72 C otOrder Ascending 37 66 34 02 66 67 65 98 34 02 100 00 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The ShowZeroValues property is responsible for display of NULL values in a report Show Sigler act 457 63 45263 52 63 452 63 Show ablelaption ee 909 00 909 00 Shower ales 420 00 Bo 420 00 TEET 420 00 420 00 Show Sigler act 452 63 Oooo 452 63 Show ablelaptior O bD O 909 00 909 00 Show ery alues 420 00 ooo 420 00 Style ame 4200 42000 Ability to Hide Show Total It is possible to hide the Total columns or rows of a pivot table using the ShowTotal property of the fields The Source Field editor allows the setting of this property Report O O Category Alfreds Futterkiste Format poh cofee Beverages showPercent False Steeleye Stout 525 00 ShowTotal iW Total 1030 58 SortOrder Ascending a 130 00 Confections ShowPer
224. ings Processing Functions concat string1 string2 returns concatenation of two strings assigned by parameters amp Ca PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com indexOf string1 string2 start returns index of occurrence of the substring string2 to the string1 string from the Start position insert string position subString pastes subString into the String from the Position length string1 returns stringi length padLeft string length char returns string complemented by the char character on the left up to the specified length padRight string length char returns string complemented by the char character on the right up to the specified length remove string1 start length removes the length substring from stringi beginning from the Start position replace string subString newSubString replaces substring with newSubString in the string subString subString string start length returns the string substring with the specified length beginning from the Start position toLower string casts string to the lower registry toUpper string casts string to the upper registry trim string removes white space characters from the string trimEnd string removes white space characters from the end of the string trimStart string removes white space characters from the beginning of the string regIsMatch string expressionString returns match char of the string to the expressi
225. initialize the property OwnerForm of the ReportManager component by selecting the form it is located on Properties IX reportManager1 PerpetuumSoft Reporting reportManager1 GenerateMember True Modifiers Private d Mis a About e 2002 2010 Perpetul gt Ree Formi Reports Collection PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 4 Double click ReportManager component to open ReportManager editor Press Add button on the Reports tab and select InlineReportSlot PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 5 Set report name in a ReportName property Simple Report Press Run Designer button to open Report Designer template editor P inlineReportot Report name 6 Create a new empty template select New item in the Application menu mom M Ctri 0 Ctrl 5 Select Language settings X Exit Designer Select Blank Report item in the Wizards gallery and press OK PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 7 Select document in the Document Tree a document T page You will see properties of the edited template on the Properties window Y ON omel Report ep Shooter Cergne oa os ER Home bhen iyon View Firo a Di TARE ee AY w F E TF ATA ooc l te Seve z PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Set ScriptLanguage property to CSharp Compiler Version Generate Script
226. inside DataBand RepeatEveryColumn and RepeatEveryPage properties serve for the heading repetition mode Example of the list heading usage dataBand3 DataSource Employees textBox1 Text Name textBox2 Value dataBand3 EmployeeName Report Template qataband Databand DataSource Emp eaders Header Mame detail Detail dataBand E NewFPagesfter NewPageBefore RepeatE verColumn RepeatE wernPFage Visible NewColumnBefore NenPagesfter NewPageb efore RepeatE venColunrn Repeat venPage Visible NewPagectter NewPageb efore RepeatE vernColumn RepeatE wernPage Visible HewPaqe4fter NewPagebetore RepeatE yeryColumn RepeatE yervPage Visible Buchana Hancy Davalic Laura Callahan Andrew Fuller Anne Yorke Anne Dod yorth Hancy Davolic Steven Andrew Fuller Buchana Anne Laura Callahan Dodsworth Anne Yorke Mancy Davolio Andrey Fuller Anne Dodaw orth Steven Buchana Laura Callahan Anne Yorke Mancy Davolio Andrew Fuller Anne Dodaw orth Steven Buchana Laura Callahan Anne Yorke PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com List Sorting DataBand outputs entries in the same order they are saved in the data source Sort property of DataBand sets the special output order Collection Editor is used for the property definition Expression property is used for setting the expression of the sorting the script must be used as an expression Order property defines the order of the sorting ascending
227. inted and or exported into Excel table PDF or HTML document The table printing occurs subject to current print settings Let s change these settings by calling the Print settings dialogue amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com amp Print settings Ignore colors Dimensions on every page Field captions on every page Title on every page We shall change the settings in the following way We shall set the IgnoreColor the printing occurs ignoring the preset pivot table presentation style and Field captions on every page the pivot table fields captions will appear on every page of a document Also we shall cancel Dimensions on every page the dimension groups will be printed only once and Title on every page the pivot table header will be printed only once After we do that the print preview and the printing itself will be performed subject to these settings This example can be found in the DataCubeGridUseExample catalog Working with Groups The capability of data grouping in pivot table dimensions allows getting more detailed reporting The OLAP ModelKit enables to group data in dimensions by default taking into consideration sequence of assigning the fields representing these data In order to provide extra flexibility the OLAP ModelKit grants the capability to set customs rules for groupings Let s consider the example demonstrating this functionality Let us assume that we need to get the detai
228. ion Objects location in the template is set with the Size property The higher object is displayed when two overlay each other Use Align Editor to align several objects relatively to each other One can change the location of several chosen objects included into the same container simultaneously with the mouse pointer It is possible to change object position with the navigation buttons on the keyboard Pressed Ctrl key prevents objects from sticking to the grid PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Objects Properties Object properties define object appearance and behavior when generating reports Object properties can be set by Property Grid To display object properties in the Property Grid one needs to select an element in a template with left mouse button click or select it in the Object List Properties default values have regular font edited properties values are displayed in bold One may select several objects by pressing the Shift button This way there are general properties of the selected objects on Property Grid All object properties may be divided into several groups Groups Descriptions ss properties defining objects display and appearance properties defining data processing properties defining objects display when editing a template in Report Designer Layout Layout properties defining objects location and size properties for objects which are built in the report properties which allow reports
229. ip Point Pixel Centimeter Inch Units Centimeter 5 The button opens Zoom dialog to manually input Zoom value oom oom 200 100 15 50 25 page width whole page B custom ae C The Zoom slider sets zoom values BAR Aa ald www perpetuumsoft com Hotkeys Hotkey Designer Description Switch the Select Mode on off Switch the Pan Mode on off Switch the Zoom In Mode on off Switch the Zoom Out Mode on off Switch the Zoom in Rectangle Mode on off D Tinin TnT T Switch the Dynamic Zoom Mode on off Switch the Menu Mode on off 7 O 1 Space Drag Mouse Ctrl Mouse Wheel Clipboard Ctrl Insert Ctrl C Shift Insert Ctrl V Shift Delete Ctrl X Ctrl Drag Mouse Ctrl Alt V Template Ctrl N Ctrl O Ctrl S Pages Ctrl Page Up Switch the Pan Mode on off Zoom Copy the selection and put it on the clipboard Paste the contents of the clipboard Cut the selection and put it on the clipboard Copy the selection Paste the contents of the clipboard to the new page Create a new template Load a template or document from file Save changes in a template Show next page Ctri Page Down Ctrl A Select all Select all elements in the current container and child elements press A add parent container press A add all brothers of the parent and their child elements Show previous page Ct
230. is button adds a new member to the collection 6 This button deletes the selected member from the collection 7 This button moves the member upwards through the list 8 This button moves the member downwards through the list 9 OK This button applies changes closes the editor 10 Cancel This button cancels the changes closes the editor SQL Text Editor This editor is for SQL commands input The editor is opened with the button from the Document Data Sources editor for data source setting This button is located near the SelectQuery property on Property Grid PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Select value from myTable here id 001 1 The area for the text output The SQL scripts commands editor provides the highlighting of syntax and changes selection 2 OK This button applies changes closes the editor 3 Cancel This button cancels the changes closes the editor Source Fields The Pivot Table data editor allows the setting of the format and layout of data The editor is opened with the button which is located near the Layout property of the PivotTable or by the Configure Layout button on the Pivot Table Wizard form Displey Expression 1 Open This button opens the Open window for selection of the Data cube layout file dcl for loading the data settings 2 Save This button opens the Save As window for saving the data settings 3 Source fields Th
231. is buttons completes Wizard work 20 Pivot Table Settings Pivot table settings tab 21 Data source This button opens the tree for data source selection for pivot table the field displays the selected data source 23 Add This button adds a new field to the Nested fields list 24 Remove This button removes the selected field from the Nested fields list 25 Configure layout This button opens Source Fields editor for editing of pivot table data 26 Table Caption This field sets the table title sets PivotTable TableCaption property 28 Show Single Fact A flag which sets the display of fact column title sets the PivotTable ShowSingleFact property 29 Show Repeat Text A flag which sets the repetition of the text on a new page sets the PivotTable ShowRepeatText property 30 Dimension Every Page A flag which sets the headline output on each page sets the PivotTable DimensionOnEveryPage property 31 Auto Column Width A flag which sets the default column width sets the PivotTable AutoColumnWidth property 32 Row Height A counter which sets the row height sets the PivotTable RowHeight property 33 Auto Row Height Mode A list which sets the auto height mode of the row sets the PivotTable AutoRowHeight property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Status Bar 1 The Name of object which is currently located under cursor 2 The control for setting Metric Unit Tw
232. ist dataBandi DataBand DataSource E zubReporti Subkeport end of dataBandi Property subReport1 TemplateName Reporti Two parameters are added to the subReport1 Parameters collection First parameter Expression dataBand1 LineNumber Name Number Second parameter Expression dataBandi EmployeeName Name Name PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com AM Collection editor Members Properties Expression dataB and LineNumber Name Humber a LE Cancel Subreport Template z lt GetParametert Ih textBox1 Value GetParameter Number textBox2 Value GetParameter Name Report Employees list Nancy Davolio Andrew Fuller Anne Dodsworth Steven Buchana Laura Callahan Anne Yorke PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Zip code To display zip code ZipCode element is used Code is set in the Code property El Appearance Angle Border Code Color Code color is set in the Color property E Appearance Angle 0 Border Code 22550 Color I DodgerBlue ww Fill Hone Element in the template Size of the element is set in the Size property It is necessary to consider that proportion of Zip code is constant Height of the code label depends on the element height if label doesn t fit element width code is cut PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Master Report There is an ability to use master report When the document using master template is
233. itching on the Test tool intended for edited instrument testing E Tool Pan F4 menu item the working area Work area toolbar button is used to panning the picture of the Tool Zoom in menu item the toolbar button is used to zoom an element in Tool Zoom out menu item the A toolbar button is used to zoom an element out Tool Region zoom menu item the toolbar button switches on the Region zoom tool to zoom a selected section region in Tool Dynamic zoom menu item the toolbar button switches on the Dynamic zoom tool to change zoom of a selected section region Let s consider the functions available via Insert menu The commands for adding different elements in the instrument are grouped here Adding commands are broken to groups depending on the element destination Elements grouped in the Insert Structure menu item are intended for the instrument structure assigning Insert Structure Joint menu item the t button on the Elements toolbox adds the circular trajectory Joint element o Insert Structure Guide menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds the linear trajectory Guide element HIH Insert Structure Scale menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds a scale Scale element Insert Structure Slider menu item the I button on the Elements toolbox adds a slider Slider element Insert Structure Group menu item the button on the Elements t
234. ius distance r value radius returns the point corresponding to the value and distant from the trajectory center in which the slider is included at a radius distance a returns the slider s rotation angle The realization of custom functions and variables available in the expressions In order to make custom functions and variables available in the element expressions it is necessary to realize a custom element which will correspondingly realize the PerpetuumSoft Framework Expressions IExpressionSite interface After that you need to register your function It can be done in the following way PerpetuumSoft Framework Expressions BuiltInFunctions RegisterFunction lt Functi on name gt lt inplemented IFunction object gt PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Use and Capabilities of the Instrument Designer The Instrumentation Mode Kit Designer is used for instruments creation Its appearance is shown on the picture below An instrument represents an object on which different elements are placed Each element has a set of properties displayed in the Properties Window You can edit properties values in this window Most of properties can be bound to the expressions assigned in the special expression language The expressions are displayed in the Expressions Window You can edit expressions in this window ee SS 5 Instrument designer 50 pi k o O jambs File Edit View Tool inset Help Le axiee CRA AAA EA
235. ject as a DataSource property The JointFields property string array is filled in such a way that the property contains a list of data source fields through which a connection with the data source child elements is executed For example in case one uses data schemas displayed in the screenshot below the Customers table should be specified to the DataCube object s DataSource property and the JiontFields set should be filled in the following way CustomersTable CustomersOrders EaI ders Vorder CST able Table FE OrderID int GE tableld int E CustomerID string E tableRow value int AA L ASET ce E OrderDate dateTime E Requir dDate dateTime E ShippedDate dateTime PaF tomers Customers E Ship ia int TE CustomerID string E Freight decimal E CompanyMam string E ShipMame string E ContactName string E Ship ddress string E ContactTitle string E Shipcity string E Address string E ShipRegion string E City string E ShipPostalCod string E Region string E ShipCountry string E PostalCode string E Country string E Phone string CustomersTable E Fax string Customers orders In dimension and fact elements expressions it is possible to refer to nested data source fields specifying a path to the source E g CustomersTable tableRowValue or CustomersOrders Orderld PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Working with the DataCubeGrid Component Pivot Table Presentation Manipulation The DataCubeGrid obje
236. k Report Standard Report Pivot table Report Load fromfile OK Cance The Standard Wizard window will appear on the screen Set document parameters as shown in the following figure PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Standard Wizard Pages Common _ Pi al Lo Report template properties Common Show title Customers Measure unit Centimeter Stile sheet None Script language CSharp Page properties Size Orientation Fage numbers Faper kind Portrait Position Header Columns layout Columns count 1 Columns gap 0 000 Preview template Preview document Cancel Add data source using the Add button Ar Standard Wizard DataS ection Data sowee O p i bist _ DataSection Field layout List all All fields Visible fields Field name Caption Width Aggregate Caption width Aggregate Click button in appeared tree view select Customers by double click PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com DataS ection Data sou o O Field layout All fields ital m gt width Aggregate Select fields you want to output in the report you should move both fields Name and Phone Standard Wizard Customers Data source Customers Common Field layout List w Customers All fields Visible fields E Customers Field name Caption Width Aggregate Hame Hame 100 Hone Phone Phone 100 None Caption Phone Width Aggregate None Pr
237. l Origin Auto Recalculatell False Smooth True v Inin R N EmptyStroke ABC Style i SubLinesCount 5 SubS trake Hone UseDescreteal False UseAoundyalue False Visible True Tt Step Determines an interval between adjacent lines Place the ValueLabels element to the series It will display every value in the chart by default PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Chart ModelKit designer 100 File Edit view Tool Insert Help PETTEN gt lt I Font Microsoft Sans Serif L 1 ro et pj a2 24 Chart real El Series Active True ValueLabels Angle oO B Anish BreakE ventsBue False ScaleLabels1 Distance 3 2 px oe S olid Fill E Axis OD A o We GridLines1 Title cala cb 5 Opacity J I 2 C ee It is possible to specify formula in the ValueLabels Formula object field With the help of this formula the output value will be assigned Set this property in the following way UserData amp amp Value Chart ModelKit designer 100 File Edit view Tool Insert Help BA Ce Ga KO OS Chart Charb4real Bi Galea Active True ValueLabels Angle 0 D Aris BreakE ventsBut False ScaleLabels1 Distance 3 2 pr Ticks Fill solidF ill D Axis Font Microsoft Sans Serl GridLines1 UserData amp C Title LineStiate None Margins 0 0 0 0 ps Mame ValueLabels1 Position Top Recalculate ll False Shift 0 0 ps Smooth
238. l Principles of Expression USE cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 317 Description of the Expression Language SYNtAX ssssssssssssrssrssrrnrrsnrrnrsnrenrrnrrna 317 Work in Windows Forms Applications cc ccccccccccceee cesses ee eee eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeennegs 323 Components Used in Windows Forms ApplicCations ccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaes 323 The Use and Capabilities of the DataCube cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeennegs 323 The Use and Capabilities of the DataCUbDeGTid ccc eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 325 WOKING WI TOUD iea e a a a a A 331 The Work with Large Body of Data sssssssssssrssrsnrsrrrnrrenrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnnrnrrrernnne 339 custom Cen SEV ICS inaa a a a 340 CUSTOM Dra eeraa ee EE EEE EA O EERE 341 The Use and Capabilities of DataCubePrintDOocUuMent sesssserssrsrrnnrrrnrrnrnrrnrerenrenns 342 The Interaction of the OLAP ModelkKit with Third Party Components ssssssssssssssss 343 The Interaction with OLAP ModelKit by Means of the DataCubeView Component 345 Sar go siS E E E E A E E E E E aie umm ae vvatine ale Wanfiv 347 Destination and Basic FeatUreS cece cb r cn swim shansnsnseourwsti vk envactenmeiectsbeksncksnmi ieee aa Ea 347 General Principles of the Chart MOCEeIKit ccccccceeeeee cece essen eee seen eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennnnngs 347 Creation of a Simple Chart with the Use of WiZard cccccceceeeeeeeeeee
239. l the groups dataBand1 DataSource Numbers Aggregate function AggregateFunction Sum Expression dataBand1 Value Name SUM groupBand4 GroupExpression dataBand1 Type textBoxDetail Value dataBand1 Value textBoxFooter Value GetTotal SUM Report Template __ ataBand1 DataBband DataSou roupBand4 GroupBand Grou etail3 Detail lt data opter Footer Group sum Get group sum 34 5 108 group sum total sum end of graupBand4 ooters Footer total sum 3et end of dataBandi PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Horizontal List and Table Horizontal List CrossBand is used for horizontal lists building Band repeatedly outputs included elements LTR CrossBand must be located in Detail Header or Footers that define CrossBand location in a report Repetition amount is defined by the InstanceCount property El Data DataSource lnstanceLount 5 Tag lt CrossBand name gt LineNumber statement is used in order to get entry number If all the entries output by CrossBand don t fit into one line the list continues from a new page Example of a horizontal list that outputs an entry number crossBand1 InstanceCount 4 textBox Value crossBand1 LineNumber ToString of crossBand1 InstanceCount ToString eport Template PUEQS sou Se Horizontal List from the Data Source CrossBand allows building a horizontal list based on the data from the data source Data sou
240. lable data source fields subject to their nesting Any construction described in either Tree can be moved to the text entry field by drag and drop Double click on the tree element will lead to pasting the construction into the current position of the entry field After the entry is complete it is required to click the OK button to confirm modifications or the Cancel button to cancel modifications If the OK button is pressed syntax checking is executed before the window is closed Also you can create your own functions which will be displayed and dragged as the rest ones You can calculate values that you need by specified parameters It is necessary to crete class that realizes PerpetuumSoft Framework Expressions CustomFunction interface After that you should register PerpetuumSoft Framework Expressions BuiltInFunctions in the static class in the following Way PerpetuumSoft Framework Expressions BuiltInFunctions RegisterFunction Custom function new CustomFunction The expression editor has a button panel The Save button k allows saving expression text to a file The Open button ce allows reading expression text from a file PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The Check expression button allows executing syntax checking In case a syntax error is found a corresponding warning specifying the initial position of the erroneous construction is displayed
241. lasses represent trajectories Guide is the trajectory having the form of the line Joint is the trajectory having the form of the arc The abstract DockableTrajectory class realizes the ITrajectory interface indicating that the class represents Trjectories Cuide is a linear trajectory Joint is a circular trajectory Let s consider the ScaleElement class in details ScaleMarksBase ScaleLabelsBase Ticks ScaleMarks ScaleLabels CiustomLabels Scale Title ValuePresenterScaleEFlement LinearLevel RangedLevel amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The descendants of the ScaleElement class are classes intended for scale visualization The ScaleMarksBase class represents marks on the scale It is a base class for the Ticks and ScaleMarks classes Objects of the Ticks class are the ticks on the scale Objects of the ScaleMarks class are the marks on the scale The abstract ScaleLabelsBase class represents text labels on the scale It is a base class for the ScaleLabels CustomLabels and ScaleTitleclasses The ScaleLabels class represents numeric labels within the scale range The CustomLabels class represents a collection of scale text labels The ScaleTitle represents a scale title Descendants of the abstract ValuePresenterScaleElement are intended for displaying sacale values The Tank class represents linear scale value as tank level The abstract LevelBase class is a base class for the LinearLevel and RangedLevel classes
242. layed in the list Let s consider the IndicatorWidget use by the example Create WindowsForms application with one form Put the IndicatorWidget component on the form PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 4 Instrumentation ModelkKit hm Pointer aPC onnection oe IndicatorWidg Version 5 0 6 3 NET Component gt Stim may 1 TCS OLN T et lee The instrument designer is invoked by the mouse double click on the component In the invoked designer let s open the existing instrument with the help of the Instrumentation ModelKit Wizard For example open SparkleBlueCircle Instrumentation ModeGt Wizard bone INSTRUMENTATION 50 2 Orpoppepa Confirm the changes by clicking the OK button The selected instrument will be displayed in the IndicatorWidget component Run the application to check the instrument availability PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com n N 50 Put the Label component on the form for displaying the current control elements value as text In order to have access to the slider value let s assign the SliderName property in Slider1 Invalidatelnterval 0 Maximum 100 Minimum 0 Slder Mame TabIndex 0 Let s realize the ValueChanged event handler in the following way private void indicatorWidget1 ValueChanged object sender EventArgs e Program work result
243. le Home Insert Layout View Format C GrowToBettom Be a 4Arm QA Ti l F Visible S he AasBbCcD AabbCcD GELIES AaBbbCel AaBbCEL SS race Pome E Margins homal Highlight Headerfo HeaderFo Headerro Edi J fal 7 Styles O Render 2 gnirberit 6 Appearance O Speles The Format tab for Picture includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties GrowToBottom and Visible 2 The Alignment group sets ImageAlign property 3 The Settings group contains the Size Mode button which sets SizeMode property opens the list of allowed property values Normal Stretch AutoSize Uniform 4 The Appearance group contains buttons for setting Appearance properties Angle Border Fill and Margins 5 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Shape Tab Set The Shape tab set includes Format tab Jiane documenti Report Sharp Shooter Designer Home Insert Layout View Format I GrowToBettom i A Q E AaBbbCcD AaBbbCcD filed AaBbCcE Aashtcl E Visible i a Ma T T A it Normal Hightight HeaderFo HeaderFo HeaderFo cece Render O Appearance Styles a The Format tab for Shape includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties GrowToBottom and Visible 2
244. le element is designed for assigning axis title Label set by the Text property is located at the end of the axis The ScaleLabels CustomLabels and ScaleTitle elements feature several properties assigning appearance and location of the labels The OddLabelsDistance sets indent of odd labels relatively to even ones The TextAlingment property assigns labels position in relation to the axis point corresponding to the label value The Position property sets labels position in relation to the highest label The Formula property sets an expression for calculating label value and the TextFormal property assigns string for label text formatting The Ticks ScaleMarks ScaleLabels CustomLabels and ScaleTitle elements feature a set of Similar properties PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com If there is the need to display axis elements only within the specified range you can use the MaxLimit and MinLimit properties assigning range bounds The UseLimits property specifies that limitation on elements display will be used Elements shift from the scale is set by the Distance property Often axis contains multiple scale elements for example Ticks and ScaleLabels The Dock property assigns relative position of such elements If the element s Dock property is set to None element s position on the axis doesn t depend on any other axis elements In this case element s position is defined by the Distance property value Distance OO
245. le gt lt author gt lt first name gt Margaret lt first name gt lt ast name gt Atwood lt last name gt lt author gt lt price gt 29 95 lt price gt lt book gt lt book genres novel publicabondate 1991 bk ISBN 1 861001 57 6 gt title gt Emma lt title gt lt author gt lt first name gt Jane lt first name gt lt last name gt Austen lt last name gt lt fauthor gt lt pric gt 19 99 lt pnce gt lt book gt lt bookstore gt It is necessary to create report displaying data on all books Here are the required steps 1 Create XmIDataSource data source set this XML file in the DataFile property and book XPath bookstore book path in the XPath property 2 Add created data source to the data source collection under XmlSource name by using the ReportManager DataSources Add method 3 Create report template containing DataBand set data source name for it DataBand DataSource XmlISource 4 To display data on every book book add Detail inside DataBand 5 Add TextBox elements inside Detail to view various data on book For example to view book title title element set TextBox Value property binding GetData XmlSource title GetText To view data on author name set GetData XmSource author first name GetText To view data from XML attribute for example from publicationdate set GetData XmSource publicationdate
246. led information on purchases by supplying countries and part of the world these countries belong to Let s create a WindowsForms application and add the DataCube component s object onto the form Let us name a newly created object salesDataCube Let s adjust the salesDataCube object so that a pivot table layout looks like it is shown below Sales CategoryName ProductName O Z S CateqoryNamel ProductNamel ProductNare ProductNames Total a ee Country S Cote fT Tha PT As a result we should get the following pivot table PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 5902 40 1205 20 651 60 rob 60 651 60 fob 60 S00 40 5902 40 216 00 eee v E gt To specify the required grouping let s create one more field for a pivot table with the help of DataCube wizard Let us assign the following properties for a newly created field Caption Part of world Expression Country El Appearance Caption Part of world Format ShowPercent False SHowProgress False Totall abel Width 120 AH Data Aggregate Sum DisplayE spression Expression Country Field ype Both Sort rder Ascending We get the following pivot table PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 129 20 129 20 300 OU 300 00 1 612 50 1612 50 429 20 425 20 22 0 22 GU Fre 56 fb 7 S94 00 7 So4 00 429 20 199 SU 1 199 SU 11 O30 50 11 030 50 9 135 11 9 7135 11 4 461 30 v i Now let
247. lements intended for displaying ticks labels and other information on the scale The Ticks element ui is designed for displaying ticks on the scale Ticks width is set by the Stroke property Divisions step is assigned by the Step property If Step is Auto number of divisions is assigned in the Divisions property The Origin property sets a bench mark for divisions If the USeRoundValues property is set to true scale ticks will be distributed in the way that the corresponding values contain minimal amount of the fractional numbers the number of divisions will be less or equal to the Divisions property value Ticks length is set in the Length property In the range between ticks sub ticks are displayed They divide this range in accordance with the SubDivisions property Sub ticks length is set in the SubLength property amp Ca PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Ticks SubTicks 20 40 60 80 i oe Length gt SubLength Ticks and sub ticks relative position can be assigned by the SubTicksPosition property When the element is drawn ticks will be evenly allocated along the scale The UseDicreteValue property is used for displaying ticks on the discrete scale If this property is set to true ticks will be displayed only for discrete scale values The ScaleMarks element is intended for displaying scale marks Mark type is set by the Shape property mark size is defined by the MarkSize property Sub marks size is defined
248. les The Format tab for PageOverlay includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanGrow CanShrink Visible and list Mode which contains Mode property value 2 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Application Menu ie aout Da The New menu item opens Wizards Gallery dialog for the creation of a new template The Open menu item opens Open Template window for Ctri M opening template or document Ctrl 0 The Save menu item saves changes in the edited template or document If the template or document is not saved opens the Save Template window for selection of Ctri 5 folder for saving and file name The Save As menu item opens the Save Template window for selection of folder and file name to save a report or document Select Language The Select Language menu item opens the Select Language window for the selection of localization language Settings X Exit Designer The Settings button opens Palette Settings window for selection of Theme and Color scheme of the Designer The Exit Designer button closes Report Designer PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Binding Bar Binding Bar allows to set binding objects properties quickly Name pagel O Binding StjeName O 6 1 Name This field sets t
249. lied to all the page elements if their own style is not changed separately More information about styles PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Multipage Report You can add as many pages to your report as it is required e g in the report with a cover page The ready report is a combination of the reports formed according to the page templates Parts of the report will be displayed in the same order as the pages order in the template Click the New Page button on the Insert tab to add a page to the report When the page is removed all the objects contained on this page are removed too One can switch between pages using the tabs in the bottom left corner of the Report Designer aA pagel pages pages Page loF Zoom 114 pagel Page Headlines PageHeader and PageFooter are used to set upper and the bottom headlines respectively Band contents will be displayed in the upper and the bottom part of the page respectively regardless of the band location on the page Mode property sets the headliner generation mode for every page even odd pages Sample demonstrating use of Page headlines Report Template pageheader PageHheader lt Page Pa textBoxPageHeader Value Page PageNumber El Render CanGrow False CanShrink False Mode AllPages Visible True Render CanGrow Falze Cans hrink False Mode OddPages Visible True PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com E Render CanGrow
250. lkKit In order to do it create a new C Window application in Microsoft Visual Studio and place the ChartViewer component onto the form PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com HE Form1 The task is to design a chart which uses the DataSet table as a data source Place DataSet onto the form and create a table with a single column of double type in it Add the following code filling the table with data when the form is loaded Private void Gettingstartedrorm load cb ect Sender GySLEmM EventArgs dataTablel Rows Add new object 7 dataTablel Rows Add new object 4 dataTablel Rows Add new object 9 Add a new data source in the ChartViewer Assign its name and data source the DataSource property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com WindowsApplication1 Microsoft Visual C NET design Form1 cs Design File Edit View Project Build Debug Data Tools OpenAccess Window Help ScH Se o 5 Debug Gt amp oS ap op T th Sl A oe ee e E teret Bl Me Default Collection None chartDataSourcel Properties True Microsoft Sans Serif amp 25pt MM controiText False NoContral g 16 8 False Frivate No Trug El Configurations DynamicPropert El Data DataMember DataSource dataTablel El Design Name chartDataSourcel Modifiers Private El Misc DataSourceName dataSourcel True True True Double click on the ChartViewer component to run the Designer When you op
251. ll AsynchronousSubscription 500 The next step is to create an event handler for the DataTransmission event which occurs when the OPCChannel receives data from the OPC server To do that you should double click the Events tab in the PropertyGrid and add a new method the DataTransmission event handler PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com private void opcChannell DataTransmission object sender PerpetuumSoft Framework Connectivity DataSlicesEventArgs e Dataclice slice eU double d System Convert ToDouble slice GetDataPoint opcChannell Items 0 Item ItemID Value this indicatorWidget Value Math Abs d i In this case the first position value of the first data slice will be accepted at each event The multiple data slices handling is intended for work with the extended version of the AsynchronousSubscription method that takes the data update frequency as well as data transmission frequencies When you launch your application you ll see the OPC server data displayed by an instrument in the real time mode Advanced DataChannel Design Capabilities The DataChannel concept underlying the DataChannel component allows a developer to create real time data transmission channels using virtually any data provider including the analytically specified functionals Design To create a custom DataChannel implementation a developer should only create a component class inherited from an abstract DataChannel and a component
252. ll string resources used by the products are taken from the ad hoc localization XML file There are several ways to set localization language 1 One can set language by means of the Se ectLanguage application included in the delivery package This application changes the register record responsible for the language of Perpetuum Software s products English Select language Default Select from list C Program Files Pemetuum Software Net ModelKit Suite Localizati Here you can select one of the preinstalled languages Select from list set custom language using a custom localization file Load from file set default language Default or change the folder from which the list of languages is selected 2 Another way is to set language from your application To do it use the types from the PerpetuumSoft Framework Localization namespace PerpetuumSoft Framework Localization Language CurrentLanguage is the current language You can change it by means of 1 Loading a localization string from a special format file PerpetuumSoft Framework Localization LocalizationFile localizationFile new PerpetuumSoft Framework Localization LocalizationFile localizationFile Read lt filePath gt Day PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com PerpetuumSoft Framework Localization Language language PerpetuumSoft Framework Localization Language language AddLocalizationFile localizationFile Perpe
253. llows the creation of report template in which the data from the data source is output as a list or cards It is possible to open Standard Wizard in the Wizards Gallery dialog Wizards gallery Blank Report Standard Report Fivot table Report Load from fle a Standard Wizard Pages Common SP a ie Report template properties Common Show title Report title Employees Measure unit Centimeter Style sheet None Script language YisualbasicNET Page properties Size Orientation Fage numbers Page size Landscape Align Columns layout Columns count 1 Columns gap 4 000 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Report Properties in Standard Wizard It is possible to set template common properties which define the report appearance in the Common section The report name set in the Title field using the Document Title property will be displayed in the report header BGA Report template properties Sa v Show title Employees Employees Name Prone Nancy 206509 The report measure units are set with Measure unit field the Document MetricUnit property o Document Title Mescire imit Centimeter dataBband CataBand ESSE dataBand1 CetaBand DataSource Employees Report style can be set in the Style sheet the Document StyleSheet property SVE Seet _ F roperty REpore e i A Render Stule sheet Modern stylesheet Moderni m p oyees Grunt lannnane Wis
254. lter the sorting and conduct a filtering by random data combination display data as percentage and perform various useful conversions of a pivot table Data Sources The following classes can be used as data sources for OLAP Modelkit ADO NET objects System Data DataSet System Data DataView System Data DataTable amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com user defined classes Business Objects that implement System ComponentModel IListSource or System Collections Ilist interface Data sources for pivot tables are specified through the DataSources property of the DataCube class This property is of System Object type In order to specify a data source for a pivot table via the property editor select the DataCube object and activate the DataSource property editor in the Properties window There will appear a list containing the names of objects that are present on the form and fit to be used as data sources It is necessary to select the name of an object intended to be used as a data source After that the properties of an object selected as a data source will be available in the DataCube object for pivot table adjustment Nested data sources OLAP ModelKit supports nested data sources Now there is no need to prepare a special data access meeting the required calculations It is enough to simply upload data form several connected tables into a single DataSet Then it is necessary to specify a parent table to the DataCube ob
255. lude other chart elements Simple elements cannot include other chart elements Description of Common Properties Let s consider the Element class properties peculiar to all descendant elements The Name property assigns unique name of the element in the whole instrument The Fill property assigns element s fill which will be used when drawing this element The Smooth property sets quality of the displayed graphics The Visible property assigns elements visibility The Active property specifies if mouse events will be passed to the element The BreakEventBubbling property specifies if mouse events will be passed to the parent element for further processing The RecalculateAll property specifies if elements expression will be recalculated when element s state is changed If the RecalculateAll property is set to False expressions will be recalculated only for the specified element and all elements included in it otherwise expressions will be recalculated for all instrument elements The process of receiving mouse events and their processing is conducted in the following way The element receives events from the mouse when it is located over this element The 367 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com element can process these events and if the BreakEventBubbling property is set to False it passes events to the parent Thus mouse events are passed from visual elements up the instrument tree ChartArea The ChartArea eleme
256. lue of the Date object getSecond date returns the seconds of the specified date value of the Date object getTime date returns the time of the specified date value of the Date object getYear date returns the year of the specified date value of the Date object toShortDateString date returns string representation of the date toShortTimeString date returns string representation of the time The ranking function Range currentValue range zeroPoint extracts data intervals All arguments should be of numeral type currentValue the current value range the range zeroPoint the zero point Example Let us create a new field and specify Range OrderDate Year 4 0 as the Expression property value Here the OrderDate is a System DateTime type data source field The result is presented in the image below 1992 1996 fe l 4587 00 5531 25 5531 25 11811 65 BOB sm 207720 20350 190160 190160 o A0530 1047 90 3388 50 443640 311290 311290 754930 4435 80 5006 20 644200 343380 343380 387580 42240 219215 261455 154975 154975 M6430 97340 345042 449382 299951 299351 741733 526 20 2216 10 274230 2044 15 204415 4786 45 33498 51 23002 40 23002 40 56500 91 Realization of custom functions and variables is available in the expressions To make custom functions and variables available in the elements expressions it is necessary to implemen
257. lurindtter Hew Column efore NewPagedtter NewPageb efore Visible Nancy Davoli Andrew Fuller Anne Dodsworth steven Buchana Nancy Davolio Andrew Fuller PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com NewPageBefore Render Property sets if a new page is inserted before the section contents Example of adding a new page before the Detail contents detail3 Report Template databands Databand DataSource E detail4 Detail zdataBandat EmployeeMame details Detail sdataBanda HomeFhone Pi arty Mins pace4fter NewLolurindtter 206 555 9857 Newlolumnb efore NewPageAfter Andrew Fuller NewPageb efore 206 555 9452 Visible Anne Dodsworth Mancy Davolio 71 555 4444 Mind pacedtter NewColumn fter Newlolumnb efore NewPagedtter NewPageb efore Visible Nancy Davolia 206 555 995 7 Andrey Fuller 406 555 9452 Anne Dodsyorth PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Visible Render Property sets visibility of the object in the report Example of visibility property of Textbox element with 2 digit Report Template CanGrow CanShrink Grow oBothom Visible Render CanGrow CanShrink Grow T oB attom Wisible Note if a container section is invisible all the containing objects are not displayed also PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Text Output The following elements are used in Report Sharp Shooter for text input Elements De
258. mark Hyperlink C Program Files4 Perpetuu Report ReportSharp ShooterSamples Center Now when you click TextBox area Report Sharp Shooter Samples Center will run Opening Files Files to which links are set in the Hyperlink property are opened with the help of programs associated with the file type Sample of setting links to files Hyperlink property is set by the script that forms file address in the process of report generation Report Template dataBand Databand DataSource Employees etail Detail lt dataBand EmployeeName gt end of databand dataBand DataSource Employees textBox Value dataBand EmployeeName textBox Hyperlink C Data Pictures dataBand EmployeeName ToString png Report Nancy Davolio Andrew Fuller Steven Buchana When you click on the TextBox element area the corresponding picture is opened with the help of picture viewer PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com P document Preview report File View Navigate Document Help m Ag la ig La laga x y QG Nancy Davolio Andrew Fuller Steven Buchana Hyperlinks to Internet Resources and Emails To get hyperlinks to Internet resources in the Hyperlink property it is necessary to set URL For example textBox Hyperlink http www perpetuumsoft com O Navigation Bookmark Hyperlink http www perpetuumsoft com When you click on the TextBox element area in the final documen
259. mberci gt PageNumber lt iz a Data Sources El Special Fields Paragraph Formatting The couple of tags lt P gt and lt P gt forms selected text as a separate paragraph Align attribute specifies horizontal alignment of the text in a paragraph Available values align left alignment to the left margin of the paragraph align right alignment to the right margin of the paragraph align center center text align justify align text to both left and right margins Default value of alignment is left Select edited text and use Left Align Center Align Right Align and Justify buttons on the toolbox to set the alignment Text Formatting lt Font gt tag sets the output style of the following text and the closing tag lt font gt cancels previous settings lt font gt tags enclosure is available Text style is specified through the following attributes amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com face sets font name size sets font size Press Font button to open style editor for quick style definition color sets font color Available values color name e g color red hexadecimal format of separate color components in RGB e g color FFO000 Press Color button to open ColorPicker for quick color choice Tag lt B gt the following text will be of a bold type Closing tag lt B gt cancels this setting Bold
260. ment is intended for the picture output The picture is assigned in the Image property Picture position and size are assigned by the Center and Size properties The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The PictureSet element is intended for the output of one picture from the assigned pictures set Picture collection is assigned in the image property The number of output picture is assigned by the ImageIndex property Picture position and size are assigned by the Center and Size properties The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The CircularNotches element creates the radial notches effect It is used for control elements design The notches are inside the circle assigned by the center the Center property and the radius the Radius property The number of the notches is assigned by the Count property their length is assigned by the Length property Colors assigned by DarkColor and LightColor properties are used for drawing the notches The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The LinearNotches element creates the linear notches effect It is used for control elements design The notches are placed parallel to the line assigned by the start and end points the StartPoint and EndPoint properties The distance between the extreme notches is assigned by the Width p
261. menu under it contains the list of data sources of the template Employees Customers GroupExpression This menu item opens Script Editor for setting GroupBand GroupExpression property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com E SubReport This menu item is for setting SubReport TemplateName property the submenu under it contains the list of Report Names contained in the current ReportManager CustomersSubreport EmployeesSubreport Editing Elements Styles Ay StyleName O Style 1 StyleName This submenu is for setting StyleName property of the objects contains the list of styles defined in the template 2 Style This submenu contains the following items 2 1 Use Style Only This menu item clears all formatting E Use style only settings e g font border etc of the element appearance of the element is defined by style currently applied to F Font 2 2 Font This menu item opens Font dialog for setting Font J TextFormat said i 2 3 TextFormat This menu item opens Format dialog for LJ Border setting TextFormat property JA Fil 2 4 Border This menu item opens Border Editor for setting A Textfill Border property Align 2 5 Fill This menu item opens Fill Editor for setting Fill _ property ITI Margins eet o 2 6 TextFill This menu item opens Fill Editor for setting Angle TextFill property 2 7 Align This menu item is for setting TextAlign or
262. mer and orders CustomerOrder All keys are of int32 type the rest of fields except of Count and Cost are strings We will create a pivot table that will display sum spent for every type of goods by each order Then we will create a chart based on this pivot table a OrderID Y Goods Y 1704 221 Let s create application First of all we need to think about structures that will be used as data sources DataSet will be used for this purpose Create a table CustomerOrder in the DataSet A list of its fields is displayed in the picture below PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Columns Collection Editor id_order Properties E Data ApplicationSettings AllowDBNull True AutolIncrement False AutoIncrementSeed 0 AutolIncrementStep 1 Caption id_order ColumnName id_order DataType System Int32 DateTimeMode UnspecifiedLocal DefaultValue lt DBNull gt Expression MaxLength Namespace Prefix Cust_name country and name fields are strings count and cost are of Double type and id_order is of int32 type It is necessary to fill the DataSet in the OnLoad event using our database Let s write the following code private yoid Form load ob ject sender EventArgs OleDbConnection Connection new OleDbConnection Provider Microsoft Jet OLEDB 4 0 Data Source 12 lt lt Work mdb OleDbDateAdapter adapter new OleDbDatca dapter SELECT 10 order count cost cu
263. n A user is the one who determines the assigning of field resultant values for both dimensions and facts It can be implemented by means of assigning an expression to a field An aggregation function is assigned for facts Thus the resultant value for facts is the aggregation of their expressions results So the process of pivot table formation is being conducted as follows At the data grouping stage the tree structure of table dimensions is being formed For each tree node dimension element value the calculation of a corresponding field expression in respect to the data source information takes place Here the grouping is being taken into account group tree node a corresponding field from the dimension element list is being inserted sub group the leaves of this tree node the following field in the dimension elements list The calculation of sub group subtotals stage is the stage at which the direct filling of a resultant pivot table is being conducted Fact values for dimension intersections are being calculated through corresponding fields expressions The calculation of expressions is performed subject to the values of all dimension groups formed at the data grouping stage The calculation of totals occurs concurrently with filling a table for sub groups in general It is being held taking into account the aggregate functions specified in fields on the basis of fact values already calculated In addition a user can a
264. n web applications Using SharpShooterWebViewer Report Sharp Shooter has a special web control called PerpetuumSoft Reporting Web SharpShooterWebViewer for viewing reports from ASP NET applications This component has the property for customizing the ViewMode mode of viewing reports that can process the following values from the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Web ViewMode enumeration e HtmlSinglePage view a single page e HtmlWholeReport view the entire report e WindowsForms view the report in PerpetuumSoft Reporting View ReportViewer the component for viewing reports in Windows Forms applications The source of the SharpShooterWebViewer document is specified in the Source property of the ReportBase type from which the ReportSlot component is inherited SharpShooretWebViewer also allows you to view the entire report in the pdf format SharpShooretWebViewer caches all viewed documents the time for reports to be stored in the cache is specified in the CacheTimeOut property Using properties from the Page category you can customize the way the line allowing navigating through pages in the PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com report will look like NextText defines text for the link to the next page PagePosition defines the position of the navigation line etc The ImageFormat property defines the format in which pictures from the report are sent The WebDemo example demonstrates the use of SharpShooterWebViewer Use of the Prod
265. nalRaszithF T Nancy Oavolio 061555 4057 an HRB 9407 Andrew Fuller Anne Dodsworth 71 555 4444 steven Buchana 71 555 4444 Laura Callahan 71 555 4444 Anne Yorke r1 555 4444 Style sheet Modem _ SwleShest Modem L Employees El Script Name Phone Socom lanni ane eaP aac NET Nancy Davolic 206 555 9957 Andrew Fuller 206 555 9402 Anne Dodsworth 71 555 4444 steven Buchana 71 555 4444 Laura Callahan 71 555 4444 Anne orke r1 565 4444 The Script Language field allows the selection of script language Script language is set using the Document ScriptLanguage property Page Properties in Standard Wizard The Page Properties section allows the setting of page properties Paper format is selected from Paper kind list and is set by the Page PaperKind property In order to set arbitrary page size you should select Custom in Paper kind combo box and set the value to the Page size field Size Paper kind Page size It is possible to set landscape or portrait page orientation in the Orientation section PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Orentation Portrait Landscape Headlines are used to output page numbers It is possible to set display mode and text alignment of headliners in the Page Number section Page numbers Report T Employees Name Phone Nancy Davolia 20bj555 9o5 Andrew Fuller Ub 555 4462 Anne Dodsworth 565 4444 l rl steven Buchana 71 555 4444 Laura Callahan 71
266. name used to refer to data source from a template 2 DataFile property sets path to XML document 3 XPathproperty sets initial path expression on XPath language applied to XML data More information about use of XmIlDataSource see in the section Using XML file as data source Report without Data Reports can be created without setting data source DataBand object contains InstanceCount property that sets count of times the object will output its content in the report Sample of the report without data is located in the WithoutDataExample folder This Sample outputs multiplication table Report template contains two DataBands DataBand2 is located inside dataBand1 InstanceCount property of both elements is set to 10 Value property of the textBox1 objects has the following value dataBand1 LineNumber ToString dataBand2 LineNumber ToString dataBand1 LineNumber dataBand2 LineNumber ToString LineNumber property of the DataBand shows the number of the current line So we display multiplication table for 1 then for 2 and so on up to 10 Non Standard Data Sources TBD PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Export Report Sharp Shooter allows saving final documents to popular formats Export filters are used for this purpose They have overloaded Export function public void Export Document document string fileName public virtual void Export Document document string fileName bool showDialog
267. navigation creation page properties Render properties defining rules of objects behavior during reports generation scripts objects processing Angle Appearance The property is used to set a rotate angle of the contained element relative to its area Acceptable values 0 90 180 and 270 Examples of using the rotate angle for the Pictures and TextBox elements Property Appearance Angle Border Fill Margins Style ame ToolTip Appearance Angle g0 Border Border Fill None Margins 0 0 0 0 cm StyleN ame ToolTip Appearance Angle Border Fill Margins Style ame ToolTip PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Border Appearance The property allows setting the display of element borders and lines draw style type thickness and color Border Editor Border examples for the TextBox element ted text text eee i Ses oe rt ri text text text L l Fill Appearance The property allows setting color and style of object area fill In order to edit the property one may use the fill editor where one may set fill type color transparence and additional parameters El Appearance Angle 0 Border Border Fill Mone BEEZ Back Color Color Transparency J Fore Color Color Yelow Traneparency J Style eeaeee ennenen nerens as nenennes asser R Examples of using fill for the TextBox element PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Font Appea
268. nd the properties cannot be edited El Page Settings Customs ize U 0 cm Margins 1 1 2 1 5 1 cm Orientation Portrait Paperkind B4 TemplateSize 257 35 3 cm Select Custom value of the PaperKind property and set page size parameters of the Custom Size property if you want to create a non standard paper size El Page Settings El Custom ize 5 5 cm k 5 cem ve 5 cm Margins 1 1 2 1 5 1 cm Orientation Portrait Faperkind Custom TemplateSize A 5cm Page Margins Page Margins set the indent between page limits and the elements placed in the bands containers Margins property sets page margins Margins are marked with the red line in the template Sample demonstrating use of Page Margins Report template detaititrassBand og crossBand1 InstanceCount 2 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com O Page Settings Customize 0 0 cm El Margins 0 5 0 5 1 1 cm Bottom 0 5 cm Lett 1 cm Right 1 cm Top 0 5 cm Orientation Fortrait El Page Settings Custom5ize El Margins Bottom Lett Right Top Orientation E Page Settings CustomSize El Margins Bottom Lett Right Top Orientation Page Style StyleName property allows setting a united style for all of the elements on the page Create a style in the Style Sheet Editor and choose your style as a StyleName property parameter The chosen style will be set as default for all the elements and bands added to the page Being edited the style will be app
269. ndingly The Padding property assigns shift from the legend boundaries The LegendExpression property sets expression which result will be displayed in the Legend Expression can be set for displaying information on series as well as for displaying information on every series value For example if you set the following expression Argument amp amp Value you will get the Legend as represented in the image below PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com January February March April The Title element T is designed for creating chart title and various labels not bound to data Label text is set in the Text property text font is set in the Font property The TextFill and Fill properties assign fill of Title text and background correspondingly The stroke property defines Title boundaries The Angle property assigns text rotation angle in degrees The Margins property sets indents between Title text and Title boundaries The Padding property sets shift of the Title bounds from the area filled with color January February March April The Title and Legend elements can be automatically positioned by binding these elements to the ChartArea boundaries The DockingType property defines side element will be docked to It can process the following values None Left Right Top and Bottom If the property value is set to None binding to ChartArea sides is not performed and element can be located in the arbitrary position
270. ne connecting mark and a corresponding point The Position property defines mark position in the chart and it can process the following values Top Center and Bottom PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Goton Additional Features Palettes The Chart ModelKit provides the ability to set color to series and separate values by using pre defined sets of colors line types and figures Palettes assign color and fill to series or separate series elements They also assign color and type of line for linear charts marks type for the ValueMarkers element The ChartArea Palette property sets series palettes and Series Palette property sets palette for series elements The image below demonstrates the use of palette in the ChartArea The ChartArea contains three series and series Fill property is not set In this case series use palette colors B eries1 E erics2 B eries3 The series Palette property defines color for every series element B series PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Palette property of the linear charts sets not only line color but also line type h SEES I Sres Series3 Senesd The CustomPalette class provides the ability to set custom palettes It consists of the set of objects each of them contains fill color shape type for displaying ValueMarkers and line type in the element Collection editor Members emetuumSott Charts CustomPalet Pemetuum
271. nent is intended for organizing the data from an outer data source as a pivot table To specify a table fields for each dimension by rows and columns should be specified One should also specify the fields facts from which the data are taken to calculate values on intersections of rows and columns A regulation of data access is assigned in a field with the help of an expression Simple arithmetical and logical operations are available in expressions Source fields can also be used as variables in expressions For the fact fields there can also be assigned an aggregation function used to aggregate data on rows and columns crossovers The DataCubeGrid component is intended for displaying the data presented in the DataCube To do this it is necessary to specify the Source property for the DataCubeGrid amp ed PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The current section contains a simple step by step example of OLAP ModelKit utilization Let us create a pivot table representing the data related to sales total of a certain product for each of several companies The initial data table structure is shown below Field name Type Description CategoryMame string Name of food category ProductName string Name of product CompanyName string Name of company UnitPrice Currency Unit price CLluantity Number CLluantity Discount Number Discount The grouping of data in the resulting table is presented in the image below CompanyName C
272. nge bounds The UseLimit property indicates that limitation of the element output will be performed The ScaleMarks element should be included in the scale PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Active True EreakEventsB False CE Label i Colorizer ie Joint F Distance 160 px JMM Scale3 Ay 3 Divisions 12 123 ScaleLabels1 i Dock None aS ren we E Fill Solid Fill Tha arc or Marks Angl 0 MarksSize 9 9 pox MaxLimut Auto Scale MinLimit Auto Fi I The Value property assigns value the element will be displayed up to The StartWidth and EndWidth property set width of the element at the beginning and at the end of the scale If the Fill property is not set the RangedLevel element will be painted with colors assigned in the Colors property If the Colors property is not set the element will be painted with colors set by StartColor and EndColor The Divisions property determines devisions amount The DivisionsStroke property assigns type of lines used to divide divisions The AlignmentMode property assigns the way element will bound to the scale If you need to display markers only within the specified range use the MaxLimit and MinLimit properties that set range bounds The LinearLevel element is intended for displaying intervals on the linear scale The Value property sets value the element will be displayed up to The Divisions property determines division s amount The Divi
273. nguageProvider Generate Script HostingApplicationExample ScriptLanguage CSharp GetString function is called in the Value property of the textBox1 object Form1 Getstring gt L m PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Data Sources Data Source Classes The following classes can be used as data sources for Report Sharp Shooter ADO NET objects System Data DataSet System Data DataView System Data DataTable Custom classes Business Objects implementing System ComponentModel IListSource or System Collections interface IEnumerable IEnumerable interface is implemented by many standard classes for example System Array System Collections ArrayList System Collections CollectionBase and many others Any other custom classes Business Objects that are not included in the list above and all properties of this object will be available as data Setting Data Source Report data sources are set in the DataSources properties of the ReportManager class This property has a PerpetuumSoft Reporting Components ObjectPointerCollection type This class is a collection of objects bound to string keys To set report data sources via the property editor select ReportGenerator object and in the Property grid click the button of the DataSource property There will appear a Data Binding form shown in the picture below Data binding editor Data bindings list Edit button runs editor for the selected data source in the Dat
274. nit Test Application Visual T SharePoint Silverlight Test WF workflow Visual C Visual F Other Project Types Database Test Projects Online Templates Mame Sample4Application Location c Getting Started k Browse Solution name SampleApplication i Create directory For solution Add to source control While creation of the project check option Host the Silverlight application in a new Web site and set name of the web project to SampleApplication Web Hew Silverlight Application Click the checkbox below to host this Silverlight application in a Web site Otherwise a test page will be generated during build Host the Silverlight application in a new Web site New Web project name SampleApplication Web New Web project type ASP NET Web Application Project Options Silverlight Version Silverlight 4 Enable WCF RIA Services After that VS will create a new solution containing two projects Step2 Set the web application to use static port 5555 Open SampleApplication Web properties PERPETUUM xO or E aj Refere xk Lol Check option Specific port and set it to 5555 in the Web tab of the SampleApplication Web properties ala ella loa Solution SampleApplication z projects H cH SampleApplication A A ae ae mim a a aaao eia aiaia oa iaiaaeaia a aaiae aia Pye N Pa B HA San eA z mia a E www perpetu
275. nlnvees HoamePh Employee steven Buchana Phone 71 555 4444 Employee Laura Callahan Phone 71 555 4444 Field layout Grouping data For creation of reports with grouping it is needed to transfer the grouping field to the table on the Groups tab from All fields tree s PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com All fields E Sales 2 Category ame z Company ame E Discount a Product ame T s Quantity L UnitPrice Beverages Chai Ia Stout 105 Chai 35 5 Ipoh Coffee AO 2265 Contechons Maxilaku 25 2 6 Dairy Products Geitost 15 0 Flotemysost 240 Courdayautk 625 3183 Grains Cereals Filo Mis 14 Filo Mis 14 end of databland1 at haeti otal li St Several Data Sources Data from several data sources can be output in the report sequentially To do this you Should add data source to the template structure tree and transfer the needed fields to Visible fields Pages oH wa headerd Header mi Employee header Header Bi Compary detail2 Detail i ial ECL ala Le Sloe Commas Sales Product ame end of databand Employee Nancy Davolia Andrew Fuller Anne Dodsworth Steven Buchana Laura Callahan Anne Yorke Company Futterkiste Futterkiste Futterkiste Futterkiste Phone 206 555 985 206 555 9482 71 555 4444 71 555 4444 71 555 4444 71 555 4444 Product Chai Stout Masilaku Geitost PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Master Detail Report
276. nment relative to each other is set in the Position property The TextAlignment property sets marks alignment relative to the corresponding scale value Label angle is set in the Angle property and label orientation is set in the TextRotationMode property The ShowSuperposableLabels defines if the superposable labels will be displayed The ItemsMargins property defines text shift from the Label area bounds If you need to display Labels only within the assigned range use the MaxLimit and MinLimit properties that set range bounds The UseLimit property indicates that limitation of the element output will be executed This element should be included in the scale Instrument of Ses call Gircle6 Circle3 Active True pr mm O Cirde5 BreakEvents B False E O Carded Colonzer l m QC Cade Distance 145 px E O Orde Divisions 10 e AY Joint3 Dock None in Scale Fill None 123 penea Ll Microsoft Sans e Slider Format General Formula ScaleTitle Title text is defined in the Text property Element position is assigned is set in the Origin property The Dock property assigns relative position of the Scaletitle subject to shifts set in the Padding property The TextAlignment defines title alignment Text angle is set in the Angle property and text orientation is assigned in the TextRotationMode property The Ticks element is the ticks on the scale ww ul I i i Pa s NA j m h T F mF w ai j Z am Eiee
277. nsere we ence E E E E ecares 87 PAO aaa a a E r A E E AEE 90 ODJECE LONO rara EE E E A A E AT E EEE EE A EA 95 JDJ Propa S rnrn A r a E E E A A ATi 96 KOC OUUTE E A E 117 VISE E EE EE A E E E E E E E E 123 OUDIO eor E so yoeem oes osemesuevece eesencnseseeneunceease nesses 132 OMZON tal LISl GG Wale ineuccccvsneveturdessasisaniwe sutures E 136 SIGG BY SIGS BANUS aurs A A E E A E N 138 PIVOG TADI a S E 139 linai a E E E E A E EE E E E E A E A E E T 146 USNO SHADES seurina E E E E E E EN ET 150 Ba COG SS PIETTE E E E as E E E E A E E E E E 152 Pa E E EE E E E T a 154 Hyperlinks and Report Navigation s sessssssssrsssnrsrrnrsrrnnenrnrenrenenrerennerennerennenennr 155 UST SUDE DOT oE A T err errr 159 ZID COE ea T A E E ET E 165 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Master REDOR errimari ENE A E EEEa NE RANEE E 166 Creation of Reports Using Wizard ssssssssssssrsrrsrrsnrrnrrenrrnrrnrrnrrnrrnnrnrrnrrnrrnrrnnne 167 Using Product Features sssssssssssnsnesnsnronsnsonensnnsunnnsunsnsnnsnronenrnnsunnnesnsnrnnsnennenenne 178 SLE p S EEE E EE E PE E E EE TE EEE E EE 178 Data SOUC O arrr E nr EEEREN A E AEEA EEN A ENE EEE 188 E DOME soneran E T EEA E E EE E E EE EAE EAEE 199 PIOUCC S erinra EE R E A E E AE E EEEE E 205 Using Advanced Product FeatureS ssssssssssrsnrsrrnrrrrnrrrrnnrrrnnenrnrrnrrrenrrrrnnrrrnnrnrnn 209 CUS OM Report Designe serssioeie naoa E 209 C m REPON VICWCR arrenak p n a EREA EAA EEA 210 CU
278. nt is a rectangular area for drawing the chart It is a container for all chart elements Position is defined by the Size and Center properties The Dock property assigns type of ChartArea docking to the parent Chart object If the Dock property value is set to ChartAreaDockStyle None ChartArea position doesn t depend on the position of the parent Chart and is assigned by the Size and Center properties If the Dock property value is set to ChartAreaDockStyle Client position and size of the ChartArea will fit position and size of the parent Chart The Margins property defines indents from the ChartArea boundaries The PrimaryArgumentAxis and PrimaryValueAxis properties define argument axis and value axis that are used in series by default Chart Series The Chart ModelKit supports the most popular Series types Bar Line Pie Stock and many others Chart ModelKit concept provides separation of data storing and displaying i e provides the ability to change series type without changing series data Series type is assigned by the View property Below you can find description of series types provided in the Chart ModelkKit Bar Chart Bar chart is represented by the following classes BarSeriesView StackedBarSeriesView and Stacked100BarSeriesView The SeriesValue class is used as data type BarSeriesView is a bar chart where bars corresponding to different series values are located side by side Wseriest g Series W eries3
279. nt is included in the scale A a et A oS 2 j Active True a BreakEventsB False Colorizer PerpetuumSoft Distance 140 px F Divisions 12 None e Length 20 px MaxLimut Auto hh RT E MinLimit Ato ABC CustomLabe nn xen m Origin Auto 4 T o 3 X The ScaleMarks element represents graphic markers on the scale a 8 e Pod D E in f a i I 1 i gt L Iw i i t i 1 F ka a w F F E E Shape type is assigned in the Shape property Values are displayed within the range set in the scale and step assigned in the Step property If the Step property value is set to Auto division amount is set in the Divisions property The Origin property sets the benchmark Marks size is assigned in the MarkSize property Submarks are displayed in the within the range between marks and they divide this range according to the SubDivisions property Submarks size is assigned in the SubMarkSize property Marks and submarks relative position is set in the SubTicksPosition property When the element is drawn marks will be evenly distributed along the scale Shift from the scale is set in the Distance property The Dock property determines relative position of the marks subject to shifts set in the Padding property Marks angle is assigned in the MarksAngle property If you need to display marks only in the specified range use the MaxLimit and MinLimit properties which assign ra
280. nto strings 16 OK This button applies changes closes the editor 17 Cancel This button cancels changes closes the editor RichText Editor The editor for loading and editing RTF text The editor is opened by double click on the RichText element area by hotkeys Enter or Ctrl Enter when RichText element is selected or by the button which is located near the RTFText property on Property Grid for RichText element a RichText editor tg E RichText Editor 1 The area for the text input 2 Open File This button opens the Open dialog for selecting the RTF file 3 Save to File This button opens the Save As dialog for text saving into the RTF file 4 OK This button applies changes closes the editor 5 Cancel This button cancels the changes closes the editor PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Collection Editor The collection editor is intended for input of members into collection and setting their properties The editor is opened with the button which is located near the property on the Property Grid Collection Editor 5 ARE E Misc dataBand 1 Price Ei sum 1 A list of collection members The Name property is displaying in the list 2 Property Grid The table of collection members properties It allows the properties editing 3 Switching the properties display mode in Property Grid 4 This area displays the description of the selected text 5 Th
281. o Minin Auto Name ScaleLabels1 OddLabelsDistance 0 px Origin 0 Padding ps Position Center Recalculatecll False ShowSuperposable True Smooth True 0 5 Stroke None Style Legend Step Determines interval between labels Change the Step property of the Ticks element on the X axis Add the GridLines object to the X axis and assign its Stroke Step and Origin properties PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Chart ModelKit designer 100 AHA File Edit o view Tool Insert Help 7 METET E24 ChartArea gee eae es z G Aier i Active True l AlteratieFill More El Angs j Ticks 1a i OE BreakEventsBubbl False ScaleLabels1 Leni ue ScaleTitlel Fil None a MaxLirnit Auto E Series MinLinnit Auto Title Name GrdLines Origin 0 5 Recalculateall False Smooth True Step 1 SimpleStroke Legend General Advanced vi ct Opacity JG aa ng mpe chart PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Let us build a chart with the use of data from the table Run the created chart and with the help of the A tool bar button open the designer window Select the series object by clicking on it with a mouse Select the DataSource property and open a window for editing chart data source properties Chart ModelKit designer 100 OX File Edit View Tool Insert Help SUE Z F is 1 ot E Chart E ChartArea a Apiay Active True Ese Axis Angument amp sis Buia E series Auboargumernt
282. o locate the content of filial report The following bands can be used as containers for Content Page DataBand BandContainer GroupBand and SideBySide More information about building master reports PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com PivotTable The PivotTable band is used for creating cross reports based on static data and also for building aggregate tables The result of using PivotTable element is a block in a report that contains visual presentation of a described cross table There is a special visual editor of a cross table that allows specifying data used for calculation Scripts can be used for creating rules of calculation This gives great opportunities for table settings starting from summing up of several fields from the data source and ending with various variants of grouping in the perspectives of required report The following bands can be used as containers for PivotTable Page DataBand BandContainer GroupBand and SideBySide More information about building pivot tables Visual Elements The elements that have graphical presentation in a report Its location is specified by the containing bands Size and displaying of the elements are specified by the properties More information about element properties TextBox The element outputs textual information The information can either be static or be generated during the generation of a report More information about text output AdvancedText Th
283. odel The Instrument is a compound object with a hierarchical structure Any elements can be included in the instrument The elements can be structurally divided into two groups e simple e compound elements that can include any other elements The elements can be functionally divided into e visual are intended for instrument appearance assigning e non visual intended for elements binding and grouping as well as for assigning instrument functionality The elements can be included in the instrument in different combinations However for practical use the instruments specifically intended for displaying and assigning some certain values are utilized Such elements are built according to the following scheme One or several scales assigning and displaying value range are included in the instrument Several sliders displaying assigning the current value are included The elements displaying the value in some other form for example in the form of text line can also be included For example to build a simple instrument the following structure is used PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com hhl Ticks 1 Elements Hierarchy Let s consider the hierarchy of classes used during the instrument creation IFlement C TLActiveFlement Disposable 5 IExpressionsSite Circle ICompositeFlement ecaleFlement D Circularshape Line Flement RectangleFlement The base class for all elements in the Instrumen
284. oft com getMonth argument returns the string month name by the date assigned by an argument An argument should be of the System DateTime type getDayOfWeek argument returns the string day of week name by the date assigned by an argument An argument should be of the System DateTime type getQuarter argument returns the quarter number of a date specified as an argument An argument should be of the System DateTime type Other properties and methods of the System DateTime type can also be used to get other date values The ranking function Range currentValue range zeroPoint extracts data intervals All arguments should be of numeral type currentValue the current value range the range zeroPoint the zero point In the expression language the construction for creation of PerpetuumSoft Framework Vector type objects is provided A vector is created with the help of the following construction lt expression gt lt expression gt The creation of objects of other types directly in the expression is impossible But it is possible to realize custom functions used in the expressions for the objects of desired type creation For the SliderBase type elements for example Slider and for the elements included in it the following special functions are available r radius returns the point corresponding to the current Slider value and distant from the trajectory center in which the slider is included at a rad
285. oject in Visual Studio using Toolbox EmfExportFilter ist CsvExportFilter Version 5 0 6 2 from Perpetuum Software MET Component FOF portrilter TXT Export Content of the TextBox and AdvancedText elements is exported to TXT In the Export Mode settings you can select generation mode Page by Page mode adds symbols of page break If you select Whole Document mode there will be no such symbols TXT Options Dialog PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Text options dialog z3 Fage range a All E Fages Enter page number and or pages separated by commas ie alae 1 3 5 1 TXT export is located in the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Export Text assembly PDF Export TextBox and AdvancedText elements are exported to PDF styles are saved Picture ZipCode BarCode RichText WinFormsControl Chart Widget elements are exported as pictures ConicalFill and HatchFill are exported as SolidFill It is possible to set security settings for the PDF document and quality settings for images The Image Reusing option allows the optimizing final document size if the exported report contains repeated pictures PDF Options Dialog PDF options dialog Sox Page range Security settings aa Encryption level None O Pages Low 40 bit RC4 Enter page number and or pages High 128 bit RCS separated by commas Rra 1 3 51 High Required a password to open the document Image settings
286. on Eookmark Hlogo Hyperlink Report in the Report Viewer P documenti Preview report File wiew Wavigate Document Help 2 tE ale e a Da a a gE FQ 10 Anne Dodsworth Steven Buchana Laura Callahan Anne Yorke Bookmark tree is located on the left Show content button is used to display hide the tree When you select some item in the Content area report area containing element for which the corresponding bookmark is set will be opened Joint Use of Hyperlinks and Bookmarks for Report Navigation Bookmarks can be used as to go to them via hyperlinks It is necessary to set bookmark name in the Hyperlink property Report Template PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com getailS Detail Tologo databand DataBband DataSource E eaderl Header Employee Name detaili Detail detaild Detail Fi a picture Bookmark logo textBoxToLogo Hyperlink logo E Navigation Bookmark Hyperlink Hlogo Report in the Report Viewer P documenti Preview report File View Wavigate Document Help A B La EA 1a MQ QQ iE Eglo alt f toO Employee Name Nancy Davolio Andrew Fuller Anne Dodsworth Steven Buchana Laura Callahan Anne Yorke When you click on the TextBox element area with the text To logo report part containing logo will open To get back to the previous report area it is possible to use Back hyperlink PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Using subreport
287. onString regular expression regReplace string expressionString newString replaces substring corresponding to the expressionString regular expression with newString in the string Date Processing Functions getMonth argument returns the string month name by the date assigned by an argument An argument should be of the System DateTime type getDayOfWeek argument returns the string day of week name by the date assigned by an argument An argument should be of the System DateTime type getQuarter argument returns the quarter number of a date specified as an argument An argument should be of the System DateTime type addDays date n adds N number value of days to the Date object addHours date n adds N number of hours value to the Date object addMinutes date n adds N number of minutes value to the Date object addMonths date n adds N number of months value to the Date object addSeconds date n adds N number of seconds value to the Date object addYears date n adds N number of years value to the Date object getDate date returns the Date object without time PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com getDayOfMonth date returns the day of the month value of the Date object getDayOfYear date returns the day of the year value of the Date object getHour date returns the hours of the specified date value of the Date object getMinute date returns the minutes of the specified date va
288. one aa RightToLeft No E Text Template TextAlign MiddleCenter TextlmageRelation Overlay Create Click event handlers for the buttons double click Button element on the form Add code that starts report generation to the handler E g the following code private void button1 Click object sender EventArgs e inlineReportSlot DesignTemplate i private void button2 Click object sender EventArgs e inlineReportSlot Prepare 13 Press Start Debugging button on the Visual Studio Toolbar to run the application Generated report in Report Viewer PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 4 document Preview report S File View Navigate Document Help A AE aE da a Da a a g E mpor MaE t 4 4100 11 23 2010 My first report The Template button opens template with Report Editor for editing The Report button generates report and opens it with Report Designer amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Basic Information Basic Terms Let s consider basic terms used to work with Report Sharp Shooter Report Template Report Template is an object of the PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM Document class with the IsTemplate property set to True containing one or multiple pages containing some elements Appearance of the final report is set by layout of these elements in a respective way and initialization of their properties For example you set report data sources to get data for r
289. oolbox adds a container Group element intended for elements grouping amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Insert Primitives menu item contains the commands of adding the basic primitives such as geometrical figures and others Insert Primitives Line menu item the a button on the Elements toolbox adds a line the Line element Insert Primitives Circle menu item the z button on the Elements toolbox adds a circle the Circle element Insert Primitives Ellipse menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds an ellipse the Ellipse element POEST l CJ Insert Primitives Rectangle menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds a rectangle the Rectangle element Insert Primitives RoundedRectangle menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds a rectangle with rounded angles the RoundedRectangle element Insert Primitives Frame menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds a rectangle with a bevel the Frame element Insert Primitives Picture menu item the a button on the Elements toolbox adds a picture the Picture element Insert Primitives PictureSet menu item the ral button on the Elements toolbox adds a picture set the PictureSet element Insert Primitives Label menu item the A button on the Elements toolbox adds text inscriptions the Label element Insert Primitives Arc menu item the i button on the Elements toolbox adds an arc the Arc element jones a Inser
290. ore about the PerpetuumSoft OlapCellInfo type in the Class reference IsActiveCell indicates whether the sell specified is an active table cell A sample of the DrawCell event handler is given below private PerpetuumSoft Olap CellStyle customStyle new CellStyle Color Purple Color Black PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com private void dataCubetridl DrawCell object sender PerpetuumsSoft Olap DrawCellEventArgs e if e Cellinfo XFieldiItem null amp amp e CelliInfo YFieldiItem null bool contains CanChangeStyle e Cellinfo XFielditem textBoxl Text if contains amp amp e IsActiveCell e CellStyle customStyle contains CanChangeStyle e Cellinfo YFielditem textBox2 Text if contains amp amp e IsActiveCell e CellStyle customStyle private bool CanChangeStyle PerpetuumSoft Olap FieldiItem item string text PerpetuumSoft Olap FieldiItem fi item while fi null amp amp f1 Value null if text Length gt 0 amp amp f1 Value ToString IndexOf text gt 0 return true fi f1 Parent return false You can find a sample of the program which implements a custom cell style in the DataCubeGridCustomDrawing catalogue Custom Drawing Along with the ability to change styles of table elements while using the DataCubeGrid component a user can draw either one or another table element with his her own hands At an attempt to draw a grid cell the DataCubeGri
291. ort Managerl DatasourcesAdd Antiora aU CHor DS To create Master Detail report template in Report Designer put one DataBand inside other DataBand Set dataBand1 DataSource property to Authors and dataBand2 DataSource property to Authors Books PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com databand1 Databand DataSource Authors Properties Data sources Document tree dataB and D atab and ea Ma a El Appearance databand Databand DataSource Au hors Books EE as A End of dataBand i 4 StyleName ToolTip El Data DataSource Authors Books FilterE xpressiori To get access to data source fields set textBox Value lt DataBand name gt lt Field name gt ataBand1 DataBand DataSource Authors etail2 Detail lt dataBandi Mame gt ataBand2 DataBand DataSource Authors Books etaill Detail lt dataBand2 Mame lt dataBand2 Price gt end of databand end of databand This sample is located under the NETModelKitSuite Installation Directory Samples Report Sharp Shooter CSharp UserDataSource folder Non Standard Ways of Using Business Objects In case you need to change standard mechanism of working with custom data source so that some dynamically calculated properties not object properties are available as fields you need to implement ICustomTypeDescriptor interface for the object representing a single record in the data source and ITypedList interface for t
292. ose Document in the Object List or click the Document Properties on Quick Access Toolbar to display template properties in Property Grid PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Graphical Settings GraphicsSettings group includes the following properties Descriptions CompositingQuality set quality level using in the compositing Drocess InterpolationMode set interpolation mode SmoothingMode set smoothing mode TextRenderingHint set text visualization mode Elements Displaying and Grid ShowObjectBounds property allows setting display elements borders in the template Property Ss Report Template El Appearance 7 5 lt Graphicss ettings Ferpetuums oft Reporting DOM G text sir T iili L IL E 123456 7 MasterReport SES Show bject ound True kd MasterReport _ Showl ject ounds False we ShowGrid property defines if the Grid is displayed or not GridStep property sets grid wideness Property Report Template E Grid Settings r ar seamen e SA ShowGrid False ia L IL E p 123456 E SnapT olarid True Grid Settings p qlr GridStep text P ai TN UA Showa rid L IL J L is SnapT obrid Grid Settings 7 Tr 4 GridStep text ll Ut Showla rid L Eae o Ar _ 123456 SnapT olarid SnapToGrid property is used for sticking elements to the grid when ones are created or when their sizes and location are changed One can use the corresponding buttons on the ToolBar for editing of these proper
293. oth True a Stroke Simple alltel gt 4 gt S Default The DigitalText element is intended for displaying the text The text displayed in the indicator is assigned in the Text property The position and size are assigned by the Center and Size properties The Ang e property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The indicator text is displayed by figures consisted of rectangle segments The color of figures active segments is assigned by the 265 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com ActiveCo or property the color of inactive segments is assigned by the InactiveCo or property The segments vertical and horizontal weight is assigned by the SegmentSize property The space between the segments is assigned by the SegqmentSpaces property The text offset relatively to the left element bound is assigned by the TextHorizontalOffset property The text offset relatively to the top bound is assigned by the TextVerticalOffset Besides that you can set font by the Font property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Expressions Destination and General Principles of the Expressions Use Expressions can be used for instrument and all its elements An expression which calculation result will be bound to the property can be assigned to the majority of instrument properties The expressions are used to provide elements interaction and to assign the required instrument functionality The order o
294. other Only Page can be used as a container for PageOverlay More information about page design using page overlay CrossBand The band allows output of the embedded elements as a line LTR The number of repetitions is specified either by the InstanceCount property or by a number of records ina DataSource CrossBand band can be used for tables building The following bands can be used as containers for CrossBand Header Footer and Detail More information about building horizontal lists and tables BandContainer The band outputs its content once Used for merging several bands in one connected SideBySide for the various variants of band merge The following bands can be used as containers for BandContainer Page DataBand BandContainer GroupBand and SideBySide SideBySide The band is used for horizontal SideBySide output of the elements from different bands The following bands can be used as containers for SideBySide Page DataBand BandContainer GroupBand and SideBySide More information about SideBySide report SubReport The band allows adding embedded reports that will be generated together Only bands DataBand Detail etc will be added from template used as subreport The following bands can be used as containers for SubReport Page DataBand BandContainer GroupBand and SideBySide More information about building subreports Content The band used in parental reports This element specifies the place t
295. ou will not be entitled to use your current license with the product versions released after this date If you don t want to renew your license you are able to work with the previous product versions without any time limits If the project is created by a group of developers with use of several computers it is required to install a unique license on each machine Otherwise if you use only one license and move your project to another machine you will get a warning that the license is illegally used You will get this warning if the project has been developed on one machine but transported to another machine for some reason or another It is not a violation but you will get a warning while compilation After that the license will be assigned to this machine and you will not get the warning amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com If you do not use forms in your application or do not place components on these forms but dynamically create them from the code you can create the license licx file manually For example your application uses report generator that runs the report designer ReportViewer component and uses the ReportManager component Then the license licx file should include the following PerpetuumSoft Reporting cComponents ReportManager PerpetuumSoft Reporting Version lt Version gt Culture neutral PublickKeyToken lt keytoken gt PerpetuumSoft Reporting View ReportViewer PerpetuumSoft Reporting Version lt Version
296. ountry To sort the list by namespaces the namespaces of all components begin from PerpetuumSoft click on the Namespace column header Then select the following components ReportManager DesignerDataSourceTree DesignerDocumentTree DesignerErrorList DesignerPropertyGrid DesignerStatusBar DesignerToolBar DesignerToolBox ReportDesigner CSVExportFilter ExcelExportFilter ExcelXMLExportFilter BitmapExportFilter EmfExportFilter GifExportFilter JogExportFilter TiffExportFilter HtmlExportFilter PdfExportFilter RTFExportFilter ReportViewer SharpShooterWebViewer and click OK To use Instrumentation ModelKit in Visual Studio 2005 you should add the following components onto the ToolBox IndicatorWidget Widget WidgetHolder WidgetProducer OPCChannel and OPCConnection To use OLAP ModelKit add these components DataCube DataCubePrintDocument DataCubeGrid DataCubeView Chart ModelKit use requires the ChartViewer component added to Visual Studio ToolBox Components licensing To license Perpetuum Software components the mechanism based on the standard licensing scheme realized in the System ComponetModel is used After you purchased a license for the product the following steps are required to install your license If you already have your personal account on the Perpetuum Software LLC web site log in to it under your current user name and password If you don t have your personal on the Perpetuum Software LLC
297. ow or not the Print document button ShowRefresh Show or not the Refresh report button Show or not the Save document button ShowScale Show or not buttons Pan mode Dynamic zoom mode Zoom in mode Zoom out mode Zoom to rectangle Fit to whole page Fit to page width Actual size ShowStatusBar Show or not status bar ShowStatusBarGrip Show or not Grip on the status bar ShowToolBar Show or not toolbar Report Viewer has Actions property that provides access to all actions and allows you to define it Here is the list of all actions Action Called when Print document button is clicked Called when Open document button is clicked Called when Save document button is clicked Called when Export document button is clicked Called when Pan mode button is clicked Called when Dynamic zoom mode button is clicked Called when Zoom in mode button is clicked Called when Zoom out mode button is clicked Called when Zoom to rectangle button is clicked Called when Show Content button is clicked Called when Fit to whole page button is clicked Called when Fit to page width button is clicked Called when Actual size button is clicked Sets zoom 25 Sets zoom 50 Sets zoom 75 Sets zoom 100 Sets zoom 125 Sets zoom 150 Sets zoom 200 Sets zoom 300 Sets zoom 500 Called when Move forward button i
298. owed property values PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Border amp Fill Group w L T q r Fill Border Margin m Border amp Fill The Fill button sets color and fill for background sets the Fill property The Theme Fills and Standard Fills sections contain color pallete The Recent Fills section contains fills which were recently used Theme Fills E 8SeeeaeD iii aT Standard Fills Ee CENENE No Fill More Fills The No Fill menu item cancels all fill settings and sets Fill property to None The More Fills menu item opens Fill Editor for creating custom fill The Border button sets border sets the Border property 1 This menu items set borders lines location 2 This submenu items set border lines style and color the Line Color submenu contains color palette the Line Style submenu contains line types Bottom Border Top Border 3 The More Borders menu item opens Border Editor Left Border Bight Border i No Border O allgordes g Line Color H neste More Borders The Margins button opens Margins Editor for setting Margins property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Styles Group AaBb Aa BH A Aaf i Edit Demo pp WithBorder Bradley H Ankique Shd Styles F The Styles Gallery
299. ows combining series of different types in a single chart amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Series and Assignment of a Data Source The Series element Ml is intended for storing and displaying data Chart type is assigned by the View property Value Axis and Argument Axis are set by the ArgumentAxis and ValueAxis properties The ScaleType property defines type of the argument scale and takes Qualitative and Numerical values If ScaleType is set to Numerical all series arguments are set in double type and sorted In order to assign arguments that are not set in double type for example string or date it is necessary to set the ScaleType to Qualitative These series can be assigned with the use of a data source or by filling the Values collection Independently of the way data is received it represents a collection of objects of the SeriesValueBase type When the chart is built each data source value becomes corresponding to a single chart value In common case the SeriesValeBase contains the Argument of the object type and the UserData property of the object type intended for storing secondary data The SeriesValueBase descendants contain additional fields required for building a specific chart In simple case the SeriesValue object also contains the Value property of the double type Data Binding The Chart ModelkKit allows using data received from ADO NET objects or from various collections as a data source for building
300. ox AdvancedText Center text applicable to TextBox AdvancedText Call Font dialog for setting Font property applicable to TextBox AdvancedText BarCode Call Border Editor for setting Border property applicable to objects which have Border propert Call Margins Editor for setting Margins property applicable to objects which have Margins propert Call Fill Editor for setting Fill property applicable to objects which have Fill propert Call Format Editor for setting Format property applicable to TextBox AdvancedText Set Angle property clockwise rotation applicable to objects which have Angle property Set Angle property counterclockwise rotation applicable to objects which have Angle property Bring to front Send to back Ctrl Shift F Ctrl Shift B Ctrl Shift M Ctrl Shift L Ctrl Shift T Ctrl Shift Ctrl Shift Ctrl Alt F Ctrl Alt B 82 amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Template Objects Classification All the report elements can be divided into two types Bands DataBand PageHeader PageFooter Header Footer GroupBand PageOverlay CrossBand BandContainer SideBySide SubReport Content PivotTable Visual elements TextBox AdvancedText Picture Shape ZipCode BarCode RichText WinFormsControl Bands The bands are containers for other elements they don t have a graphical presentation in the report and serve for defining output met
301. pen and Save buttons to open and save styles A file has XML format and rss filename extension Add Style and Remove Style buttons add and remove styles The following style properties are available Properties Descriptions Element border Style of the element s text Style name TextAlign Alignment of the element s text TextFill Fill of the element s text Set required style name as a parameter of the StyleName property to apply this style to the element PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Example demonstrating use of StyleName property for TextBox and Shape elements H Appearance Border Border Fill LinearGradientFill Font Calbri 20 25pt Bol Hame Hew Style Text amp lign MiddleCenter T extF ill LinearGradientFill El Appearance Fill StyleN ame ToolTip E Appearance Fill LinearGradientFill StyleN ame Hew Style ToolTip Note 1 When a style is applied to a container it applies to all the contained objects Appropriate properties of the objects receive the same values the style has only if they have default value i e not changed manually The values different from the default are marked with the bold font Note 2 If the text that is output by the AdvancedText and its font is set in the Formatted text editor Font property is ignored TextAlign Appearance Property aligns text relatively to the object space TextBox element alignment example StyleN ame Text text
302. perpetuumsoft com Chart ModelKit designer 100 File Edit View Tool Insert Help Chart a A as al Chart real _ EA Series Active Ae Argument sis Axis M felix AutoAtgumernt True BreakE ventsBul False DataSource SenesPoints Caption Series Elements Properties DataSource O Data DisplayinglnLeg Series Argument 1 Fill None UserData Pointi LegendE spressi Value 5 Hame Senesl I Palette Mone ScaleT ype Qualitative Smooth True Stroke Mone Style ABE Valuedxis Anis View Perpetuum oft Chi Visible True Ilui 2 A a a OO 0 0 0 DataS ounce Determines data source name LT C Cee OK Le After that press the OK button and the chart displayed in the image below will be generated t Chart ModelKit designer 100 File Edit View Tool Insert Help EE 2 is 2 gf E Chart j m zj E Chart real mee Active True Aish Argumentaxis Axis Aish AutoArgument True BreakEventsBul False Caption Seres DataSource DisplayinginLeg Series Fill None LegendE spressi Name Series Falette None ScaleT ype Qualitative Smooth True Stroke None Style ValueAnis RE View Perpetuum oft Chi Visible True DataSource Determines data source name amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Now let us assign chart appearance Add the Title element to the ChartArea and customize its appearance Chart ModelKit designer 100
303. perty The number of star sides is assigned by the Sides property The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The Polygon element is a visual element representing a regular polygon inscribed in the circle with the center assigned by the Center property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com A polygon size is assigned by the radius of a circle circumscribed round it the Radius property The number of polygon faces is assigned by the Side property The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The Label element is the visual element intended for text output Label The Text property assigns the output text The rectangle in which the text is output is assigned by the center the Center property and by size the Size property Text alignment relatively to the rectangle is assigned by the TextAlign property The Font property assigns the text font The Ang e property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The Frame element is a visual element in the form of a frame with the bevel The frame coordinates are assigned by the center the Center property and size the Size property The bevel style is assigned in the Beve Sty e property DarkColor LightColor OuterCo or InnerColor properties assign the colors used for drawing the bevel The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The Picture ele
304. porting Components ResolveSubReportEventArgs object is passed to this handler as a parameter This object has a TemplateName property this property defines what nested report is necessary and passes it via the Template property More information about managing report generation PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Visualization and Editing Final Documents In order to view final document it is possible to use Windows Forms component ReportViewer to view reports from ASP NET applications use SharpShooterWebViewer Final document consists of only visual elements generated and located in the report in accordance with report template Final document can be opened in the Report Designer to edit all static properties of the elements size layout style It is also possible to add new visual elements to the document When you add bands they will be displayed in the final document in the way they are displayed in the Report Designer Export Print and Saving After the creation final document can be delivered to the customer in various forms Report Sharp Shooter offers report export to various formats PDF GIF HTML XML for Excel RTF etc There are some options to set export parameters for example picture quality settings selecting certain page of the document etc Final document can be saved to hard disk Document is saved in the xml format with rsd extension rsd files are associated with the Report Viewer It is possible to
305. pression and Order PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 3 The Columns group contains controls for setting following properties ColumnsCount and ColumnsGap 4 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property BandContainer Tab Set The BandContainer tab set includes Format tab om fei Report Sharp Shooter Designer Format C CanGrew M NewColumnBefore F Visible a PA unt a AaBbCcD AaBbCeD AaBbCet ABCE FR Fi NewCohumnAfter E NewPagefefore Normal Hightight HeaderFo HeaderFo Headerfo iii Render O styles a The Format tab for BandContainer includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanGrow CanShrink NewColumnAfter NewColumnBefore NewPageAfter NewPageBefore and Visible 2 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property SideBySide Tab Set The SideBySide tab set includes Format tab E a E A gt SideBys Report Sharp Shooter Designer Fie Home Insert Layout View Format O CanGrow O NewColumnBefore F Visible a AY Fl CanShrink E NewPagedfter AaBbCcD AaBbOcD EEliiies AabbCcl AsbpCck i Normal Hightlight HeaderFo HeaderFo HeaderFo 2 O NewColumnAfter NewPageBefore Render Oo Styles The Format tab for SideBySide includes following groups Styles 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties Can
306. property Tables PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com System Data DataSet CaseSensitive False dh DataSetMame NewDataSet Locale ru RU Namespace Prefix Relations Collection Tables Collection Cal Add Customers table to the dataSet1 click Add button and set TableName property value to Customers set Name property value to customers After that open Columns Collection Editor click button Lal in property grid of Tables Collection Editor Tables Collection Editor Members O Customers Customers Properties Collection DisplayExpression Minimun_apacity Namespace Prefix Customers f TableName customers Modifiers Private E Misc CaseSensitive False Add two columns by clicking Add button and setting ColumnName property value to Name and Phone PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Columns Collection Editor Members Phone Properties 0 Name E Data 1 Phone AllowCENull True 4uboIncrement False AutolncrementsSee 0 AubolncrementSter 1 Date TimeMode Defaultyalue lt DBMull gt Expression MaxLength i Namespace Prefix ReadOnly False Data structure is defined and it s necessary to fill Customers Table with the data To view source code right click on designer area and click View Code item in contextual menu i wWweb r onfig view Code Faste Ctrl Line Up Icons Show
307. quidCo or set tank color and liquid color correspondingly Style of displaying the whole element is determined by the Effect3D property The Dock property determines type the of element s docking to the scale The Circle element is a visual element representing the figure in the form of a circle The circle is assigned with the help of the center the Center property and radius the Radius property The Ellipse element is a visual element representing the figure in the form of an ellipse PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com It is assigne d with the help of the center the Center property and size the Size property The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The Rectangle element is a visual element representing the figure in the form of a rectangle It is assigned with the help of the center the Center property and size the Size property The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The RoundedRectangle element is a visual element representing the figure in the form of a rectangle with the rounded angles It is assigned with the help of the center the Center property and size the Size property The smoothing radius is assigned in the Radius property The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The Arc element is a visual element representing the figure in the form of an elliptical arc
308. r DataBand property Mame dataB and Show ottom True SHowlLaptior True cao aS end of databand O Design Mame dataB and Show ottorn False SHowlaption True E Design da abanda DataBand end ot Gatabande _ Location Layout Property sets upper left corner of the object relatively to the container Element position can be changed with the mouse pointer or on the Property grid Example of the changing element position for Shape element Layout Location Note 1 X coordinate equals 0 and cannot be changed Note 2 Snap to Grid option defines if the object sticks to the grid or not when its position is changed with the mouse pointer Click the button on the Toolbar to turn on off this option PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Size Layout Property sets object size Property changes when object borders are moved with the mouse pointer or from the Property grid Example of changing the element size for the Shape element Layout Location Size ka Y Layout Location Size k i Note 1 X coordinate for band equals 0 and does not vary Note 2 Snap to Grid option defines if the object snaps to the grid when its position changes or not Use the appropriate button to turn on off this option CanBreak Render Property allows the object s contents to break between pages and columns in case the object exceeds page size Example of a CanBreak property of Detail and A
309. r and implement IRenderSite interface Object implementing this interface can be used to get information on report generation process It is just necessary to set object methods described in the interface If the template uses elements that get data from the data source data source with the set in the element name is searched during report generation Search is executed among sources added to ReportManager that is included in the current ReportSlot and among built in data source Besides when you get data source event is called you can handle it to dynamically connect to a data source Report parameters may be required during report generation GetReportParameter event is used to get parameters It is necessary to initialize collection of named parameters in its handler this collection can be got via Parameters property of the PerpetuumSoft Reporting Components GetReportParameterEventArgs object Instance of this class is delegated to the handler as a parameter Please pay attention to the fact that if parameter values are got from the controls properties it is necessary to initialize OwnerForm property of the corresponding ReportManager If SubReport is used in the report the corresponding ReportManager should contain ReportSlot with the ReportName property matching SubReport TemplateName property If the nested template is created dynamically it is possible to use ResolveSubReport event of the ReportManager to initialize it PerpetuumSoft Re
310. r for a pivot table and graphic visualization components DataCubeView allows creating presentations of data stored within the DataCube object The DataCubeView component expands a pivot table dimension cube presenting the data as a linear table the columns of which are facts of the initial cube and a field of one of dimensions DataCubeView makes it possible to move from one dimension into another and from one group into another within one and the same dimension It is more preferable to use the DataCubeView component in order to organize the presentation of pivot table data to other components However there are many graphic visualization components that do not correctly implement the interfaces necessary for using presentations as data sources Due to that fact OLAP ModelKit supplies a tool for interaction with other components with the help of ADO NET objects The DataCubeView component is able to partially rollout a pivot table presented by it into ADO NET objects which an end user can use at his own discretion The Interaction with OLAP Modelkit by Means of ADO NET Objects In the DataCube object a user has access to the Fill open method The Fill open method implements pivot table data rollout into ADO NET data objects The Fill method is overloaded Let us scrutinize each way of its use PerpetuumSoft Olap DataCube Fill PerpetuumSoft Olap ViewDimension primaryDimension System Data DataSet dataSet int depth executes pivot
311. radient 10 Multicolor Gradient 2 Multicolor Gradient 3 Multicolor Gradient 4 J Cancel To do that we shall launch the auto format call dialogue and select one of the predefined pivot table presentation styles Then we shall save the pivot table settings having specified the Layout and sheet file type in the saving dialogue box You can find this example in the DataCubeUseExample folder The Use and Capabilities of the DataCubeGrid We shall demonstrate some DataCubeGrid capabilities by an example Let us create a Windows Forms application and add the DataCubeGrid component object situated on OLAP ModelKit tab onto the form PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com DataCube use example EE EE I E T EEA Source property was not set In order to work with DataCubeGrid it is necessary to specify a DataCube to it Let us create a DataSet and a DataCube by adding them onto the form Adjust the DataCube and the DataSet as it is shown in the previous example of this User Guide Let us set the DataCube ShowSingleFact property to true This will ensure the display of a fact header provided that the quantity of fact is equal to 1 Let s specify the obtained DataCube as the DataCubeGrid Source property value DataCube use example E mfx dhang ale a Inactive fields Sales OLAP oe l oy Quarter Y ATA RE Total It is necessary to add the code for filling the Sales table from the DataSet into the form load
312. rance The property allows setting font type for elements There is the font editor for properties editing One may use it to set font font style and size Sample demonstrating use of TextBox element fonts text tet Note If the text that is output by the AdvancedText and its font is set in the Formatted Text Editor Font property is ignored PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Margins Appearance Property allows setting object margins Example of changing margins of the Picture object El Appearance Angle Border Fill Mone Image System Drawing Bitmap lmageAliqn TopLett E Margins 0 0 0 0 cm Bottom crm Lett cm Right crm Top crm E Appearance Angle Border Fill Hone Image System Drawing Bitmap Image ligr TopLett Margins 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 cm Bottom 0 2 cm Left 0 2 cm Right 0 2 cm Top 0 2 cm PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com StyleName Appearance Property quickly edits object style applying existing style to one or several objects Edit Style button on the Home tab opens Style Sheet Editor DH Style Sheet Editor ES Properties 2 2 El Appearance Border Fill Linearfsradient Rll Font Calibri 14 25pt Bol Name Caption Test ligr MiddleLeft TextFill SolidHill Caption AaBbCcDdEe roupl_aption e gt xXxtUT AaBbCcDdEe Header Description Border Determines the border defined by the style Use O
313. rce Editor is called when you set Document DataSources property or click Data Sources button on the toolbar You can set or edit the following data source types in the editor 1 OdbcDataSource to get data from different DBMS via the Open Database Connectivity ODBC interface 2 SqlDataSource to get data from MS SQL 3 XmlIDataSource to get document data The use of data sources built in the document template doesn t differ from the use of data sources connected from the application Built in data sources and their structure if it is possible to get data from this data source during template design will be available in the template designer in the data sources tree To get data in the template directly from data base it is possible to use OdbcDataSource or SqlDataSource data source Their designation and properties are similar they differ only by the way of connection to DBSM If you use MS SQL it is recommended to use SqlDataSource To set OdbcDataSource or SQL SqlDataSource data source you need to set 1 Name property sets data source name used to refer to data source from a template 2 ConnectionString property sets connection string to data source 3 SelectQuery property sets SQL query to get data To get data in the template directly from XML documents it is necessary to add XmlDataSource data source set its properties PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 1 Name property sets data source
314. rce is set in the DataSource property amount of output entries depends on a number of entries in a source and InstanceCount property is ignored El Data DataSource Humbers Instance Count 0 Tag GetData lt Data source name gt lt Field name gt script is used in order to get access to the current element that is to be output Example of a horizontal list that outputs a row of numbers crossBand1 DataSource Numbers textBox Value GetData Numbers Value AET PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Table Using CrossBand included into DataBand one can output data as a table Example of a calendar output dataBand InstanceCount 5 crossBand InstanceCount 7 textBox Value crossBand LineNumber dataBand LineNumber 1 7 gt 31 crossBand LineNumber dataBand LineNumber 1 7 ToString Report Template Report ataBand DataBan March 2010 eader Header sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat March 2010 EF ESP ALS EAERES i Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 8 9 10 11 12 13 u eros sata hicl 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 p22 a3 24 25 26 27 28 Be www perpetuumsoft com PERPETUUM SideBySide Bands The SideBySide band is used for horizontal SideBySide output of the elements from different bands All the elements located into it are output from the beginning of this band The BandContainer element is used for merging several sections together Example of SideBySid
315. re Steven Buchana Laura Callahan Anne Yorke Andrew Fuller Steven Buchana PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com NewColumnBefore Render Property sets if a new column is inserted before the band contents Example of adding a new column before the Detail contents detail4 Report Template databands Databand DataSource E detail4 Detail dataBands E details Detail lt dataBand3 H end of databands Property E Render CanBreak CanGraw LanS brink Mind pace fter Mew Lolurnrn ther HewColumnb efore Hender CanBreak CanGrow CanS hrink Mind pacestter NewLolumn fter NewColumnbetore Report Nancy Davolia 206 555 95857 Andrew Fuller Steven Buchana 71 555 4444 Laura Callahan Mancy Davolio 206 555 9557 Anne Dodsyorth r1 555 4444 206 555 9452 Anne Dodsworth 71 555 4444 71 555 4444 Anne Yorke 71 555 4444 Andrew Fuller 206 555 9452 Steven Buchana 71 555 4444 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com NewPageAfter Render Property sets if a new page is inserted after the band contents Example of adding a new page after the Detail contents Report Template databands Databand DataSource E details Detail lt dataBanda EmployeeMa end of dataBanda lt CEE oR AaRakKK ws UVerly Mind pace fter Mew Lolunrnd ther MewlLolumnb afore HewPage fter NewPagebetore Visible Mind paceatter NewCo
316. ression in XPath language applied to XML data in the XPath property 4 Set created object as data source for ReportManager You can do it by using ReportManager DataSources Add DataSourceName DataSource method You can use this data source in the template as any other data source Data source will contain as many records as there are elements found in the initial XML document by the set initial path XPath property To get data for the report template use GetData SourcePath method Here SourcePath is a string specifying data source name and then coma separated path to elements in accordance with XML document structure If SourcePath sets path to XML tag attribute then GetData gets string value of this attribute To get text contained inside XML tag in the SourcePath property set path to the tag and then coma separated GetText Let s review a sample XML document containing data on books is used as data source PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com lt bookstore xmins bk urn samples gt book genre novel publicationdate 1997 bk ISBN 1 861001 57 8 gt lt titte gt Pride And Prejudice lt title gt lt author gt lt first name gt Jane lt first name gt dast name gt Austen lt last name gt lt author gt lt price gt 24 95 lt pnce gt lt book gt lt book genre novel publicatondate 1992 bk ISBN 1 861002 30 1 gt lt tite gt The Handmaid s Tale lt tit
317. rface that defines a single GetEnumerator method getting reference to the System Collections Enumerator interface This interface enables you to logically view all elements of the collection IEnumerator interface defines object Current get property representing current object in the collection and two methods bool MoveNext and void Reset MoveNext method executes move to the next collection element and gets true if successful and false if the current element is last in the collection Reset method moves numerator to initial state i e Current position is a position before the first collection element All properties will be available as data fields of the objects stored in custom data arrays In its turn if the property has a type implementing IListSource or IEnumerable interface it is considered as custom data array It allows the creation of complicated reports with master detail relations using custom data sources If data source implements neither IlistSource nor IEnumerable interface then all its properties will be available as data So we can implement one record from the table Now we can create custom data sources for the authors and books data sources considered in the section Using ADO NET objects Create the following class to store information on a single book public class Book public Book private string name string Empty public string Name ger return name ser name value
318. ribute attributes ICustomTypeDescriptor GetProperties In order to get collection of dynamic properties As you can see from code at the beginning of the cycle CurrencyPropertyDescriptor class instances for every currency type are created from the Currency SystemCurrencies array and then part name is added CurrencyPropertyDescriptor class is inherited from the PropertyDescriptor class that defines abstraction for the class property definition Pay attention to implementation of the PropertyType and ComponentType properties of this class that gets type of the property and type of the class implementing this property as well as to two methods GetValue and SetValue getting ans setting property value correspondingly And finally let s consider PartCollection class used to store parts collection This class implements ITypedList interface This interface contains two methods GetListName getting list name and GetItemProperties getting array of PropertyDescriptor objects defining dynamic properties of the list objects This method just gets result of the work of static Part GetPartProperties method So you will need to create report template displaying price in necessary currency for every country Using XML File as Data Source To use XML document as data source you need to perform the following steps 1 Create PerpetuumSoft Reporting Data XmIDataSource object 2 Set path to XML file in the DataFile property 3 Set initial path exp
319. rl Shift A press A add parent of the parent Select all elements that are at least 50 covered by the selection Drag Move rectangle Shift Mouse Click Ctrl Mouse Click Objects management Ctrl Enter Call an Editor for selected element applicable to TextBox Enter AdvancedText RichText Picture Chart Widget Ctrl Enter Close an Editor applying changes Repeated Click If many elements are overlapped then when you click the overlapping Add to selection remove selection PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com area repeatedly the element with lower z index will be selected after the last element is selected the most top element will be selected again Objects properties Set Font Bold property applicable to TextBox AdvancedText BarCode Set Font Italic property applicable to TextBox AdvancedText BarCode Set Font Underline property applicable to TextBox AdvancedText BarCode Increase font size applicable to TextBox AdvancedText BarCode Ctrl B Ctrl I Ctrl U Ctrl Shift gt Ctrl Shift lt Decrease font size applicable to TextBox AdvancedText BarCode Increase font size of a point applicable to TextBox AdvancedText BarCode Decrease font size of a point applicable to TextBox AdvancedText BarCode Align text to the left applicable to TextBox AdvancedText Ctrl Ctrl Ctrl L Ctrl R Ctrl E Align text to the right applicable to TextB
320. rloaded As the expression language is not typified it is impossible to define what method should be called In the expressions one can apply to the functions available in a field by their names The search is executed similarly to the objects search by the names amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The following functions are available The functions Of Conditional choice if condition valuel value2 the 1st parameter should be of logical type the 2nd and the 3rd parameters should be of object type If the 1st parameter is true the function returns the 2nd parameter value otherwise it returns the 3rd parameter value switch condition 0 value 0O value by default if the i condition is set to true the function returns the i value if the i condition in any i is false the value returns by default Formatting Functions format object mask the object is of object type the mask is of string type It returns the object s string presentation according to the mask Mathematical Functions Sin argument calculates the argument sine The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type cos argument calculates the argument cosine The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type tan argument calculates the argument tangent The argument is of the double type the calculation result is of the double type atan argument
321. rmat ToolTip Style ame Text Test ligr TextFill TextFormat ToolTip 34 5 MiddleLenter Mone Currency 02 17 2010 MiddleCenter Mone Date 123456 MiddleLenter Hone Humber Report 1 February 123 456 00 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com ToolTip Appearance Property creates a hint that appears when the element if pointed at Examples demonstrating use of ToolTip for the Shape element Property Appearance Fill ConcalFill Line m 0 Solid Black Shadow Shadow Shapes tyle StarShape Style ame ToolTip StarShape Tag Data Property allows additional information of the object made by a user Tag usage example El Data Tag additional information Name Design Property sets the name of the object Every object must have a unique name Setting name for BandContainer 21 07 S ShowBottom Design Property allows setting the bottom line of the band visible in Designer mode Example demonstrating use of ShowBottom property for DataBand property Report aataband2 Databa p cd E 5 dataB and Show otto True ShowCaption True r end of dataBand2 o 4 end of dataBangdz El Design databand Databa n cd ie T Hame dataB and Show otbom False Showlaption True r PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com ShowCaption Design Property sets band header visibility in Designer mode Example demonstrating use of ShowCaption property fo
322. rmometer gauge and the chart line displaying history of the previous temperature values The Light indicator that lights up when the current temperature value is higher then the defined one is located in the chart as well One and the same axis is used for the chart and Thermometer indicator This example can be found in the Chart Sample Center the Using DashboardViewer node The DashboardViewer control provides visual designer that allows the creation customization of charts and gauges and combination of this elements In the Designer all Instrumentation ModelKit gauge elements and all Chart ModelKit chart elements are available Expressions for the element properties and the TestTool mode for testing interactive instrumentas are available as well PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com t Chart ModelKit designer 100 Fie Edit View Tool Insert Help LLR A a a a Jd AAE g Font v Oe a 1 i 4 5 amp Temperature True DataContext Enabled True Fill LinearGradientFi Focused False GridStep 16 px MeasureUnit Pixel Name Chart Parameters Collection RecalculateAll False ShowGrid True Size 656 432 px SnapT oGrid True Style Styles Collection Visible True TU AN 7 Active Indicates whether events are passed ABC to this element N w gt ui 4 Active Tj BreakE ventsB ubbling 3i Fil Stroke C o Cra Ir The use of the DashboardViewer is analogous to the use of the C
323. rom 1 to 10 calculate value of c and detaill Render makes Detail show in the report We set new values for the a b c variables that will be displayed in the TextBox objects contained in this section Now let s examine catalog tree sample Template contains 1 detaill band with textBox1 object inside This textbox is used to display current catalog or file Document CommonScript property contains the following code private string fileName private float x 0 private void walkTree DirectoryInfo diriInfo int c x iloa U 5i3 fileName diriInfo Name detaill Render DirectoryInfo di diriInfo GetDirectories foreach DirectoryInfo d in di walkTree d ctl FileInfo fi diriInfo GetFiles x tloat ctl U5 foreach FileInfo f in fi fileName f Name detaill Render private void buildTree PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com string path string Microsoft Win32 Registry LocalMachine OpenSubKey SOFTWARE Perpetuum Soft Report Sharp Shooter GetValue Reports path path Substring 0 path LastIndexOf Examples Reports DirectoryiInfo dirInfo new DirectoryiInfo path walkTree diriInfo 0 Script declares two variables fileName and x fileName is set for the Value property of the textBox1 object and x is used to calculate new value of the Location and Size properties of the textBox1 object buildTree method calculates catalog with Repor
324. roperty The number of the notches is assigned by the Count property Colors assigned by DarkColor and LightCo or properties are used for drawing the notches The Digits element is intended for digital indicator emulation PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com It is used for digital values output The text displayed in the indicator is assigned in the Text property The following symbols are allowed numbers 0 9 point dash colon space The position and size are assigned by the Center and Size properties The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center The indicator number is displayed by the figures consisting of segments Segments thickness is assigned by the SegmentThickness property The interval between the segments is assigned by the SegmentSpace property The Symbol width is assigned by the DigitWidth property height is assigned by DigitHeight property the space between the figures is assigned by the DigitSpace property The color of figures active segments is assigned by the ActiveColor property the color of inactive segments is assigned by the InactiveColor property The Odometer element is intended for mechanical meter emulation It is used for value output The output number is assigned by the Value property The position and size are assigned by the Center and Size properties The Angle property assigns the figure rotation clockwise relatively to the center
325. rotation angle changing and the rest of them are intended for the corresponding size of the rectangular area changing Some elements designers have the control points for the specific properties changing typical only for the given type elements For example the designer for the RingSector When the control point position is changed the appropriate element property also changes But if the expression is assigned for this property it makes no sense to change the control point position Such control points are highlighted with red color If the designer is able to automatically change the expression that is bound to the property which the control point changes such point is highlighted with yellow color If the element is included in Slider for the current value indication it is possible to bind the element position to the current Slider value with the help of the designer To do so it is necessary to click on the control point Keeping pressed the Ctrl key The expression binding is canceled by the similar action The Instrument Outline window displays the instrument current structure in the form of a tree When placing an element on the Work Area it is automatically displayed in the Instrument Outline The selected elements are highlighted in the tree with blue color In this window it is possible to change the elements positional relationship by dragging them with the mouse The Expressions window is intended for editing expressions bound
326. rtDataSource Collection Editor chartDataSourcel Properties chartDataSourcel O Configurations DynamicProper El Data DataMember DataSource dataSeti chartDataSourcel Modifies Private El Misc Beemer Name In further development while assigning series data source it is necessary to specify the DataSourceName At run time designer is called by double click on the ChartViewer PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The Designer The Chart ModelKit Designer is used for creating charts Designer appearance is shown in the image below Chart is an object containing various elements Every element has a set of properties which are displayed in the Properties Window You can edit properties in this window lt Chart ModelKit designer 100 Fie Edt view Tool Insert Help 48H ae 2h Active True DataContext Enabled True Fill LinearGradientFill Focused False Gido 1B px Weasuelnit Pixel Name Chart Parameters Collection Recalculatedll False Showland True Size 400 320 px Snaplobnd True Style Styles Collection Visible True a Active Indicates whether events are passed to meelemerit Visual and non visual elements are available through the Insert menu or buttons on the ToolBox In order to place an element into the chart you should select this element in the Insert menu or on the Toolbox and then click the mouse button in the work area or holding the mouse button down stretch the element to the
327. rts of various types customize their appearance save built charts to various graphic formats and print them This library provides stunning flexibility in work with data sources and offers the ability to create unbound charts Full featured designer allows adjusting all chart constituents visually without the need to code Created charts can be saved to a file for reuse General Principles of the Chart ModelKit The main idea of Chat ModelKit is to provide developers with the ability to create charts according to user requirements in a moment without challenging any special knowledge and high qualification The product includes components allowing displaying and managing charts Chart is a compound object with a hierarchical structure Primitives intended for assigning chart appearance and behavior are included in the chart Designer is used for charts creation It allows charts design using simple elements included in a chart in various combinations and setting separate elements properties with the help of convenient graphic means In order to bind primitives and to assign more complicated functionality expressions can be used The ability to combine primitives in various combinations flexibility in customizing elements properties and use of expressions all together allow developers to create charts according to customer requirements Creation of a Simple Chart with the Use of Wizard Let us create a simple chart with the Chart Mode
328. s Mechanism of using subreports is used when it is necessary to join several reports in a single one SubReport is used for this purpose It defines included subreport and its location in the template Subreport template should be located in the ReportManager current template is located in To set subreport template TemplateName property of the SubReport is used Property combo box contains report names contained in the current ReportManager if ReportName property for ReportSlot is not set in the ReportManager template is not displayed in the list O Mise Parameters Collection Shift O cm TemplateName El Navigation Bookmark Properties Hyperlink Report El Render PEPON CanGrow CanShrink NewColumn fter False Template of master report aail Main Report subReport1 SubReport Report 1 Repo lt Property subReport TemplateName Reporti Final report contains only those elements that are located inside bands DataBand Detail etc If style is not set for subreport elements style of the master template or SubReport band is applied to them In order to set shift from the left report border Shift property of the SubReport is used Report Template Main Report F i 7 oa D a A JEBE g 2 m m m fe L ui ui oa D EI EI tT a T T D D m PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Parameters Collection Main Report Shift Oem nena TemplateN ame Reporti El Misc Param
329. s also possible to drill down roll up group values buttons on the stipulation that this group contains sub groups with values different from the Total It is possible to drag field headers They can be moved between Inactive fields X dimension fields Y dimension fields and Facts fields scopes It is also possible to change their order within one scope The field headers are interactive Each of them has a filter button which helps a user to enter a filter setup dialogue for a respective field Filter By value By condition Filter by value Filter by condition There are two possible ways of filtering field values filtering by value and filtering by condition amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The setting of filtering by value presumes selection of those field values which will be displayed It is also possible to set a filter for all field values by means of clicking the Select all button E To cancel filtering a user should click the Unselect all button a To invert filter selection a user can click the Invert button a To filter data by condition it is necessary to specify an expression which result would satisfy the desired field value selection A press of the OK button leads to saving filter condition and pivot table recalculation subject to the preset filtering The Cancel button leads to ignoring all filter alterations and closing the d
330. s zooming and window management SRE Home e aout view Show Grid Show Object Bounds amp Gy is Snap to Grid Layout Bands N A A DocumentTree ual Size Whole Page Show Rulers ly DataSources Show Hide O zoom amp Pan Windows O Page width p Properties ErrorList 1 The Show Hide group allows setting designer view The Show Grid checkbox switches on off the display of a grid sets the Document ShowGrid property The Snap to Grid checkbox switches on off the option of binding to a grid sets the Document SnapToGrid property The Show Rulers checkbox switches on off the display of a rule The Show Object Bounds checkbox switches on off the display of objects bounds sets the Document ShowObjectBounds property The Layout Bands checkbox switches on off the option of automatic layout of the bands 2 The Zoom amp Pan group allows setting zoom and Pan Mode 3 The Windows group contains buttons allows open Properties Document Tree Data Sources and Error List windows PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Contextual Tabs Contextual tabs are used to display a collection of commands that are relevant only when particular object is selected TextBox Tab Set The TextBox tab set includes Format tab Ey A e F Usli Rapart Sharp aeter Dengner Fite Here Fiir Liycut Tiew pre Cantorcey T Wsie n i ur m an poe NSS Genera Arial 15 o
331. s clicked Called when Move backwards button is clicked Called when the following hotkey is pressed Ctrl Z or Custom amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com zoom contextual menu item is selected for the Zoom block on the status bar Called when you click mouse on the status bar that displays information on the current page and total count of pages SinglePage Called when Single page mode button is clicked ContinuedPage Called when Continued page mode button is clicked In order to redefine the action set by default it is necessary to create Executing event handler If the Handled property of the ExecutingEventArgs object delegated to the event handler is set to true then standard action defined in the Execute event won t be called For example to redefine Export action reportViewerl Actions Export Executing new Action ExecutingEventHandler Export and create event handler private void Export object sender ExecutingEventArgs e Do something e Handled true Without Report Viewer TBD Web Forms Peculiarities of the Working Web When you use Report Sharp Shooter in WebForms applications reports are always generated on the server side and then sent to the client In this case you can send the report to the client in various formats html pdf etc You can send the entire report or only the requested page at once Below we will see various examples of using Report Sharp Shooter i
332. s on the scale that are not bound to scale values PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Tagaan Text labels as well as corresponding scale values are assigned in the Labels collection Scale value can be assigned both by absolute value and relative value in percentage from the scale range Labels which value is set to Auto will be evenly distributed along the scale subject to bench mark assigned by the Origin property Shift form the Scale is assigned in the Distance property The Dock property defines relative position of the CustomLabels element subject to sifts assigned in the Padding property The OddLabelDistance property sets sift of add labels relative to even ones Labels alignment relative to each other is assigned by the Position property The TextAlingment property defines marks alignment relative to the corresponding scale value Text angle is assigned in the Angle property and text orientation is set in the TextRotationMode property The ItemMargins property defines text shift from the label area margins The ShowSuperposableLabels defines if the superposable labels will be displayed If you need to display labels only in the specified range use the MaxLimit and MinLimit properties assigning range bounds The UseLimit property indicates that limitation of element output will be executed This element should be included in the scale ji Truncated Blipse 1 a a Or A D TruncatedBlipse2
333. scale The Composite class is the base class for all container elements i e elements capable of involving other elements Let s consider it in details ICompositeFlement Scale Root Flement o ST S as ITrajectory Slider Dockable Trajectory sliderBase The Composite class realizes the ICompositeElement interface indicating that this class is a container for the other elements and provides the access to these elements Instrument Group Scale SliderBase and DockableTrajectory classes are inherited from the Composite class The object of the Instrument class represents the root element for all elements hierarchy and realizes the IRootElement interface indicating that it is the root element The object of the Group class is a non visual element intended for grouping the other elements amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The object of the Scale class is a non visual element assigning the scale range The SliderBase class represents the base class for sliders A slider has the current value that can be changed with the help of a mouse It is possible to define the point corresponding to the current Slider value located at some distance from the trajectory in which the Slider is included The Slider class the which object is a non visual element representing the current value is inherited from the SliderBase class The Guide and Joint classes realize the ITrajectory interface indicating that c
334. scriptions o gt Z oO O TextBox Element allows input of simple text information and has text displaying adjustments AdvancedText Element outputs formatted text RichText Element to output RTF text Static Text Text property is used for text input that is output in the TextBox element This property is defined in Text Editor Double click on TextBox or press the button of the Text property on the Property grid to open the editor One can also type the text straight into the Text cell O Appearance Angle U Border Fill Hone Font Arial 12pt Margins 0 0 0 0 cm AightT oLett False String T rimming Character Style ame Text text bisa Test lign MiddleCenter TextFill Hone TextF ornmat ToolTip Text from the Data Source Set the Va ue property of the TextBox element that gets the value of the selected field in order to input text from the data source One can use GetData function or use DataBand indexer More information about lists building Border Text in Cells Border property is used for defining element borders One can input information as a table e g Caption Cell Celk mo i Cells PERPETUUM Text Output LTR www perpetuumsoft com Text output direction can be changed for the text output in TextBox and AdvancedText elements Set RightToLeft property to True to do it Text property 7 8 9 10 11 Property RightToLeft StingT rimming Style ame Text Ri
335. selected elements at the very bottom If the selected elements group order is changed the relational order inside the group is kept amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The EI Check scripts button is intended for the expressions syntax used in the instrument check up Let s consider using the Select tool in the work area In the Select tool mode any visual element can be selected in the work area with a mouse It is possible to select a group of elements either by means of selecting each element while holding the Ctrl key pressed or by means of lassoing the group of elements holding the left mouse button pressed Control points in the form of circles are displayed in the selected elements The selected elements are highlighted in the instrument structure tree The editing operations are applicable to the selected elements copy to clipboard ClipBoard paste from the clipboard deletion output order changing properties changing with Properties Window use the element position changing with the help of the mouse changing some element s properties by moving the element control points Control points of the selected element are intended for its main properties changing The point position can be changed by dragging it with the mouse Each element has its own control points set For example the rectangular elements have ten points one of which is intended for the center changing another one is for
336. sent in an expression the GetObject function that Should return the desired object is called for the element the given expression is written for For any element the GetObject function makes the following the function returns the element itself in case its name corresponds to the askable one otherwise it calls GetObject from the parent Elements containers execute the search of the desired object through all included elements Thus all instrument elements are available in the expressions For some elements for example for Slider the Get Object function returns special variables According to the rule pointed out above such variables will be available for both element container and elements included in it The instrument structure is represented in the picture Instrument B dont B Scalel NumencLabels1 Ticks E Slider Needle amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com You can apply to the instrument elements Instrument Joint1 Scale1 NumericLabels1 Ticks1 Slider1 Needle1 in any element expressions Special Slider variables are available in the Sliderl and Needle1 elements expressions Special variables The following special variables are available in the SliderBase element descendants e g the Slider element value the double type variable The current Slider value hot the logical type variable Hot is set to true if the mouse pointer is over an element pressed the logical type variable Pressed is
337. sets the amount of repetitions O Data DataSource FilterE spreszion InstanceCount 5 Sort Collection Tag Totals Collection lt DataBand name gt LineNumber statement is used for getting line number Example of a list that outputs line number in the list dataBand1 InstanceCount 5 textBox Value line number dataBand1 LineNumber ToString of dataBand1 InstanceCount ToString Report Template dataBand Databand line number 1 of 4 detail Detail line number 2of5 E line number dataBa Zz iHenimher 30rs end of dataBandi line number 4of5 line number 5 af 4 JataBand1 DataBand inenuniar ars E E M e ff ff ef fff E detaili Detail line number dataBa line number 2of5 a line number 3 oat List from the Data Source DataBand allows building a list based on the data from the source Data source is set in DataSource property Note the number of output lines depends on the amount of lines in the data source ignoring InstanceCount property E Data DataSource Employees FilterE xpression lnstanceLount U Sort Collection Tag Totals Collection In order to get access to the current element that has to be output either GetData lt Data source name gt lt Field name gt or lt DataBand name gt lt Field name gt script is used Textual information can be output by dragging the corresponding field from the document tree on the Data Sources tab into Detail located in Dat
338. shall get the OX axis projection Let us add the Line2 element a into Slider2 We shall define the Line1l Stroke element as SimpleStroke and choose blue line color in the Stroke properties For the Line2 element we shall use the following expressions r 7 2cm for StartPoint and r 0 42cm for EndPoint We shall get the OY axis projection As the result the element structure will take the following look Instrument ag Guidel Scalet Meedlel l Guide Scale Slider e Meedle Ticks ScaleLabels The instrument will look as follows PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 4 The text representation of the slider position on the plane should be displayed beside the Slider Let s create the Label element A within the Slider2 element E Instrument Guidel Scaled Fl Slidert Needle Guide2 O Scale Let us indicate green color as a fill color in the Labell element Fill property For the Labeli element we shall use the following expressions Slider1 GetPosition 0 X Slider2 GetPosition 0 Y 35px 15px for Center and C amp format Slider2 Value 00 0 amp amp format Sliderl Value 00 0 amp for Text PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com You can find the instrument we finally got if
339. showPercent False SortOrder Ascending o hai 5263 TotalLabel Ipoh Coffee 909 00 909 00 872 63 909 00 1781 63 Appearance Caption Company ShowPercent False SortOrder Ascending 95263 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The DimensionOnEveryPage property of the PivotTable sets the output of pivot table header on each page 5 Appearance Ooo o AutoCont o w SMEs Karkki Oy ile ae N FoowH eight Beverages Ipoh Coffee Coffee Ipoh Coffee O0 909 00 909 00 Beverages 872 63 909 00 1781 63 Dairy Products El Appearance Autololumnyidth Company pueia karkki Oy USS ELDERS ee FiowH eight Beverages Ipoh Coffee aa 909 00 909 00 tl Beverages 872 63 909 00 1781 63 It is possible to set the display of fact column title using the ShowSingleFact property Property Shift Show epeatT ext ShowSingleFact l ShowT ableCaption Chai Beverages 420 00 420 00 Shift ShowRepeatT ext a ShowT ableCaption Futterkiste Total PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com It is possible to set the repetition of the text on the next page if the string doesn t fit the current page To do this you should use the ShowRepeatText property Shift cm Dairy Products Flotemysost 2256 00 ShowRepeatT ext True ShowSingleFact False Dairy Products 3301 47 ee Dry Products Show A epeatT ext False ShowSingleFact False r LT Data Format It is possible to define the format of the output data us
340. sign 1 Field for input of text and numeric values dataBand1 Show Bottom 2 This button opens the property editor ShowCaption E l E Data 3 List of values DataSource OL InstanceCount 0 JE El Data FilterExpression InstanceCount 0 PERPETUUM Data Sources www perpetuumsoft com 1 Switching between Bands and Data Sources parts Data from report bands and special fields are displayed in Band part Data from report data sources are displayed in Data Sources part 2 The tree of fields from data source allows the creation of TextBox objects for information output from data source by dragging the fields PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Document Tree The document tree represents a set of objects ordered according to the report structure It allows the selection of the object for properties editing the deletion of objects changing the template structure a i document 1 5 H pagel SB dataBand B 13 groupBand 1 BAA header Elo detail as textBox4 a teat BowS EI 5 pageHeader ia A text Boo al E picture ao a ho AY advanced Text 1 5 detail3 l a textBox2 7 Error List The list of scripts errors includes band name where the error was made and also a description of an error It is possible to open the Script Editor for expression or script editing by double click with a left mouse button group Band 1 Group Expression line 1 col
341. sionsStroke property assigns type of lines used to divide divisions If the Fill property is not set the RangedLevel element will be painted with colors assigned in the Colors property If the Co ors property is not set the element will be painted with colors set by StartCo or and EndColor The Width property determines element width The StartCap and EndCap properties assign style of displaying element start and element end Style of displaying the whole element is determined in the Effect3D property The ShowAsThermometer property determines if the element will be displayed as thermometer i e there will be a circle with radius set in the PocketRadius property at the beginning of the scale The Dock property determines type the of element s docking to the scale PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com D RoundedRectange of H E N Guidel Active True a M Scalet BreakEvents Bi False hhl Ticks 1 Colorizer E 7 23 ScaleLabele1 Colors Collection Jp Slider Distance O px Divisions 0 LinearLevel1 LinearLevel2 Divisions Strok None Needle 1 Dock None Ga Rectangle Effect3D Hat a ae k 7 EndCap Hat EnA alow 1 White The Tank element is a visual element intended for emulating a tank filled with liquid The element is assigned by the Width property determining tank width the Depth property assigning tank depth and the TankWidth determining width of the tank walls The TankColor and Li
342. slider is able to move with the help of the mouse N gt p ejes s ar Of a i 2 Ticks on the scale should be designed in different colors within the following ranges 0 80 and 80 100 Change the Colorizer property for the Scale1 element using the Colorizer Editor Colorizer editor None colorizer Single color colorizer Section colorizer Add Edit color 0 10 0 30 40 50 60 r 80 After all changes the instrument should have the following look PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com 3 When the slider exceeds the 80 mark it should change the color Add two styles in the instrument styles collection InstrumentStyles ColdColor style with blue fill and HotColor style with red fill Write the following expression for the Style property of the Needlel element if Slider1 Value amp lt 80 ColdColor HotColor Ino ane Meal i ao the current value is amp lt 80 pi HARAR A m m aa M the current value is amp gt 80 4 When the mouse is on the slider the current value should be displayed alongside as text Add the Label element A into the Slederl element El Instrument Guide B Scale Tickst ScaleLabels1 I Slider Needle Let s set the BreakEvenBubbling property of the Labeli element to True This assigns mouse events not to be passed from Labeli to Slider1 Let s write the following expressions for the Labeli element
343. sources of your project This license licx file contains a list of the licensed components The license is being embedded in the project during the application compiling And when you run your application on a machine where the license is not installed the license will be taken from the resources of your application It allows you to use your final application without installing the license on your end users machines We strongly recommend that you make sure that the data on the license have been included into your project before your final application is distributed To do that please make sure that the license licx file is created and included into the root folder of your application and that this file contains description of all types of the used components In addition run your application on a machine where the license for the product is not installed Sometimes recompilation of the application does not cause recompilation of its resources And it is possible that the license licx file will not be created in some Integrated Development Environments IDE In this case please do the following make any minor changes on a form where the used components are located and recompile the application These changes will force an IDE to recompile resources and refresh the license licx file Each license has an expiration date But it doesn t mean that your product will not work after this date The expiration date indicates the date after which y
344. st_name country name FROM CustomerOrder INNER JOIN Customer ON CustomerOrder id customer Customer id customer INNER JOIN goods on CustomerOrder 1d goods Gocds 1d goods Connection adapter2 Fill customerOrder Connection Close DataSet is ready for use Let s add BindingSource and specify the created DatSet as a data source Don t forget to select the CustomerOrder table as DatMember property value Add two components onto the form DataCube and DataCubeGrid Set the created BindingSource as a datasource for DataCube the DataSource property and specify the following parameters for creating a pivot table O PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Set this DataCube as the DataCubeGrid Source property value Thus we get pivot table Its columns contain orders ID and rows contain description of goods We need to create a chart based on this table and which X axis enumerates order ID and Y axis displays sum by order We need to do it so that filtering total data by columns and rows makes chart regenerate Step1 Add the DataCubeView component onto the form Set a DataCube from which the data will be taken the DataCube property Now we need to set the Argument and Value properties There are two variants In the first variant it is possible to set GenericCaption as argument and GenericFact as Value GenericCaption is taken from the axis specified in the DataCube
345. sualbasicNET Page properties Size Orientation Page numbers Report Properties in Pivot Table Wizard It is possible to set template common properties which define the report appearance on the Common settings tab PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The report name set in the Title field using the Document Title property will be displayed in the report header Report template properties reportTitle Detail Show tite Sales lt Document Title gt hd coerce i mak Cantimakar The report measure units are set with Measure unit field the Document MetricUnit property Report style can be set in the Style field report Tithe Detail Style sheet Moder Document Title gt pivotTablet PivotTable The Script Language field allows the selection of the script language using the Document ScriptLanguage property Page Properties in Pivot Table Wizard The Page Properties section allows the setting of page properties Paper format is selected from Paper kind list and is set with the Page PaperKind property In order to set arbitrary page size you should select Custom in Paper kind combo box and set the value to the Page size field Size It is possible to set landscape or portrait page orientation in the Orientation section Onentation Portrait Landscape Headlines are used to output page numbers It is possible to set display mode and text alignment of headliners in the Page Number section
346. t hyperlink is opened with the help of browser To make email client open when you click the link Hyperlink property should contain mailto hyperlink for example textBox Hyperlink mailto sales perpetuumsoft com Then click on the element will open email client to send message to the set address The same with the parameters subject body cc bcc it is possible to set subject content of the message emails to send CC and BCC For example hyperlink mailto sales perpetuumsoft com subject Suggestion amp Body Hello O0DI 20have 20so0 me 20ideas 20for 20you amp bcc support perpetuumsoft com opens email client with the following data i To salesi perpetuurmsork com GA ce H Bcc supporbi perpebuumsork com Subject Suggestion H Times New Roman Hella I have some ideas for you Bookmarks To make navigation through the report easier it is possible to use Bookmark property This property creates a bookmark that allows you to go to this object from any place of the PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com report with the help of Content tree in Report Viewer Name of the bookmark should start with symbol otherwise Bookmark property value will be ignored Report Template gdataBand1 DataBand DataSource eaderd Header Employee Name detaili Detail No ove e IN AMIE L end of dataBand detail4 Detail Gr textBoxHeader Bookmark Begin picture Bookmark logo O Navigati
347. t Detail there will be an empty line between odd lines Detail object with invisible Textbox object Managing Position Sample demonstrating object position Report Template databand Cataband detaili Detail dataBand1 InstanceCount 100 property sets amount of times the band displays its content in the report textBox1 Value dataBand1 LineNumber output of the number of the current line textBox1 Location dynamic property Binding PerpetuumSoft Framework Drawing Vector 0 25f 1f dataBand1 LineNumber 1 5 Of ConvertUnits Unit Centimeter Unit InternalUnit Every five TextBox objects are displayed with the right shift by 1 cm ConvertUnits method will convert measures PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Report Access to Application Logic All objects from the application assemblies are available from scripts Sample demonstrating the use of application function Sample is located in the folder Net ModelKit Suite Installation Directory Samples Report Sharp Shooter CSharp HostingApplicationExample GetString function getting string Hello from HostingApplicationExample exe is declared in the main form class public static string GetString return Hello from HostingApplicationExample exe In order to get access to the form class it is enough to add namespace the form is located in to the Document Imports property E Scnpt CommonScript Compiler Version CustomLa
348. t GetReportParameter new GeTReportParametertventhandler slot GetReport Parameter slot Prepare e Handled true private void slot RenderCompleted object sender EventArgs e ReportSlot slot sender as Reportslot using ViewerForm f new ViewerForm slot WindowState FormWindowState Maximized f ShowDialog this Set this procedure as the Executing event handler for the Preview action reportDesignerl Actions Preview Executing new Action ExecutingEventHandler Preview Custom Report Viewer Sometimes it is necessary to use standard interface of the standard Report viewer component for example when it doesn t fit application style or you need to change toolbar Let s create Report Viewer that doesn t contain toolbar you just need to set ReportViewer ShowToolBar property to false and add three buttons onto the form to go to next previous page and print page Let s use Actions collection of the ReportViewer component Relations between the control and Action is set via the ActionBind type methods To bind navigation buttons to Action it is necessary to implement ActionBind descendant For example like this public class ButtonActionBind ActionBind publac BuctonActionBind Button button SetComponent button public Bucton Button get return this Component as Button protected override void Bind BuctOnsClick new Eventhandler
349. t Primitives Pie menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds a pie the Pie element Insert Primitives RingSector menu item the E button on the Elements toolbox adds a ring sector the RingSector element Insert Scale Elements menu item contains the commands of adding the elements intended for the scales design Insert Scale Elements ScaleLabels menu item the button on the Elements toolbox inserts element intended for numbering scale divisions the ScaleLabels element Insert Scale Elements ScaleMarks menu item the buttonon the Elelements toolbox adds graphic markers to the scale the ScaleMarks element Insert Scale Elements Ticks menu item the Hi on a scale Ticks element button on the Elements toolbox adds ticks Insert Scale Elements CustomLabels menu item adds text labels to the scale the CustomLabels element amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Insert Scale Elements RangedLevel menu item inserts the RangedLevel element Insert Scale Elements LinearLevel menu item inserts the LinearLevel element Insert Scale Elements Tank menu item inserts the Tank element Insert Scale Elements ScaleTitle menu item inserts scale title the ScaleTitle element Insert Advanced menu item contains the commands of adding the elements with the specific destination Insert Advanced Needle menu item the f button on the Elements toolbox adds a pointer in the form of a needle the Needle element Insert Ad
350. t Sharp Shooter installed and walkTree method is called to make recursive bypass of the catalog tree and display names of catalogs and files In order to display catalog tree when generating report you need to add call of the buildTree method to the Page ManualBuildScript property PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Appendix 1 Document Object Model Let s consider the classes hierarchy These classes are used for final reports and during templates creation Clonable a ReporntControl i ContainerControl ontainerContro VisualC ontrol The PerpetuumSoft Framework Atom is a base class for all Report Sharp Shooter classes This class is a descendant from System Object This class realizes the Sustem IClonable interface The Atom class is a parent of ReportComponent a base class for all Report Sharp Shooter components ReportComponent and all the classes and interfaces given below are located in the PerpetuumSoft Reporting DOM namespace This class has the Name property which sets an object name Two classes are inherited from ReportComponent They are Document and ReportControl Document is used for representation of a report template and final document It includes the Pages collection of the document pages ReportControl is a base class for all template elements or final document Two classes are inherited from ReportControl They are ContainerControl and VisualControl ContainerControl is a base cl
351. t custom element that will realize the PerpetuumSoft Framework Expressions IExpressionSite interface After that it is necessary to register custom function The registration is carried out the following way PerpetuumSoft Framework Expressions BuiltInFunctions RegisterFunction lt Functi on name gt lt inplemented IFunction object gt Access to the nested fields of a data source In expressions it is possible to refer to the data source nested fields The reference itself is executed with specification specifying of the complete path to a field relative to the main source specified as a value to the DataCube DataSource property E g in case a data schema displayed in the screenshot below is used the access code for the Orders table s OrderDate field and Freight field should look in the following way PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com CustomersOrders OrderDate and CustomersOrders Freight correspondingly SEn orders fOrders int CustomerID string EmployeelD init OrderDate dateTime RequiredDate dateTime ppn E ShippedDate dateTime tEn Torea room E Shipvia int FE CustomerID string E Freight decimal t CompanyNam string O o ShioName string E Conkacthame string lt ShipAddress string E ContactTitle string o Shipcity string E Address string O ShipRegion string iy ring OO ShipPostalCod string i ShipCountry string E PostalCode string o oOo E Country string oO E E E
352. t from the data source Property Binding Property binding is a script representing expression connected to the object property its calculation result is set as a value for this property Expressions can be set for the most object properties in the Property Grid on the Bindings tab Expressions are calculated before the object rendering before the GenerateScript is called The order of expressions calculation is not defined that is why we don t recommend writing expressions which logic is based on the order of expressions calculation for different properties For example textBox Value a b textBox Style textBox Value 0 Zero Normal There are no errors but expression calculation result for the textBox Style property can be invalid It is necessary to set property textBox Style a b 0 Zero Normal Properties Expressions Properties Expressions are special properties getting value of the certain type Properties bindings are analogous to the property bindings but they don t match any property Result got by the expression is used but it is not stored in the property Properties expressions are set in the Property Grid you can use Script Editor to set them There are properties representing collection of properties expressions Properties expressions GroupBand GroupExpression Calculation result sets order of grouping Expression gets group key if the key is equal rows are in the same group Calculat
353. t is a visual element representing the figure in the form of a needle This element is intended for the Slider current value visualization The StartPoint property assigns the start point of the needle The EndPoint property assigns the end point of the needle The needle base width is assigned in the StartWidth property and the needle tip width is assigned in the EndWidth property To assign the complex geometry of the needle the Need ePoints property is used Need ePoints is the collection of intermediate needle points descriptors Each intermediate point descriptor is assigned by the needle width at a 260 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com given point and the ratio between the distance from the needle base to a given point and the needle length See the image below The ShowMode property assigns the needle displaying mode Portion 1 Length Li Portion Length The Spring element is a visual element representing the figure in the form of a spring A spring is assigned by the starting point the StartPoint property Spring width is assigned by the Amplitude property The number of coils is assigned by the CoilCount property The Star element is a visual element representing the figure in the form of a star The star position is assigned by the center the Center property the radius of a circle circumscribed round it the Radius property and the radius of an inscribed circle the InternalRadius pro
354. t of HTTP commands for which this handler will be called the path attribute defines the URL or the URL mask to call this handler for and the type attribute defines the handler class and the assembly that contains it In our case we should also click the Settings button on the Home directory tab in the web server settings and assign the rst extension to disk Microsoft NET Framework path aspnet_isapi dll on the Assignment tab ShowPageNavigator Show Do not show the Go to first page Go to previous page Go to next page Go to last page buttons ShowPrint Show Do not show the Print document button ShowRefresh Show Do not show the Refresh report button Show Do not show the Save document button ShowScale Show Do not show the Pan mode Dynamic zoom mode Zoom in mode Zoom out mode Zoom to rectangle Fit to whole page Fit to page width Actual size buttons ShowStatusBar Show Do not show the status bar PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com ShowStatusBarGrip Show Do not show Grip on the status ShowToolBar Show Do not show the toolbar amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Using Advanced Product Features Custom Report Designer If you are not satisfied with the standard Report Designer interface you can easily design custom one as all its elements toolbar status line errors list etc are available as separate components Below is a complete list of these components DesignerDataSource
355. table data rollout by the dimension that is defined by the primaryDimension list value X by columns Y by rows Data rollout is conducted in the dataSet object subject to the max group nesting depth within a dimension the depth parameter If necessary here takes place the creation of tables and adding these tables into the dataset The name of each table corresponds to the name of a field responsible for group value calculation The depth parameter value should not exceed the number of groups in a specified dimension PerpetuumSoft Olap DataCube Fill PerpetuumSoft Olap ViewDimension primaryDimension System Data DataSet dataSet params string tableNames executes pivot table data rollout into the dataSet by the dimension that is defined by the primaryDimension list value X by columns Y by rows At that the tables assigned by the string name array are created in the dataset The number of table names in the array Shall not exceed the number of groups in a specified dimension PerpetuumSoft Olap DataCube Fill PerpetuumSoft Olap ViewDimension primaryDimension System Data DataSet dataSet params System Data DataTable tables executes pivot table data rollout into DataTable objects contained in the tables array by the dimension that is defined by the primaryDimension list value X by columns Y by rows The necessary requirement is the belonging of all tables to one DataSet object The number of tables in the array shall not excee
356. tangle around the control should be drawn when it is in a focus InvalidateInterval if this value is more than zero the timer for renewal of the area occupied by the instrument will be used InvalidateInterval assigns the renewal period in milliseconds The IndicatorWidget Component Use and Capabilities The IndicatorWidget component use is similar to the one of the Widget component But properties allowing simple receiving of the current value of one of the instrument sliders are added in the IndicatorWidget The Va ue property and the ValueChanged event are added in the IndicatorWidget They correspond to the Value property and ValueChanged event of one of the instrument sliders used in the IndicatorWidget In order to assign the exploitable slider its name is assigned in the SliderName property Besides the IndicatorWidget allows moving a specified slider automatically by means of the keyboard The shift step is assigned in the Increment property It is possible to change values range for the selected slider scale using the Minimum and Maximum properties Please pay special attention to the fact that all above listed properties have no meaning until the instrument or the desired instrument slider name for the IndicatorWidget is assigned If the instrument is assigned it is more convenient to assign the name of the used slider with the pulldown use in the S iderName property The names of all instrument Sliders are disp
357. tation ModelKit is the Element class it is inherited from the System Object and implements the PerpetuumSoft Framework Model IElement PerpetuumSoft Framework Model Runtime IActiveElement PerpetuumSoft Framework Expressions IExpressionSite and System IDisposable interfaces The PerpetuumSoft Framework Model IElement interface indicates that the Element object is the element of some document object model The PerpetuumSoft Framework Model Runtime IActiveElement interface indicates that the element can handle the mouse events amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The PerpetuumSoft Framework Expressions IExpressionSite interface indicates that the element is the function and object source for expressions The Element class has the Name property that assigns a name to the element and properties used for drawing the element such as Style Fill and Stroke The Element class is the parent for the following classes Composite ScaleElement Circle CircularShape LineElement and RectangleElement The Circle class represents the figure in the form of the disk The CircularShape class represents the base class for all the figures containing center and radius The LineElement class is the base class for all the figures that have start and end points The RectangleElement class is the base class for all the figures containing center width and height The ScaleElement class represents the base class for all objects placed on the
358. tc A chart can contain one or multiple ChartAreas Axis Values of any type series except for the Pie Chart are laid along the axes To create the chart correctly the ChartArea should containe two axes of different directions X direction and Y direction Series lil represents a single set of data and contains properties defining the way this data is displayed The display mode is assigned by the SeriesView property Data used for building a series can be got from a data source or can be assigned directly in a series Legend is intended for displaying a chart legend ValueLabels amp amp is used for displaying values of every point on the chart Title T is intended for assigning the chart title ScaleLabels is used for displaying values on the axes CustomLabels is used for displaying arbitrary text labels on the axes GridLines M is intended for displaying a grid on the axis Ticks is used for assigning ticks on the scale PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com ScaleMarks is used to place markers on the axis ScaleTitle is used for assigning the axis title The chart created with the help of the wizard contains several values so it is possible to assign chart appearance without binding it to a data source Let s customize chart appearance Change the chart Title text To do it select the Title object in the chart tree vle Chart Chark4rea B
359. the XML format and dcl extension PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Image The Picture element is used for images display The Image property sets the image In order to select file you should press the button near the Image property or double click with left mouse button on the area of Picture element It is possible to upload the image of the following formats bmp gif jpg jpeg png ico emf wmf Size and Scale of the Image The Size property sets the size of the Picture element If the image size doesn t fit Picture element size during the output you can use the SizeMode property to change sizes The image extension the image changes the proportions depending on the elements sizes Margins 0 0 0 0 cm SizeM ode Stretch Style ame ToolTip Margins 0 0 0 0 cm SizeM ode Hormal StyleN ame ToolTip A Margins 0 0 0 0 cm SizeMode AutoSize Style ame ToolTip Uniform the image is resized to maximum size inside element bounds image s aspect ratio is preserved Margins U 0 0 0 em Size ode Uniform Style ame ToolTip PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Image Alignment If Normal or Uniform size mode is chosen then the ImageAlign property will define the image position within bounds of the element None Image o System Drawing Bitmap ImageAlign TopLeft Margins 0 0 0 0 cm Sizeh ode Hormal System Drawing Bitmap age4lign MiddleCenter Margins
360. the size of an element the same while the size of a figure decreases Example of a figure shadow usage Shape Border Figure border is defined by the Line property Color property sets the color of a line Style property sets line style and Width property sets line width Examples of figure lines pale aR DIS Fa Y a k l i ks Fo r amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Barcodes BarCode element is used to create barcodes Code for barcode is set in the Code property Digits can be used for the most types of barcodes Latin symbols can be used for some advanced barcode types CalcCheck Summ Code CodeT ype CalcCheck Summ False Code Code 123456 CodeT ype Code 39E xtended Barcode ratio is set in the BarRatio property Barcode Types Type of the code is set in the CodeType property The following linear barcode types are available Code_2_ 5 interleaved Code_2_5 industrial Code_2 5 matrix Code39 default value Code39Extended Code128A Code128B Code128C Code93 Code93Extended CodeMSI CodePostNet CodeCodabar CodeEAN8 CodeJAN8 CodeEAN13 CodeJAN13 CodeUPC_A CodeUPC_EO CodeUPC_E1 CodeUPC_Supp2 CodeUPC_Supp5 CodeEAN128A CodeEAN128B CodeEAN128C 2D barcodes are use with additional settings PDF417 PDF417Compact Settings for these barcode types are in the Pdf417Settings properties group CodeT ype PDF417 Fill None Font Arial 12pt LabelPosition BottomCenter Margins 0 0 0 0 cm M
361. this field to the series Argument field Save the modified chart to a file and then load it to the ChartViewer at the design time This example illustrates the ability to build charts with the help of wizard But it is not the only way of creating charts Let us consider designing the chart without using wizard PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Creation of a Simple Chart without Using Wizard Double click on the ChartViewer component open the designer window and create a new chart Chart ModelKit designer 100 File Edit View Tool Insert Help Oe Abid 8 0 9 9 2 2 BSE 3 a Co gt a Place the ChartArea element to the chart set the Fill and Stroke properties responsible for the object fill and frame Set the Dock property to Client so the ChartArea element will be automatically expanded to fit the whole work area PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Chart ModelKit designer 100 File Edit View Tool Insert Help LIASH POX CCMOr 22 Bo IRIS 4 2s a3 noo a roe 8 41 160 160 px Client SolidFill ChartAreal PerpetuumSolt Ch Frimarp rgumer Priman alessi RecalculateAll False 320 320 px True None a re a Visible True Actre Indicates whether events are passed to this element Place two axes to the ChartAera and change direction of one axis by setting the Direction property to Y a a Chart ModelKit designer 100 File Edit View Tool Insert Help
362. ties Measurement Units MetricUnit property is used for setting measurement units for the whole template O Mise DataS ources Collection Description MetricL rit Centimeter Parameters Inch Title Millirreter El Render Centimeter Styles heet Pinel El Script Point Commons cript Twip Compilerversion PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Template Data Sources Application can be a data source but there is an opportunity to set the data sources for the current template in Report Designer using the collection of built in data sources Document DataSources property In order to set this property Document Data Sources editor is used More information about Data Sources Template Parameters Report parameters can be set with the help of Parameters collection More information about Parameters PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Page Report template is a set of pages Every page contains elements displaying information A default empty report contains one page Page Properties Page Properties can be set with the help of Property Grid Select Page in the Object List to display template properties in Property Grid Page Size PaperKind property is used to set page size it allows you to choose one of the standard page formats e g A4 default size B5 Letter etc Page layout can be set for those page sizes vertical or horizontal In this case Size and TemplateSize properties gain chosen format settings a
363. tion contains ReportViewer the component for report viewing in Silverlight applications Deploy You don t have to do anything special to deploy a project using our product components All you got to do is to copy compiled files into a folder in a computer file system or a web site There is no need to install a product or license on a client computer It is enough to have a licensed product on the developer s computer License integrates into the product during compilation PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Getting Started Template of a report displaying current date a logo and a note 1 Create a new project in Microsoft Visual Studio Select New Project main menu item e Microsoft Visual Studio Administrator i File Edit View Debug Team Data Oe Open Close Close Solution BL cl Save Selected Items As wl Save All Export Template Source Control Page Setup ld E Print Recent Files Recent Projects and Solutions d Exit Test Window Help Project Web Site File LEES z Team Project jh Ctri Shift Ctrl P Alt F4 Ctrl Shift N Shiftt Alt Nh Ctrl N Save Selected Items Ctrl 5 Project From Existing Code Select Windows Forms Application project template and set the name of a project SimpleReport specify a folder for the project to be saved b Visual Basic 4 Visual C Windows Web b Office Cloud Reporting b Share
364. tionBase that is a base class for strongly typed collections and that implements IEnumerable interface public class AuthorCollection CollectionBase public Author Add Author value base List Add value as object PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com return value public void Remove Author value base List Remove value as object public void Insert int index Author value base List Insert index value as object public Author this int index Ger return base List index as Author set base List index value In this sample BookCollection class implements IEnumerable interface only to show that there is such ability Of course collections can be stored in arrays and in ArrayList class instances but it is better to use strongly typed collections descendants of CollectionBase Finally you need to write the method to fill the data source and add it to the DataSources collection of the ReportManager private void Init Author a new Author a Name Kent Beck Book b new Book b Name Extreme Proggramming b Price 7 45M asBooks Adcd bb b new Book b Name Extreme Proggramming Explained b Price 11 33M a Books Add b authorDS Add a a new Author a Name Craig Larman b new Book b Name Applying UML and Patterns b Price 15 80m a Books Add b au thorDS Add a rep
365. tional numbers the number of divisions will be less or equal to the Divisions property value Amount of sub lines is set in the SubLinesCount property The Fill and AlternativeFill properties assign fill for alternate lines The Stroke and SubStroke properties define type of Lines and Sub lines 20 Origin Da E Additional Chart Elements The Chart ModelKit contains elements designed for facilitating chart data comprehension They also fulfill some secondary functions The Legend element is designed for displaying conventions used in chart The series DisplayingInLegendType property assigns type of displaying information about series in the Legend This property can take None value when series information is not displayed and Series value when series information is displayed January February March April If the DisplayingInLegendType property is set to Values information on every series value will be displayed PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com nuary Wi February Wi March April January February March April Legend s center position is assigned by the Center property Legend items can be located both vertically and horizontally It is set by the LegendType property Vertical January Wi February 6 Wi March The ColumnsCount property defines the number of columns in the Legend The ItemMargins and Margins properties assign shift of every legend item and of the whole legend correspo
366. to the appropriate element properties In the left column the properties names for which the expression can be assigned are displayed In the right column you can write an expression script or run 2 8 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com the script editor If a script is not assigned for some property the white blank rectangle is displayed in the right column If a script is assigned correctly the rectangle displays a blue checkmark If an assigned script contains syntactical errors the rectangle displays a red criss cross The Properties window is intended for the selected objects properties displaying and editing PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Work in Windows Forms Applications Components Used in Windows Forms Applications For displaying and editing instrument in Windows Forms applications two components are used Widget and IndicatorWidget The Widget component is intended for displaying and controlling instrument with the help of the mouse The Indicator Widget component is a descendant from the Widget It is intended for displaying instruments containing the Slider element Indicator Widget provides additional capabilities for access to the Value property and the ValueChanged event of the indicated slider The Widget Component Use and Capabilities Let s consider the use of the Widget component by the example Create a Windows Forms application with one form Then place the Widget component which can b
367. tree 27 Move Right This button adds the selected field from data sources tree to the Groups list or the Visible Fields table At this the values of the Caption Width and Aggregate properties are set by default 28 Move Left This button deletes the selected field from the Visible Fields table or the Groups list 29 Add Blank This button adds a field with empty properties to the Visible Fields table 30 Move Up This button moves the selected field upwards in the Visible Fields Table or the Group list 31 Move Down This button moves the selected field downwards in the Visible Fields table or the Group list 32 Switching between the Visible Fields table and the Groups list 33 Visible Fields This is a table of fields for report creation It displays the added fields and their properties The fields can be added from the data source or it can be new fields The FieldName property displays the field name The Caption property displays the title of the visible field The Width property sets the column width The Aggregates property sets the aggregation functions 34 Caption This field sets the Caption property for record from the Visible Fields table It sets the Textbox Text property for the element which sets the title for field output in the report 35 Width This field sets the Width property for record from the Visible Fields table defines the list column width in percent 36 Aggregate This is
368. trument tree Non visual elements can receive the event from the mouse only from the included visual elements The Size property is the size of the instrument work area The Enabled property indicates whether the instrument will react on the user actions The Focused property indicates whether the instrument is in the focus During the instrument development these values can be set arbitrarily When the instrument is displayed in Widget these properties are set according to Enabled and Focused Widget properties These properties are intended to implement the instrument appearance and behavior depending on the state of the Widget in which the instrument is displayed The following properties are used only in the instrument design mode and saved with the instrument SnapToGrid snap to grid the ShowGrid property the grid visibility the GridStep property the step of the grid the MeasureUnit property the measurement units used PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com The Description All Elements and Their Properties The Joint element is the trajectory in the line of an arc ATO i n i al The arc is assigned by the center the Center property by the radius the Radius property by the starting angle the StartAng e property and by the total angle the TotalAngle property The angles are counted clockwise from the horizontal axis The Joint element is used for dials creation 3221 5 BreakEvents u False C
369. ts PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Getting Started This article describes how a simple Windows Forms control element can be created by means of the Instrumentation ModelkKit Run Microsoft Visual Studio and create a new project C Windows Application Put the IndicatorWidget component onto the form t Olap ModelKit b Chart ModelKit 4 Instrumentation Mo p Pointer OPC FE OPCConne Indi ca torWid g et Version 5 0 6 2 gt Report Sharp Shoq NET Com It is necessary to assign the instrument that will be displayed in this component Double click to run the instrument designer After the designer is launched the dialog window in which the instrument template can be selected appears PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com On the left of the window the instruments templates that can be used are presented Choose the appropriate instrument template For example choose the SimpleGauge instrument from the Gauges group Click OK and the selected element will be added to the designer for editing PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com File Edit View Tool Inset Help SSH BOX R Font T etA 5 gme e 7 i i age The instrument consists of the separate elements each of which has its own functionality and properties The designer allows adding deleting and adjusting their properties To manipulate the element it is necessary to select it with a mouse in t
370. ttings to a file having specified the Layout and sheet file type in the saving dialogue box Our task will be to form a pivot table to represent the sales total for a specific product for a specific time period not taking any discounts into account For a start let us exclude the unnecessary fields from facts and dimensions Here these fields are Month Quarter CompanyName and Discount We can exclude these fields from our pivot table calculation by dragging their headers into the DataCubeGrid Inactive fields scope PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com QE DataCube use example ae g PS Sales OLAP 1994 a Aux joyeux ecclusiastiques Bigfoot Breweries Cooperativa de Quesos Las Cabras Escargots Nouvea Chai iil Chang Chartreuse verte 3542 0 25990 Cote de Blaye 21080 0 25 Guaran Fantosti Ipoh Coffee Beverages Lakkalikuuri Laughing Lumber Outback Lager Rhunbrou Kloste Sasquatch Ale Steeleye Stout Total 24622 4 054 Anizeed Syrup Chef Anton s Caj Condiments Chef Anton s Gu Genen Shouyu ma am Another way of doing that is to click on a field with the right mouse button and select the Move to ignore item from the contextual menu Ascent Descent Collapse all Expand all Align Field width 3542 Move to Facts Move to rows Move to columns Group If the specified fields are no longer needed for calculations they can be excluded from the table by means of launching the DataCube
371. tuumSoft Framework Localization Language CurrentLanguage language 2 Setting default language PerpetuumSoft Framework Localization Language CurrentLanguage PerpetuumSoft Framework Localization Language DefaultLanguage 3 Specifying localization language as a current language in the registry PerpetuumSoft Framework Localization Language CurrentLanguage PerpetuumSoft Framework Localization Language CreateLanguageFromRegistrySettings If a language you need is not included in the package you can create a localization file for a desired language on your own You will need to translate all strings Upon your request we can provide an XML file containing the strings to be translated After we receive translation of string resources a localization file will be produced and provided to you Please feel free to contact us at support perpetuumsoft com in regard to localization issues amp PERPE TUUM www perpetuumsoft com Report Sharp Shooter Report Sharp Shooter Getting Started Report Sharp Shooter is a flexible Net report generator that allows user to create reports of any complexity based on unlimited number of sources of different types and to export ready documents to different file formats Product components can be used in Windows forms ASP NET pages and Silverlight apps The package includes Designer that allows editing ready report templates and documents The report can contain different elements Using a built
372. uct without SharpShooterWebViewer WebPublish sample demonstrates how to view reports on a Web page without using SharpShooterWebViewer Report title and format of the report is set on the main page After you click Show button the query in the Click event handler is sent to the ReportPage Response Redirect ReportPage aspx format DropDownList1 SelectedItem Value TOString title TextBoxl Text Event handler of the Load event of ReportPage page executes export of the report export to the necessary format and sends it to the client Using HttpHandler The other way of viewing report without SharpShooterWebViewer is to implement System Web IHttpHandler interface that allows the creation of a custom handler of Http events and set it to a definite extension for example rst This event handler will get document generated by the template set in the query IHttpHandler is used in the HttpHandler sample Query handling is executed in the ProcessRequest method of the ReportHttpHandler class Query handler just exports report in the requested format and writes it to the reply thread In order to use this handler it is necessary to include the following information in the Web config CONT LOU aLion gt lt system web gt lt httpHandlers gt lt add verb path rst type HttpHandler ReportHttpHandler HttpHandler gt lt httpHandlers gt lt system web gt Conriguraclion gt The verb attribute defines the lis
373. uding bands and objects Template Controls Template Creation Run File New command of the main menu or press New document button on the Toolbox to create a new template That will open Wizards Gallery where user can choose the way of template creating a Wizards Gallery Blank Report Standard Report Pivot table Report Items Descriptions Blank Report Creates blank template or data cards Opens Pivotal Table Wizard in order to create a report with a Pivot Report Table Template Opening Run File Open command of the main menu or press Open Template button on the Toolbox to open a dialog window In this window one can choose a report to open One can also double click rst template file that is associated with Report Design application Template Saving Run File Save command of the main menu or press Save Template button on the Toolbox to save a template If the document has already been saved the same file would be modified If a new template is edited Save Template dialog window appears to choose a folder and file name of a template File Save as command always calls Save Template dialog Template Generation Run File Preview Report command of the main menu or press Preview Report button on the Toolbox to generate a template More information about Template Generation Template Properties Template properties can be set with the help of Property Grid Cho
374. ue dataBand EmployeeName picture Image dataBand Picture picture SizeMode AutoSize PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Using Shapes Shape element can be used to output various graphical figures Shape Types ShapeStyle property defines the type of a figure The following types are available RectangleShape figure draws a rectangle O Appearance Fill Line Shadow Shapes tle H atchFill A Solid DodgerBlue Shadow HRectangleShape pa TriangleShape figure draws an isosceles triangle Direction property sets triangle orientation E Appearance Fill Line Shadow O Shapes tyle Direction Style ame HatchFill HA Solid DeepPink Shadow TrangleShape Right CrossShape figure draws a cross O Appearance Fill Line Shadow Shapes tile HatchFill A 2 Solid DarkTurquoise Shadow CrossShape DiamondShape figure draws a diamond O Appearance Fill Line Shadow Shapes tle HatchFill ES 2 Solid Dark iolet Shadow DiamondShape K StarShape figure draws a star InternalRadius property sets a radius of an inscribed circle KeepRoundForm property defines star shape ellipse or a circle Points property sets number of the rays StartAngle property sets the rotation angle of a star E Appearance Fill Line Shadow E Shapes tyle Internal adius keephoundF orrn Points SharbArigle HatchFill HA 2 Solid Salmon Shadowy Starshape 0 37999999525162642
375. ue ca ATT TITT ShowLabel property defines displaying of the Label in the barcode It is possible to set font Font property color TextColor property and position of the label LabelPosition property Font Calibri Spt Bold 0ff Italic 0 ff U LabelFosition TopLeft a Margins 0 0 0 0 cm Showlheck Digit ShowLabel Style ame CalcCheckSumm and ShowCheckDigit Properties TDB PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Parameters Parameters property is used to set report parameters Collection Editor is an editor of this property Name Parameter Farameter T System String eel gt x He Default Value Determines the parameter default DefaulValue property sets parameter value Name property sets name to refer to parameter value in subreport ParameterType property sets type of the parameter string type is used by default for all parameters To get parameter value in subreport the following expression is used GetParameter lt ParameterName gt TBD PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Hyperlinks and Report Navigation Hyperlink property of the objects is used to set hyperlinks Calling External Applications Hyperlink property can be used to call external applications Here is the sample of using TextBox element property to call application Property textBox Hyperlink C Program Files Perpetuum Software Net ModelkKit Suite Bin ReportSharpShooterSamplesCenter exe O Navigation Book
376. um http www perpetuumsoft com Forums aspx If you are interested in our products have suggestions on broadening products functionality if you have questions on licensing or would like to make a cooperation proposal please contact our sales department at sales perpetuumsoft com System Requirements To create applications with the Net ModelKit Suite components we recommend that you use such high level development environments as Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Borland Delphi 8 Borland C Builder or others To run applications that use NET ModelKit Suite components Microsoft NET Framework 2 0 is required Minimal hardware requirements match those for Microsoft NET Framework 2 0 Installation Net ModelKit Suite is distributed as a Microsoft Installer package The name of the installation package file is NETModelKitSuite msi To install the software run this file and follow instructions of the wizard If during setting installation you chose the Add components to Visual Studio Toolbox option the Net ModelKit Suite components will be automatically added to the Microsoft Visual Studio Net Toolbox This option works for Visual Studio 2005 Visual Studio 2008 Visual Studio 2010 To use the Net ModelKit Suite components in other IDE s you should add the Net ModelKit Suite components onto the ToolBox manually For your convenience we recommend to create a separate tab for every product To do it start Visual Studio right cl
377. umn 0 Expression expect text Box Data Bindings Value Expression line 1 column a More information about errors in scripts PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Editors Text Editor This editor is for input of text values It allows the input of simple text The editor is opened by double click on the TextBox element area hotkeys Enter or Ctrl Enter when TextBox element is selected or by button which is located near the property on Property Grid Text Editor Text Editor 1 Area for text input 2 OK This button applies changes closes the editor 3 Cancel This button cancels changes closes the editor Script Editor This editor is for input of scripts and expression of various destinations The editor is opened by the button which is located near the property on the Property Grid or by the Script Editor button on the Binding bar GE Script Editor ES i E Document Title 1 Area for script input Script Editor provides syntax highlighting changes selection and code auto completing PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com DE Script Editor 2 Fields tree displays the fields from the data source the Data Sources part from the bands and displays special fields the Bands part The quick input of expressions can be executed by dragging the fields from the fields tree to the area for script input or by double click on the field in the tr
378. umsoft com Build Rebuild Clean Build Deployment Package Publish Package Publish Settings View in Browser Convert bo Web Application Check Accessibility Project Dependencies Project Build Order Add Add Reference Add Web Reference Add Service Reference View Class Diagram Set as StartUp Project Debug Add Solution to Source Control Cut Paste Remove Rename Unload Project Open Folder in Windows Explorer ol Solution Explorer EE Team Explorer PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com pplication Configuration N A Platform Mya Build hat Se N e g A l Command Ine arguments Pd Package Publish Web Hor iris Ea Start URL pO Package Publish SOL O Start U Don t open a page Wait for a request From an external application Silverlight Applications Build Events a pply server settings to all users store in project File Resources Use Visual Studio Development Server settings Auto assign Port Reference Paths Specific port PII Virtual path Signing NTLM Authentication Enable Edit and Continue O Use Local 115 Web server Step3 Adding and setting up WCF service In order to make client interact with the server we need a special service Before you create this service you need to add reference to PerpetuumSoft Reporting Silverlight Server dll by right clicking References node
379. urce or created by a user for pivot table facts formation A user is capable of dragging fields from one list into another or within one and the same list thereby changing the order of fields In order to make pivot table field lists contents alteration a more convenient process each list has a button panel The Move up button it allows moving a selected field one position up within a list The Move down button c allows moving a selected field one position down within a list When pressed the Add field button T creates a new field which is added in a list The Remove field button allows removing selected fields from a list The DataCube wizard window contains a selected field property editor Fields properties PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com DE 24 E Appearance Caption Honth Format ShowFercent False SHowProgress False Totall abel Width 100 Data Aggregate Sum DisplayE spression Expression getHonth OrderD ate Field ype DimensionOnly SortOrder Ascending FieldT ype Determines the mode representing a way the given field can be used The Expression property assigns an expression for a field The Caption property assigns an inscription on a field caption The Aggregate property assigns a data aggregation type for a field makes sense for facts only The Field type property assigns a field type Fact only Dimension only Both The Format property assigns a field data o
380. utput format string The Width property assigns a field width The Show percent property defines whether a field data will be presented as percentage The Show progress property defines whether a cell will be presented as progress To set this property it is necessary to set the Show percent property makes sense for facts only The Total label property assigns a header for a field total The Sort order property assigns a field data sorting order The DataCube wizard also has the following buttons The Open button fm it allows uploading pivot table settings The Save button k it allows saving pivot table settings It is possible to save a pivot table layout its presentation style or both The Auto format button 44 it opens a style selection dialogue box DataCube wizard has the Style sheet tab PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com amp DataCube wizard ActvelellS tyle DimensionB order EvenRowF acts tyle nig FactBorder FieldCaptiorns tyle XGroup A al YA GroupT otalStyle z l l Sample DataCube OddAowF actS tyle TableCaptionS tyle TotalStyle BackColor B Blue Content4lignment MiddleCenter Font Anal 10pt ForeCalor C LightGray Gradient None GradientBackColor RB Black ProgressB arColor B Blue BackColo Determines the cell test background color Here a user can specify pivot table appearance settings In particular a user can define displaying styles for X and
381. uumsoft com Description Of General Properties cccccccccee eee cece cece eens eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeennnnes 251 The Description All Elements and Their Properties ccccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneas 252 EX DCSSIOM GS eue E E E E 267 Destination and General Principles of the Expressions US ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 267 Description of Expression Language Syntax and Semantics seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 268 Use and Capabilities of the Instrument Designer ccceeeee cece cece cece eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeees 273 Work in Windows Forms Applications ccccccccccccee cesses eee eee e nese eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennnas 280 Components Used in Windows Forms Applications cccccceeeeeseee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaes 280 The Widget Component Use and Capabilities cccccceeceeeeseeseeeeeeeeeesseeeeensegggenes 280 The IndicatorWidget Component Use and Capabilities ccccceceeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeneenes 282 Work in Web Forms Applications ccccccceeeeeecneceeeenennnnneneeeeeeesseeeeanenanannteeneeenegs 286 Components Used in Web ApplicatiOns ccccccccecceceeeeeeeeee seen eens eeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeennnees 286 The WidgetProducer and WidgetHolder Components Use and Capabilities 5 286 The Technology of the Instrument Design cccceeeee eee e cesses eee sees eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 290 Designing the Simple Instrument with a Slider cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
382. vanced CircularNotches menu item the a button on the Elements toolbox adds the circular notches the CircularNotches element Insert Advanced LinearNotches menu item the HI button on the Elements toolbox adds linear notches the LinearNotches element Insert Advanced Spring menu item the button on the Elements toolbox adds a figure in the form of a string the String element x Insert Advanced Star menu item adds a figure in the form of a star the Star element Insert Advanced Polygon menu item the e button on the Elements toolbox adds a regular polygon the Polygon element Insert Advanced Highlight menu item ainserts the HighLight element Insert Advanced Gear menu item inserts the Gear element Insert Advanced Digits menu item the E button on the Elements toolbox adds a digital indicator the Digits element Insert Advanced Odometer menu item the J button on the Elements toolbox adds an element for odometer emulation the Odometer element Help menu item has the About subclause intended for program data output There are also the buttons on the Tool bar intended for the change of output order of the selected elements Move selected objects to forward iS raises the selected elements up to one position Move selected objects to back lowers the selected elements down to one position Send selected objects to forward s raises the selected elements at the very top Send selected objects to back lowers the
383. ventArgs e line 1 dataBandi Generate if Engine IsDoublePass sum1 int dataBand1 DataItem else sum2 int dataBand1 DataItem line default line hidden Ways of Setting Scripts Scripts are set and edited in the template designer and are stored together with the template They are stored as text in string properties of the object and are available in the Property Grid All template objects have properties of the Script group there you can set scripts of various types El Script Aggregates Collection Generate Script y fa Scripts of a special type Property Binding are set on the Bindings tab of the Property Grid PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com LE AAE Margins Text Align Text Fill ToolTip dataBand EmployeeNz O Data To get immediate access to Property Bindings you can use special elements on the Binding bar Name textbox Binding Value jf dataBand EmployeeName There is a special Script Editor with syntax highlighting and code completion designed for scripts editing Setting Script Language and Compiler Version It is possible to select VB NET C or any other NET programming language for writing scripts J managed c any other Language is set in the Document ScriptLanguage property VisualBasic NET is a default language CompilerVersion Custom Language
384. verlight You ll see how to create and configure a service design a report and at last how to integrate a report viewer into the application pages Product Prerequisite In order to get the sample working the following software should be installed on your computer e MS Visual Studio 2010 e NET Framework 3 5 e ASP NET 2 0 e Silverlight 4 0 e Microsoft Silverlight 4 Toolkit e Report Sharp Shooter for Silverlight 4 3 0 0 or higher Creating Sample Application Step1 Create a new Silverlight Application project named SampleApplication Microsoft Visual Studio File Edit View Debug Team Data Test Tools Window Help aow S il Project _Ctrl Shift N Open gt Web Site Shift Alt N Close Lig Team Project 7 Close Project O File Ctrl N zi Save Selected Items Ctr Save Selected Items As g Save all Ctrl Shift 5 Source Control gt Page Setup Print Ctrl P Exit Alt F4 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Hew Project is Recent Templates NET Framework 4 7 Sort by Default HE Search Installed Templat 0 Installed Templates verligh licati euel Type visual C visual Basic Silverlight 4pplicatian visual Cat 4 blank project For creating a rich internet El Visual C application using Silverlight Windows Lee Silverlight Class Library Visual C Web Office Silverlight Navigation Application visual C Cloud Reporting wy Silverlight U
385. w Mode AllPages 5 a a AaBbCcD AabbCcD Elles AaBbCcE AaBoCeL O CanShrink F Visible Normal Hightlight HeaderFo HeaderFo HeaderFo Styles Render O Styles a The Format tab for PageHeader includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanGrow CanShrink Visible and list Mode which contains Mode property value 2 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property PageFooter Tab Set The PageFooter tab set includes Format tab iw p A lik sjaa Report sharp Shooter Designer Home Insert Layout View Format D CanGrow Mode AllPages m PA E CanShrink AaBbecD AabbCcD AaBbCcl Aabbccl ff Visible Normal Hightlight HeaderFo HeaderFo HeaderFo Styles Render O Styles 4 The Format tab for PageFooter includes following groups 1 The Render group contains Checkboxes for setting Render properties CanGrow CanShrink Visible and list Mode which contains Mode property value 2 The Styles group allows setting StyleName property PageOverlay Tab Set The PageOverlay tab set includes Format tab SEREA linea Report Sharp Shooter Designer rile Home Insert Layout View Format O CanGrow Mode AllPages eee AaBbCcD AaBbCcD GEJE AaBbCcE AaBbGcl D CanShrink By Normal Hightlight HeaderFo HeaderFo HeaderFo 9 6 Visible Styles Render Sty
386. web site company representative will create it for you Corresponding information on your account will be sent to the e mail specified in the order form amp PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Then proceed to the Downloads section Download and install evaluation version of the product Note If the current product version trial is already installed on your computer there is no need to reinstall the software Look up for a license link for the product and click it You will be prompted to download the zip packed license key file This file should contain the elic license file If you purchased several licenses license key file should include several different elic files one for each purchased license Download and unpack the license key file Open the file and launch the product LicenseManager from the Start menu In the License Manager click the Add License button and copy paste the registration key file content into the Register Form window Then click the Register button If you purchased several licenses for the product you should install different licenses on the machines If the license has not been installed you will get a warning that the trial version of the product is used When you add components or compile your project the data on the installed license are added to the resources of your application For that purpose the license licx file is created and included in the re
387. windows Properties DataSource Document Tree and Error List windows are dockable It means that windows can be attached or docked to any side of the designer window or it can be detached or floated in its own mini frame window Properties Property Grid is intended to display and edit properties of the selected element r 1 Object List This is a list of template objects which displays all template objects Property Grid displays the object properties selected in Object List The first word is an object name the second an object type 2 Categorized This button switches on the mode of properties display by Clip Text False categories None Font Arial 15pt Margins 0 0 0 0 cm RightToLeft False String Trimming Character a 4 Properties This button switches on Demo App the mode of static properties display Text New a pplic Text Align MiddleCenter 5 Bindings This button switches on Tead Fill solid Fill the mode of dynamic properties display Text Format 3 Alphabetical This button switches on the mode of properties display in alphabetic order 6 Property Pages This button is not used 7 Property Grid Object property grid 8 Group of properties 9 Properties name and value 10 Description Description of the amp selected property Detemines the name of the style applied to the control Different methods are used for properties setting El De
388. wizard designer and deleting these fields from the corresponding field lists PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com amp DataCube wizard 2 tel Layout Style sheet Source fields D ataCube fields CategonilD Inactive fields amp dimension fields Categornh ame ear EO Appearance City F uarter Caption Quarter Company ane Company ame Format Country Expr showPercent False OrdelD showPragress False ProductlD TotalLabel Product ame i wiih 100 Quantity Supplier D Remove Field UnitPrice aggregate sum DisplayE xpression Expression Quantity Field ype Both Y dimension fields Facts fields sortUnder Ascending CategorN ame Salem sum Product ame Caption Determines the field caption Let us also modify the Expression property for the Sales sum field by assigning the UnitPrice Quantity value to it This will expel the participation of the discount value in calculations Close the designer by clicking OK Let us use the filters capabilities to specify the pivot table formation cycle Click the button on the Year field header to call the filter dialogue Here let us select filtering by condition For example value lt 1996 and value gt 1994 r Filter By value By condition Filter by value Filter by condition value 1996 and value gt 1954 PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com software As a result we shall get the required pivot table PECIA example S
389. y grouping value Example of an employee list grouped by the first letter of a name Report Template dataBand DataBand DataSource Emp Grouphand sroaupband Group data eader Header Group gt detail Detail lt dataHand Employeetla end of groupBand end of dataBand dataBand DataSource Employees groupBand1 GroupExpression dataBand6 EmployeeName ToString Substring 0 1 textBoxHeader Value Group textBoxDetail Value dataBand EmployeeName Report Mancy Davolio Andrew Fuller Anne Dodsworth Anne Yorke Steven Buchana IM Laura Callahan PERPETUUM www perpetuumsoft com Sorting in Groups GroupBand outputs the entries into the report in the same order they are saved in the data source Order property of the GroupBand sets the output order There are 3 values of this property available KeepOriginal initial entries order Ascending the ascending sort of the entries Descending the descending sort of the entries E Data Groupe xpressiori dataB and EmployeeN ame Order Ascending Sorte spression Tag SortExpression property sets sorting criterion Example of an ordered employee list grouped by the first letter of the name dataBand DataSource Employees groupBand GroupExpression dataBand EmployeeName ToString Substring 0 1 groupBand Order Ascending textBoxHeader Value Group textBoxDetail Value dataBand EmployeeName Report Template dat
390. you open the Gauge2D imk file in the instrument designer Working With the OPCChannel Component General Information The Instrumentation ModelKit provides the capability to exchange data with OPC servers OPC is the industry standard for interacting with real time devices Utilizing the PerpetuumSoft OPCConnection and OPCChannel components one can perform data exchange without resort to use complicated COM interfaces OPCConnection The OPCConnection component is intended for producer supplied device COM server connection setup The design time adjusting is conducted by means of a convenient standard interface It is enough to place the component onto the form and call the connection setup window in a corresponding PropertyGrid The window displays local OPC servers and enables to connect to any server available within a local network requires necessary permissions including DCOM permissions please consult your system administrator OPCChannel The OPCChannel component is intended for adjusting the selected connection data transmission channel Please note that it is necessary to set the required OPCConnection for the corresponding component by means of the OPCConnection property in the PropertyGrid before adjusting data transmission channel The connection to an OPC server takes place when the OPCConnection is being set up at design time or by user demand at run time the EstablishConnection method After connection setup a user can

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Samsung DVD-V480 User Manual  黒埼学校給食センター改修工事に伴う厨房機器の納入  einricHtungsanleitung. Für den IP-basIerten entertaIn  Morphy Richards 2 & 4 Slice Chrome & Stainless Steel Toaster User's Manual    Tripp Lite DisplayPort Cable with Latches (M/M), 6-ft.  Rexroth RECO Inline Digitale Ein-/Ausgabe  TFM-566 Installation and Operating Instructions  Grizzly G0689 Dust Collector User Manual  PRESENTATION domaine d`application Mode d`emploi  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file